Please see our Fair Use Notice

Bookmark and Share

November 16, 2010

Eye of The Storm Series #11: Meltdown in Progress!

Hello everysoul!

There is so much going on right now and so many outstandingly important issues that have come to my attention in the past 12 days - all of which you will find of course in this book-size compilation (my largest ever, by far!) with over 87,500 words and a mind-boggling 600 links included, that I frankly don't know where to begin with in this intro comment, except perhaps to suggest to you to make time to explore at least what feels most important to you. There are some key HOT issues that needed a special focus treatment which is why you'll find several separate sections below. Here is the list with an embedded link if you want to get there immediately in the archived copy of this compilation:


You will also find the other usual sections plus MANY personal comments interspersed throughout it.

There is one issue that has been a lot lately in the lamestream media and it is the so-called "Quantitative easing" that will most likely lead to a radical devaluation of the US dollar, a major game-changer to say the least.

If you go at and search with US dollar devaluation - such as Enter the era of dollar devaluation - you will find tons of related articles. The crux of the matter is that the US dollar value has remained relatively stable for so long because - as many of you undoubtedly know - it was used by LOTS of other nations to trade - to be paid for the resources they sell internationally. But now because the Federal Reserve is pumping/printing so much fictitious new money out of thin air in an effort to lower the dollar value to make US products more attractive/cheaper to other countries so as to boost US exports, other countries (especially China) are deeply unhappy to see the value of the huge stash of US dollars they have loses value and are seriously considering, in conjunction with several other countries, to replace the dollar with another more stable global reserve currency (probably to be based on precious metals) not tied to the vagaries of the US economy or of any other country for that matter. The moment this shift to a new international currency pillar happens, and it is now rumored to be a matter of days or weeks, the US dollar will start falling precipitously, not to mention the value of everything tied to it and there will be a worldwide stampede to convert one's US dollars to the new internationally-supported benchmark currency, thus precipitation hyper inflation in the US and in several economically-connected countries, and a collapse of the US dollar's value. The buying power of US citizens, within the US borders, could soon become akin to the situation in Zimbabwe which will translate into an abysmal drop in the standard of living of its 300+ millions citizens, many of them used to live an affluent life on borrowed money. It could also - hopefully - be our saving grace as it might impel the whole world to shift our global economy away from a greed-driven monetary system that benefits only the few to the detriment of the vast majority of humans and of the entire planetary ecosystems, towards a more balanced system that would be impervious to insiders' scheming and money traders vying to game the system to their sole advantage, and also more dedicated to benefiting the whole and facilitating our global transition towards a truly sustainable, saner and fairer civilization.

And on that hopeful note, I'll invite you to plunge into this compilation, with the usual suggestion that whatever may pump you up emotionally needs to be viewed from the long-term higher perspective that all that is happening is part of a vast transition into our new higher dimensional home. Remember as you read about all the troubling information on the numerous challenges we face that looks like a global growing chaos, that the cells of a caterpillar also go through a chaotic phase during its metamorphosis into a gracious butterfly.

That's what we are going through now - hence the title of this compilation - and much of the inner working of our current civilization is going to be morphing at lightning speed, with the caveat, of course, that we are to be the active agents of change willingly offering ourselves to Creator Source to act as instruments of its Omniversal Will, because THAT is the ultimate reality we are finally remembering...

Jean Hudon
Earth Rainbow Network Coordinator


Wednesday, November 24, 2010 is NATIONAL OPT-OUT DAY!
It's the day ordinary citizens stand up for their rights, stand up for liberty, and protest the federal government's desire to virtually strip us naked or submit to an "enhanced pat down" that touches people's breasts and genitals in an aggressive manner. You should never have to explain to your children, "Remember that no stranger can touch or see your private area, unless it's a government employee, then it's OK." The goal of National Opt Out Day is to send a message to our lawmakers that we demand change. We have a right to privacy and buying a plane ticket should not mean that we're guilty until proven innocent. This day is needed because many people do not understand what they consent to when choosing to fly.Here are the details: (...) Why? The government should not have the ability to virtually strip search anyone it wants without cause. The problem has been compounded in that if you do not want to go through the body scanner, the TSA has made the alternative perhaps even worse by instituting "enhanced" pat downs. There are reports from travelers across the country about how the TSA now touches the genitals and private areas of men, women and children in a much more aggressive manner. We do not believe the government has a right to see you naked or aggressively touch you just because you bought an airline ticket. How? By saying "I opt out" when told to go through the bodying imaging machines and submitting to a pat down. Also, be sure to have your pat down by TSA in full public - do not go to the back room when asked. Every citizen must see for themselves how the TSA treats law-abiding citizens. CLIP - NOTE: If tens of thousands of people actually decide to op out this day, this would bug down so much the screening procedure that every plane will get delayed and the entire air travel industry will slow to a crawl, thus possibly leading to a change to this fascist, inhumane treatment of law-abiding citizens. In fact, every day should be a nation-wide opt-out day until the authorities relent, thus stopping the relentless fall into an ever more fascist police state policies. MUCH more on this below in SPECIAL FOCUS ON THE CREEPING FASCISM AT US AIRPORTS - but you may want to check this short 2 min video right away to understand the issue: Video of Man Refusing TSA Pat-Down Goes Viral and read A rallying cry for security-wary passengers: don't 'touch my junk' - MAKE SURE also to reach the end of this section to read the excerpts of Big Brother: Biometric Tyranny and DNA Databases and Orwellian Scenario: The "Total Control Society" Is Here: Iris Scanners and also America’s Devolution Into Dictatorship 3 ARTICLES IN WHICH WE ARE GETTING TO GRASP THE SIZE OF THE ORWELLIAN ICEBERG WE ARE DEALING WITH - A MUST READ!

OH! AND THIS JUST SENT TO ME: End of Liberty Trailer AND THEN WATCH IT ALL AT - WHEN YOU HAVE A MOMENT - complete civilization collapse imminent in the US ... Nearly 380,000 people have watched this film in just about 2 weeks. THIS IS A TRUE WAKE UP CALL - ONE MORE! - ABOUT THE NOW FAST CREEPING DICTATORSHIP BEING IMPLEMENTED ACROSS THE US.


UK up for sale to Foundation X - Lord James of Blackheath speaks to Sky (TV interview) Jaw Dropping!
For a speculative analysis of this truly astounding story (is it a hoax or for real?) check HERE. The Belfast Telegraph newspaper <">has covered this - amongst others.

British House of Lords (1 Nov 2010) - Transcript of speech available HERE
Lord James of Blackheath describes a Private "Foundation" which has more money than all the governments of the world put together. This "Foundation X" willing to bail out the world "for nothing". What a lovely sounding old Lord this man is BUT is he seriously this naive?Nevertheless, why is all this so top secret if it is a real, honest offer by a Private Group of people who should never have achieved such an amount of money in the first place (for what I hope are obvious reasons). Further, if such a Foundation exists (which it certainly seems to) then they can only have gained this amount of wealth over a very significant period of time (thinking in decades to centuries here) and it will have been, without a shadow of a doubt, ill-gotten. So the question is: Why don't we simply hold a gun at their heads fully loaded and say "Hand it over! What's preventing you?" Because if they need to talk to a Head of state before they do it then there must simply be conditions. And lastly, WHO are these top 6 people of the world? You may say "it said top 6 security clearance" but so what? How many nations are there? So HOW can there be only 6 people with a Worldwide top security clearance? From what nations and what has security got to do with it? Check also Peer Claims 'Foundation X' Will Pay UK Debt

For more on a possible connection to this see
"Again, and again, we see the hand of the Rothschilds. Ashley Mote is then set up and accused of fraud.So what exactly is the Global Security Fund? And what was/is it’s purpose? Well, believe it or not, the so-called ‘Global Security Fund’, consisting of off-balance sheet USG (U.S. Government) funds originally worth $27.5 trillion raised from 200+ international banks, is a fund which was set up to finance the ‘management’ of the ‘post-Cold War’ environment. The accumulated value of these funds, held offshore in bank accounts linked to Title 18, Section 6 US Government intelligence corporations established under President Reagan’s Executive Order 12333, is now believed to exceed $70 trillion. The original $27.5 trillion was raised from the 200+ banks at a deep discount for 20 years at 7.5% per annum. Introducing LEO WANTA: Particularly big when various foreign countries are rooting for the “Wanta Plan” to rescue the U.S. like the Marshall Plan did for Europe post WWII, because it will help save them as well. This is a key event of our lives going on right here: the missing 70 TRILLION dollars connected to the criminal endeavors of Clinton-Bush crime team Presidents with the Federal Reserve. That side of the group wants a destruction of the U.S. to continue the NWO. The other side–all the rest of U.S. with many foreign countries and banks–wants the injection of the U.S. 70 trillion that would wipe out U.S. debt in literally weeks. If the U.S. is taken down, the nefarious blocking of the “Wanta Plan” shows that it is intentional."

To ensure that these compilations are not blocked, please add to your safe senders list. If you don't know how to do so, go at where you will find a very comprehensive set of instructions. Your feedback is as always welcomed and may be included in a coming compilation - unless you prefer it is not. Circulating this compilation (or any part of it) and personally inviting your correspondents to subscribe to this list would also help enlarge the circle of people who have access to this material. Please include the following note and the URL address for the archived copy below along with your forwards, so others may have the opportunity to explore the original copy, if they so choose.

Free subscription to a large weekly Earth Rainbow Network compilation by simply sending a blank email to

This compilation is archived at

To share this material with others, click HERE and then click on the icon(s) of the place(s) (like Facebook Blogger, etc.) where you want to share it, log on, etc. and it will be automatically posted there. You can also access the archived copy of this compilation (link shown above) and click on the “share” button featured under the Google automatic translation button, near the top, and then follow the same steps just mentioned.

STATS for this compilation: Over 87,500 words and 600 links provided.

To unsubscribe from the Earth Rainbow Network automated listserver, or change your listing on it when you have a new email address, you can do it yourself through sending a blank email at from the email account you wish to unsubscribe and then you subscribe your new email address - from your new email account - through sending a blank email to Or you can also ask me at to do it for you.


"There is ZERO chance that the Reds will do anything positive for PrezO ... they surely will not deal with Climate Change when they don't even believe it exists ... and they don't believe it exists because their oligarchic buddies have told them to quash it 'cuz they'd have to pay too much for carbon credits and all their re-election campaign monies would need to be appropriately decreased -- this election was expensive for their corporate buddies: total cost was a nauseating $4 Billion, and this was just the Midterms ... Also, the Reds ARE the warmongers, they don't want a penny of DoD's budget cut, their motto is War Is Good for the economy ... eg: for the new warplane, they have funded building TWO engines for each aircraft, even tho DoD told them they don't NEED or WANT two engines! but they're being manufactured in one powerful Senator's State, and HE insists there be TWO ... Republicans want to do away with ALL 'entitlements', like SocialSecurity/MediCare/Medicaid, along with eliminating -- ELIMINATING! -- the Dept of Education (they say families [ie, the mother!] should stay home and home-school the kids -- while THEY send their kids to the best private schools and universities -- less competition for THEIR kids, see?) ... they use people as their corporate buddies do, to be milked, then thrown away when empty: send the 'volunteers' off to war, then cut their Veterans'Assistance programs when they get back with their heads all crazy and their limbs missing -- shift for yourselves, soldiers, you're on yr own ... that's one reason why The Wars haven't ended already:  to bring home 150,000 men and women who'd be unable to find jobs, and who just might've lost their home to foreclosure while they were off 'keeping us safe' would be horrific on this already-collapsed and downward-spiraling economy ... From homo sapiens to homo dementare, indeed ... So let's see what you've included this Time! Thanks for being there and for your unflagging dedication."

- ilyes ( commenting on the following comment from my last compilation "... unless of course they stop their counterproductive obstruction and actually help Obama move his legislative agenda, like dealing with global warming and shifting the US government priorities away from war-making and empire-building/maintenance towards actually helping the US economy out of its doldrums ..."

"An essential aspect of any civilization's progress out of third density is experiencing duality; realizing that its divisiveness prevents living peacefully; and ultimately reconciling differences harmoniously within communities, countries and internationally. By so doing, the peoples advance in soul growth sufficiently to enter fourth density. The intensifying light has been bringing about this realization—conscious-raising and spiritual renewal—and it will continue to do so until the last vestiges of duality end in global reconciliation. (...) Another way to think of this repetitive process in soul evolution is karma, which often is misperceived. Karma is not a reward or a punishment, it is not something decided by a "divine judge" or your peers in a spirit world or any other external source. Nor is it either positive or negative; like energy, karma is neutral˜both get their direction from thoughts, feelings and actions, and those collectively determine subsequent experiences. What karma is then, is boundless opportunities to experience both sides of the coin, so to speak, and to strengthen areas that are weak in positive aspects regarding behavior choices. In all cases, the ultimate objective is to obtain the balanced experiencing that will complete all the learning offered in a third density world. (...) Most of Nirvana's typical residents are third density spiritually. After preparing to overcome self-acknowledged shortcomings in the past physical lifetime, they make soul contract selections to put their remedial learning into practice in another lifetime on Earth or a different third density world. The spiritually advanced either quickly move on to their next destination choice or they stay remarkably long to serve in the council or as master teachers or healers. Light permeates the higher layers of Nirvana, and because of their exceptional beauty and diversity, they are vacation spots for people from fourth and higher densities spiritually and in form. Those layers also serve as a refuge for people from distant civilizations who have had a series of very difficult experiences and know Nirvana's reputation for custom-healing of traumatized psyches."

- Matthew - Taken from his November 6, 2010 message

"I'm sending you the most sensical and practical summation I've ever heard about where we're at as a species taking into account our space brothers, planet earth as an evolving entity and what to expect in the coming years as things come to a head and after they've come to a head. They are the product of Mark Kimmel and his association with higher frequency beings."

Gary Toth ( who wrote in the ERN guestbook (on Nov. 4) - Here is what Gary recommends us to read: Transformation: From Enslaved to Magnificent - A useful complement to several ET-related articles and videos in this compilation. Check also Check also Mark Kimmel's Frequently Asked Questions

"I got a lot of funny looks ten years ago when I started talking to people about Wikipedia. Let's just say some people were skeptical of the notion that volunteers from all across the world could come together to create a remarkable pool of human knowledge - all for the simple purpose of sharing. No ads. No agenda. No strings attached. A decade after its founding, nearly 400 million people use Wikipedia and its sister sites every month - almost a third of the Internet-connected world. It is the 5th most popular website in the world but Wikipedia isn't anything like a commercial website. It is a community creation, written by volunteers making one entry at a time. You are part of our community. (...) Wikipedia is about the power of people like us to do extraordinary things. People like us write Wikipedia, one word at a time. People like us fund it, one donation at a time. It's proof of our collective potential to change the world."

- Jimmy Wales (Wikipedia founder) -- Taken from HERE - A magnificent example of what can be achieved without any of the usual motives driving profit-seeking capitalistic societies... A harbinger of the future for all mankind!

"You can call it God if you want, but you don't have to. Quantum consciousness will do. Nonlocality, tangled hierarchy, and discontinuity: these signatures of quantum consciousness have been independently verified by leading researchers worldwide. This experimental data and its conclusions inform us that it is the mistaken materialist view that is at the center of most of our worlds problems today. To address these problems, we now have a science of spirituality that is fully verifiable and objective. So let's walk our talk, and make brain circuits of positive emotions. We just do it. We practice. Let some of us be good, do good. Be with God some of the time, be in the ego some of the time, and let the dance generate creative acts of transformation. With this resolution, with this objective in mind, I invite you to become Quantum Activists."

- Dr. Amit Goswami - Taken from

"Humanity is at a dangerous crossroads. War preparations to attack Iran are in "an advanced state of readiness". Hi tech weapons systems including nuclear warheads are fully deployed. This military adventure has been on the Pentagon's drawing board since the mid-1990s. First Iraq, then Iran according to a declassified 1995 US Central Command document.Escalation is part of the military agenda. While Iran, is the next target together with Syria and Lebanon, this strategic military deployment also threatens North Korea, China and Russia. When a US sponsored nuclear war becomes an "instrument of peace", condoned and accepted by the World's institutions and the highest authority including the United Nations, there is no turning back: human society has indelibly been precipitated headlong onto the path of self-destruction. What are the countervailing forces which might prevent this war from occurring? There are numerous ongoing forces at work within the US State apparatus, the US Congress, the Pentagon and NATO. The main factor which could prevent this war from occurring comes from the base of society, requiring forceful antiwar action by hundreds of millions of people across the land, nationally and internationally. People must mobilize not only against this diabolical military agenda, the authority of the State and its officials must also be challenged. This war can be prevented if people forcefully confront their governments, pressure their elected representatives, organize at the local level in towns, villages and municipalities, spread the word, inform their fellow citizens regarding the implications of a nuclear war, initiate debate and discussion within the armed forces. The holding of mass demonstrations and antiwar protests is not enough. What is required is the development of a broad and well organized grassroots antiwar network which challenges the structures of power and authority."

- Michel Chossudovsky, Rembrance Day, November 11, 2010 -- Taken from Remembrance Day: Reversing the Tide of War. Say No to Nuclear War A MUST READ! Make sure also to read Mounting US war threats against Iran below... to verify the accuracy of this statement about the risks of an American/Israeli nuclear attack against Iran and check also the SPECIAL FOCUS ON THE AMAZING POPULAR UPRISING IN GERMANY AGAINST THEIR NUCLEAR INDUSTRY below for a stellar example of one of the many things that can be done to derail such a heinous, inhumane plan. The following outstanding documentary also offers another stellar example: PRAY THE DEVIL BACK TO HELL - trailer "The film is inspiring, uplifting and is a call to action for all of us" - Desmond Tutu, Winner 1984 Nobel Peace Prize. Pray the Devil Back to Hell is the extraordinary story of a small band of Liberian women who - armed only with white T-shirts and the courage of their convictions - came together in the midst of a bloody civil war, took on the warlords, and brought peace to their shattered country. Pray the Devil Back to Hell reconstructs the moment through interviews, archival footage and striking images of contemporary Liberia. It is compelling testimony to the potential of women worldwide to alter the history of nations. More on this at

"Mack suggests that the alien abductors are here to show us that we've cut ourselves off from a universe that, as world religions have so long taught, contains intelligences beyond the material realm. Even those rationalists who could never accept such a formulation - religious or otherwise - should take notice of the message Mack discovers in abduction experiences: that it's our very worldview, the "Western, Newtonian/Cartesian, or materialist/dualist scientific paradigm" that underlies most of the practices threatening our future. Out of the messages his "abductees" bring to us from their adventures, Mack identifies four destructive patterns: corporate acquisitiveness, economic injustice, "ethnonational" violence, and above all, "ecological destruction on a scale that threatens the survival of the Earth's living systems."

- Taken from The Environmental Message of the Aliens - MUCH more on the Alien abduction topic in this compilation

"It is my opinion at this point that based on the Trajectory of the Missile and or Missiles, it was an intercept most likely by a Group in our Military not under the command of NORAD or the Pentagon who has override capability--It appears that it was a combined North Korean/Iran combined submarine launch attempt at an EMP Strike on West Coast--Obviously technology has been sold to Both Nations as an attempt to give them incapacitating short Range Cruise style missiles! What most people are failing to reference is that a similar unexplained missile launch seems to have taken place several days earlier from Luke AFB in Arizona same interesting contrail plume. Von Clausewitz in his Classic book "ON WAR" stated that when goods don't cross borders armies do! When International currencies fail, wars arise and Ladies and Gentleman--we are at the Breaking Point, Tipping point and very soon at the Point of no return! Our Planetary Plundering with Paper Dollars is about to bite us in the bottom like we have never experienced before and there will be nothing left to bend over and kiss goodbye!"

- Steve Quayle -- Taken from We Are At War! Internally And Externally (November 10, 2010) More on this below in THE MYSTERIOUS UNIDENTIFIED MISSILE


1. Living Beyond Our Means: 3 Charts Proving we are in the Biggest Debt Bubble in the History of the World
2. Missing: A Vision of Economic Possibility
3. Mounting US war threats against Iran
4. Unanswered Questions in the Yemen Terror Scare
5. Drone Surveillance Program Targeting Americans?
6. The Democrats Prepare to Move Right
7. This is the Security State Steve (Stephen Harper) Built
8. The Gore Report: Rush Limbaugh revealed in 2004 that NASA has proof there once was a civilization on Mars
9. Chemist Steve Colbern: Alien implants based on carbon nano-tube technology
10. Excerpts from Alien Experiences - N. Lalich - From Chapter 1
11. Revealing article from the Journal of Abduction Encounter Research


About the Global Oneness Project
The Global Oneness Project is exploring how the radically simple notion of interconnectedness can be lived in our increasingly complex world. Since 2006, we've been traveling the globe gathering stories from creative and courageous people who base their lives and work on the understanding that we bear great responsibility for each other and our shared world. Our living library of films is available for free from our website, through select broadcast outlets, and on DVD. Through events and educational materials we offer opportunities for people to deepen their experience with the different facets of oneness we are exploring. We hope that by showing the diverse ways oneness is expressed—in the fields of sustainability, conflict resolution, spirituality, art, economics, indigenous culture, and social justice—others will be inspired to create solutions to personal and community challenges from their own lived understanding of oneness.

Global Oneness Project Trailer - MAKE SURE to watch this in HD full screen!
and then explore

Elemental - Trailer of an amazing upcoming (2012) movie
by Emmanuel Vaughan-Lee - Founder of the Global Oneness Project

What Would It Look Like?
What if the world embodied our highest potential? What would it look like? As the structures of modern society crumble, is it enough to respond with the same tired solutions? Or are we being called to question a set of unexamined assumptions that form the very basis of our civilization? This 25-minute retrospective asks us to reflect on the state of the world and ourselves, and to listen more closely to what is being asked of us at this time of unprecedented global transformation. For more videos, visit

Even One Child Soldier is Too Many (November 1, 2010)
The good Senator, Roméo Dallaire, is in the red chair tonight, and I want to bring special attention to the group he's working with because they're doing something really great... Through Zero Force, Dallaire is uniting an army of people to fight against the use of child soldiers in war. If you weren't already aware of the horrors a child soldier is forced to endure, read this: At any given time there are a quarter of a million child soldiers globally experiencing a suffering that most of us cannot even imagine. These children are routinely abducted violently from their families at a tender age, and are subjected to forcible confinement, torture, threats, rape, brainwashing, slavery, starvation, intoxication through drugs and sleep deprivation. They are forced to carry heavy loads, including human bodies, not just weaponry. They are often paired up and killed if their partner escapes. Join the force and learn more here:

World Kindness Day
During World Kindness Week from Nov. 8th-14th people all over the world are encouraged to act kindly and create a kinder world. World Kindness Week culminates in World Kindness Day on November 13th. Login and share your World Kindness Week activity and story. To find out how other nations and communities are celebrating World Kindness Week and World Kindness Day visit the World Kindness Movement, World Kindness Day Events, and World Kindness Day information.

51 Ways to Spark a Commons Revolution
What you can do, alone and with others, to share life. (...) Money & the Economy 20. Buy from local, independent businesses when possible. (, 21. Before buying something online, see if you can find it or order it locally. That keeps some of your money in the community. 22. Investigate how many things you now pay for you could get in more cooperative ways—check out DVDs at the library, quit the health club and form a morning jogging club, etc. 23. Start a neighborhood exchange to share everything from lawn mowers to child care and home repairs to vehicles. 24. Barter. Trade your skill in baking pies with someone who will fix your computer. 25. Look into creating a Time Dollars system ( or locally-based currency. ( 26. Organize a common security club. You are not on your own when it comes to economic woes. ( 27. Watch where your money goes. How do the businesses you patronize harm or help the commons? 28. Purchase fair trade, organic, and locally made goods from small producers as much as you can. CLIP

Enerkem - This Quebec-based company produces second generation (non plant-based) ethanol from garbage
By converting garbage into fuel, Enerkem contributes to a better environment while providing the world with clean energy. LOCALLY. ANYWHERE. NOW. Enerkem's community-based biofuel plants - Enerkem takes your non-recyclable garbage to create clean community transportation fuels at its modular refineries. Your garbage is fuelling your car - thanks to Enerkem's efficient plants. Cette info est également disponible en français au - NOTE: Their latest plant based in Edmonton (Alberta) will begin operation in 2011 and will produce 36 million litres /10 million gallons per year of ethanol out of 100,000 dry tonnes of non-recyclable and non-compostable municipal solid waste. This is the world's first agreement between a large urban centre and a biofuel producer to turn municipal waste into ethanol. This facility, which is part of a comprehensive municipal waste-to-biofuels initiative (, in partnership with the City of Edmonton and Alberta Innovates, will enable the City of Edmonton to increase its residential waste diversion rate to 90 percent. (Which is a remarkable rate and possibly the best in the world! If every major city around the world had such a plant, the problem of municipal waste would be largely solved and municipal landfills would stop their untenable expansion.)

Navdanya is a network of seed keepers and organic producers spread across 16 states in India. Navdanya has helped set up 54 community seed banks across the country, trained over 500,000 farmers in seed sovereignty, food sovereignty and sustainable agriculture over the past two decades, and helped setup the largest direct marketing, fair trade organic network in the country. Navdanya has also set up a learning center, Bija Vidyapeeth (School of the Seed) on its biodiversity conservation and organic farm in Doon Valley, Uttranchal, north India. Navdanya is actively involved in the rejuvenation of indigenous knowledge and culture. It has created awareness on the hazards of genetic engineering, defended people's knowledge from biopiracy and food rights in the face of globalisation and climate change. Navdanya is a women centred movement for the protection of biological and cultural diversity. WATCH ALSO NAVDANYA - This is a truly wonderful initiative - 2 min English video - avec sous-titres en français. MUCH to discover through the website of this outstanding NGO! Such as...

Earth Democracy
We need a new paradigm to respond to the fragmentation caused by various forms of fundamentalism. We need a new movement, which allows us to move from the dominant and pervasive culture of violence, destruction and death to a culture of non-violence, creative peace and life. That is why in India, Navdanya started the Earth democracy movement, which provides an alternative worldview in which humans are embedded in the Earth Family, we are connected to each other through love, compassion, not hatred and violence and ecological responsibility and economic justice replaces greed, consumerism and competition as objectives of human life. CLIP - NOTE from Jean: Check also their 4 key concepts of Seed Sovereignty, Food Sovereignty, Water Sovereignty and Land Sovereignty which would be a good template for what could be adapted and implanted worldwide. I strongly believe in those 4 basic concepts as this is what I've been experiencing here, in our small-scall intentional community, for the past 30 years. "We need once more to feel at home on the earth and with each other." BTW as I just discovered in Water Sovereignty, did you know that, on average, a rural woman walks more than 14000 km a year just to fetch water?

Big Ideas: Little Packages
Can good design save the world? It just might, one novel idea at a time. Sparked by programs like the Entrepreneurial Design for Extreme Affordability course at Stanford University's Institute of Design, designers are creating products to meet the needs of communities in developing countries. It turns out that even the most pressing problems, from health care to potable water, can have affordable-and beautifully designed-solutions.

The Skoll World Forum: Uncommon Heroes - Wonderful video!
The Skoll Foundation drives large-scale change by connecting, and celebrating and investing in social entrepreneurs and other innovators who are dedicated to solving the world's most pressing problems. One major catalyst for this idea exchange and networking is the Skoll World Forum, held annually at the Saïd Business School at the University of Oxford. This April, a short film in the Forum's "Uncommon Heroes" series premiered in the historic Sheldonian Theatre, highlighting the work of Fair Trade, TransFair USA and Skoll winner Paul Rice. NOTE from Jean: I found this through the URL on the tiny label on my organic, fair trade bananas - bought at the local regular grocery store here in the remote village where I live! A wonderful initiative for greater social equity, economic justice and environmental sustainability on Earth. An excellent introductory video on the origin, phenomenal growth and life-saving success of the global fair trade movement.

The Red Pill
The Red Pill is a project to catalogue all of those things on the stranger side of reality, from new paradigm science to alternative history and the mysteries of consciousness. This grew out of Wikipedia's tendency to avoid 'fringe' issues. Additionally, this gives community members a place to browse through the collective thoughts and interests of those who like the taste of the proverbial 'red pill'. So far we have 145 articles written and edited by the community.

Mettez votre blé à la banque
Navdanya est une ONG indienne, née de la dynamique Dr Vandana Shiva, s'est donné pour mission d'offrir aux paysans indiens une alternative aux semences « modernes » et aux OGM. Pour supprimer la dépendance des fermiers à l'égard des grands semenciers, Navdanya est devenue une banque de semences traditionnelles. Des variétés oubliées, depuis plus d'un demi siècle parfois, qui sont soigneusement conservées, replantées chaque année (dans la ferme de l'association) pour leur garder leur pouvoir germinatif. Des semences qui sont offertes aux paysans qui veulent revenir à une agriculture traditionnelle - on dit biologique de nos jours - mais avec des techniques modernes (plantation alternée, plante chasse-nuisible, pesticides et engrais naturels, etc.).Navdanya fournit les graines et le conseil, pour que les candidats au bio se lancent. (...) En France, ces graines peuvent se trouver, par exemple chez Kokopélli, au Québec on peut citer la Société des plantes ou l'Écoumène, par exemple… - De nombreuses autres découvertes géniales à découvrir via

Faux départ - Bande annonce d'un documentaire français sur les expériences de mort imminente
Ils sont des millions à travers le monde à nous raconter la même histoire troublante, comme la sensation de se détacher de son corps, d'assister à sa propre réanimation, d'entendre les chirurgiens parler entre eux, et voir un tunnel avec au bout une lumière. Cette expérience a bouleversé leur ...vie, au point qu'ils ne craignent plus la mort. Longtemps considéré comme obscur et assujetti aux railleries, le phénomène intéresse aujourd'hui de nombreux scientifiques, qui s'interrogent : Comment ces personnes ont-elles pu percevoir et mémoriser des scènes de leur réanimation alors qu'elles étaient inconscientes, dans le coma et parfois déclarées morte cliniquement ? Ils sont Cardiologues, Neurologues, Anesthésistes-Réanimateurs, Médecins, Psychologues. Certains conduisent une étude, d'autres ont vécu eux-mêmes une expérience de mort imminente. Ils témoignent sans complexe pour lever un tabou qui se révèle être une mine d'or de connaissance pour la science et pour l'Homme. - Davantage d'information via le


Pentagon can't explain 'missile' off California (Nov 09, 2010) Video
WASHINGTON (AP) — The Pentagon said Tuesday it was trying to determine if a missile was launched Monday off the coast of Southern California and, if so, who might have fired it. Spokesmen for the Navy, Air Force, and other military organizations said they were looking into a video posted on the CBS News website that shows an object shooting across the sky and leaving a large contrail, or vapor trail, over the Pacific Ocean. The video was shot by a KCBS helicopter, the station said Tuesday."Nobody within the Department of Defense that we've reached out to has been able to explain what this contrail is, where it came from," Pentagon spokesman Col. Dave Lapan said. Lapan said that "all indications" are that the Department of Defense was not involved within the mystery object, and that the contrail might have been created by something flown by a private company. CLIP - THE FOLLOWING MAY EXPLAIN THIS ABOVE: Update on Invasion of American cities by UN Forces and attempts to blow nuclear bombs here - Colleen Thomas alleges in this video that this was an Intercontinental Ballistic missile launched towards Iran that was downed by the Pleiadians... and much MUCH more! There is more below on Colleen Thomas who is quite a lively, enlightening speaker to listen to... Check also Bombers Seen Before Missile. Weekend Warning On To Something? - Was Last Night's Launch Of A "Rogue" Missile A Warning To Asia? - Mystery missile launch off California coast: Comes from submarine? - "It could be a test-firing of an intercontinental ballistic missile from a submarine ... to demonstrate, mainly to Asia, that we can do that" - HAS THIS ANYTHING TO DO WITH THE FACT OBAMA IS AWAY FROM HIS HOME BASE AT THE MOMENT? ARE THESE ROGUE ELEMENTS OF THE SHADOW CORPORATE MIC 'GOVERNMENT' SENDING A MESSAGE TO THE G-20 LEADERS TO NOT MESS WITH THEM? YOUR GUESS IS AS GOOD AS MINE... CHECK ALSO Global Nuclear War Threat Predicted In Early November 2010 Suggests Web Bot Researcher

Wayne Madsen: China Fired Missile Seen In Southern California (November 10, 2010)
Pentagon and its embedded media covering up Chinese show of force off LA -- China flexed its military muscle Monday evening in the skies west of Los Angeles when a Chinese Navy Jin class ballistic missile nuclear submarine, deployed secretly from its underground home base on the south coast of Hainan island, launched an intercontinental ballistic missile from international waters off the southern California coast. WMR's intelligence sources in Asia, including Japan, say the belief by the military commands in Asia and the intelligence services is that the Chinese decided to demonstrate to the United States its capabilities on the eve of the G-20 Summit in Seoul and the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation summit in Tokyo, where President Obama is scheduled to attend during his ten-day trip to Asia. The reported Chinese missile test off Los Angeles came as a double blow to Obama. The day after the missile firing, China's leading credit rating agency, Dagong Global Credit Rating, downgraded sovereign debt rating of the United States to A-plus from AA. The missile demonstration coupled with the downgrading of the United States financial grade represents a military and financial show of force by Beijing to Washington. CLIP

Something that looked like a missile over Phoenix - and Nuclear Accident in India
I know I am going to get blown out of the water with this, but I'm going to share it anyway. I will give you the precursor to my conversation for the purposes of context. I live in Phoenix, AZ. I left work at 5:30 AZ time from Scottsdale, AZ. I entered Shea Blvd. approximately 5:37 PM from 70th St. I turned and headed west on Shea. To the direct west /southwest I noted a smoke plume that started at the ground and continued up to some type of aircraft. I immediately knew this was NOT a jet aircraft since the smoke plume started at ground level. The smoke plume was extremely thick, much like the space shuttle would produce. Within minutes this aircraft appeared to me, to be on the edge of the atmosphere. Don't ask me how I know, I am just giving you my interpretation. I am a licensed pilot and have been an aviation buff most of my life. I managed to snap a few pics of the smoke plume with my cell phone. I will up load them later. At this point my first guess was that this aircraft originated near Luke AFB based on where where the smoke plume originated. I arrived home at my normal time, about 5:50 PM. I took my wife out back to show her the plume. She was freaked out about it as well. She then said, "why don't I call John Doe?". I said, "yea, get him on the phone, I'd like to hear what he has to say". John Doe is obviously a pseudonym to protect my source. He is in the Air Force and works at Luke AFB. My wife got John on the phone, I told him what I saw and said this had to be rocket powered. He simply said, "you're correct. You do know they're retiring the space shuttle, right?" and I replied, "yes". He said, well, what you saw is the latest technology, it is rocket powered and it is orbital. It is to replace the space shuttle. So, I began voicing my concern given that Obama was in India with the entire Whitehouse staff and a battery of warships. I said, something is going on. He simply said, "yes, something is going on". I went on to tell him about the USGS data posted here recently that almost simultaneously triggered every seismic sensor in the US and in fact across the world. He confirmed there was an event. I said, "was it natural" and he said "no". I said was it nuclear and he said, "yes, but unintentional". I said, "what country?" and he replied, "guess". I said "India" and he said, "yes". I inquired "an accident?" and he replied, "yes". I inquired, "in a silo" and he replied, "yes". I asked him if there was anything to worry about, he said, "not yet, not stateside". He said Obama was there for containment and this is a HUGE deal. You will NOT read about this nuclear event on the news. But this is an event of epic proportion. That is virtually my entire conversation. I asked questions based on my own common sense and he answered "yes" or "no". This clearly explains why Obama took his entire staff as well as a fleet of warships, etc. This also explains why we are being distracted with "mail bombs" and such on the news. It also explains the seismic event that nobody seems to want to report in the news. This is what I know, this is what I was told by a fighter pilot from Luke AFB. Believe it or don't. I'm just throwing it out there.

Aliens shot down California missile
NOTE from Jean: Colleen Thomas in this newscast is placing the blame on Obama himself for these events but, being away and with his hands full with dealing with the foreign countries leaders (first in Indonesia and currently at the G-20 meeting in South Korea), I'm pretty sure he was not directly involved in making any of the decisions in relation to this series of events. Actually, like most previous presidents, he has been kept out of the loop of the whole ET affairs dealings done by the corporate Cabal shadow government which is behind those mysterious events. As for the stranded carnival cruise ship (see U.S. Navy aids cruise ship disabled by engine room fire) that Colleen mentions in the video, she might be right as it is a very strange coincidence that it happened the day following the missile launch, as a result, according to Colleen, of a electronic disabling EM pulse weapon unleashed by the US military in a vain attempt to retaliate against the Pleiadians who allegedly downed their missile the day before. So far I could not locate on the web any picture of the engine fire which, according to the official storyline, is supposed to be the cause for this strange event, and there isn't any sign of smoke-blackened paint anywhere in the many picture I've seen of this giant cruise ship (twice the size of the Titanic). NOTE from Jean: Someone recommended a YouTube video entitled UFO FILMED IN MISSILE LAUNCH? but when I checked it this video had been unfortunately suppressed - allegedly by the user who posted it, but it could in fact be by the Cabal. Perhaps it was this video: Mystery Missile Launch Calif.Coast - UFO #1 - This other 2008 video FMR USAF OFFICER FILMED UFO DURING MISSILE LAUNCH shows - briefly - what might have happened to this missile...

Also a long-time ERN subscriber has offered to share a related fascinating story which I believe is true for I have no reason to doubt that person. No names are mentioned and this contributor has chosen to remain anonymous. Here is the description that I received: "The event actually took place off the coast of Canada in 1996. Case in point, another fire aboard a pleasure ship, this time the Golden Princess which left San Francisco harbour and headed north toward her destination Vancouver, Canada. Unknown to the passengers, the liner was carrying suitcase nuclear bombs planted aboard her with the clock set for detonation at time of arrival. The resulting incident, hatched by the Cabal, was intended to create a serious political issue but more so, had all the earmarks of earliest beginnings to create a false reality that this country was under terrorist threat. This was one example in which off-world intervention was allowed, including scrambling a ground-based UFO contactee from Toronto. His ET mates were beamed aboard while he joined them as a "landlubber" and a struggle ensued in the boiler room. The ETs got the upper hand as they always do having superior skills and technology. Our UFO man had to make good his escape James Bond style, as there was no rescue beam-out for him. He ran to the railing just as a motorboat was pulling up. Seeing that as his only way out, and maybe fate had brought the boat, he leaped overboard but landed right on top of the man, knocking him out. What to do? Our man stuffed him into a life jacket, threw him overboard, then took off in the direction of where he figured the mainland would be. Next piece of luck, he had just enough gas to coast into shore just shy of the dock, so he had to wade in. He was met by the owner who ran the rent-a-boat at the marina, growling something about "you greenhorns think you know it all and never take enough gas with you--amazing you get back at all!" At mention of word greenhorn, our contactee grinned and said, "you're right, you must be psychic!" Tongue in cheek of course--part of his cover and enjoying the camouflage provided by humour! He was picked up by car a couple of hours later by an ally living in Vcr, then shuttled back to Toronto by a Federation craft. Example of ET intervention in what could have been a terrible tragedy, loss of life. We are reminded again of how intervention in one relatively small incident has far-reaching positive consequences throwing off plans and timetables of those who exist to do us harm. The bombs had travelled from the east coast of the United States but originated it is thought in some foreign nation overseas. The news item in a Toronto paper covering the story was skeletal at best, that there was a fire aboard a Princess Line Cruise ship, was put out and no one hurt--similar to this story about the Carnival but who knows if something else happened behind the scenes on the Carnival? Here is reference to the July 6, 1996 Golden Princess story: Recent Cruise ship fires."

Pleiadian Disclosure: History of the World and the ET Connection (August 30, 2010)
Colleen stated, "The slavery of this planet is over with, the Dracs trusted the Anunnaki and they were let down. The Federation way outnumbers the enemy in raw numbers and outguns them in technology. Those like me do not even need technology any longer and folks, I and those like are just an older version of most of you (we have many plants among your numbers), sorry we could not be more public sooner. Our lives would have been lost had we not all come to at about the same time though, blindness was essential." Colleen recently received a "galactic download" in which she completely understood physics, literally, over night!. She also connected to her higher self in a previous lifetime as a Pleiadian warrior who is currently on a mission of disclosing the mysteries behind zero point energy and much more! From Colleen's Facebook page: "Divine love entered me on Jan 31st 2010, on Valentine's day two weeks later I awoke knowing antimatter physics intimately and am now about the business of being a theoretical physicist and inventor of several key technologies that will make all humans equal with abundant riches, free energy, health and ease of transportation issues with anti-gravity. It's all in acoustics my friends, phonon power wahoo!!! Subscribe to Colleen's videos! - Colleen's website:

California Missile Launch (November 11, 2010)
Let's assume that everything we have read/heard about the supposed missile launch of the California coast is factual (no NOTAMs filed, not a military launch, no FAA or NORAD track). We are then left to deduce what it could have been. So called experts have written it off as a contrail, implying that an aircraft was responsible (note that missiles leave contrails too); but I disagree as the FAA would have tracked the aircraft (via a transponder: mode-A, S or C or ADS-B). Also, as a former China Lake (Naval Air Warfare Center) scientist I have seen missile launches and the news video I saw sure looked like a missile launch. So what could it have been? I suspect it was the Chinese. Why? They have SLBMs (Submarine Launched Ballistic Missiles) and the subs to launch them. They also claim to have a stealth supersonic anti-ship missile. We can't forget that this happened while President Obama was visiting India (a long time foe of China) in an effort to strengthen our ties to them (India). Developing a stealth ballistic missile would be major game-changer in the strategic weapons race and launching one off our coast would send a clear message: "Do not mess with China." RM Check also Just in Alert (November 11, 2010) "Any high ranking expert who believes this is a condensation trail off of a commercial airliner is lying or stupid." - Check also Internet Struggles to Explain California's Mystery Missile and Pentagon NOW says California 'missile' was an aircraft... a full 48 hours after the event ... with several pictures and this newsreport video: Mysterious Missile Launches over Southern California

Advanced Government TR3Bs chasing Alien UFOs? Sighting Los Angeles OVNI 11-11-2010
Interesting things going on in and around Los Angeles

They don't have Cabal-made TR3Bs in the UK so they gave up chasing ET spaceships. Click on the double arrow to read the additional info included there.

What Now? Seen on radar by thousands today over Australia. What is going on?
Note from Jean: Similar albeit larger phenomenon as the one I mentioned and shown in the SPECIAL FOCUS ON UFO & ET RECENT DEVELOPMENTS of my October 20 compilation - Incidentally more such large rings were visible again over Ontario and Quebec last November 10 and 11, plus what looks like a 110 km long space ship that appeared briefly on the Doppler radar at 3:10 pm on November 13.


I just received this from Steve Beckow ( and I think it is fitting to include it here right away:

At Stephanie's request, I wrote Suzy Ward and asked her to ask Matthew or Hatonn to tell us what the missile launches represented. I hesitate to ask Suzy for information very often because I know she's busy but when SaLuSa did not address the matter of the missiles this morning I did.

Hatonn has responded and what he says contradicts the theory that the Chinese launched a missile and gives very reassuring news about President Obama and the looming defeat of the cabal. Hatonn tells us that the galactics did indeed neutralize the missiles.

He says that President Obama now knows that he and his family are under galactic protection. He now knows the Ascension timetable. He's in touch with other world leaders to close down the cabal.

He tells us that some Earth allies from other planets have appeared in their real forms to powerful individuals causing some cabalists to leave the sinking ship. He advises us that things are going to pick up speed and we can expect massive changes. It will be quite a ride, he says.

This message is a real boost for me. Let me not need to be reminded again and again that the forces of light are in charge of our destiny and that all is proceeding towards a successful conclusion.

Let's get behind the President now as he takes the lead in the effort against the cabal. If others don't know what we know or don't believe it, well, that's their lookout. But we know.

Speaking personally, knowing helps me move through this time of unprecedented chaos, anticipating a time, not too far removed, of unprecedented growth.

Here is Hatonn's message:

"Steve, this is Hatonn. Greetings and salutations! The missiles were incapacitated -- we're taking NO chances with anything leaving the surface. The missiles are US-based, but in some cases the troops are specialty forces under Illuminati commanders.

No government [that is, in contradistinction to the Illuminati] with military might is willing to initiate an 'incident' in this global economic climate and their people's growing unrest, and any show of power is by order of the Illuminati to their 'shadow' force.

"I can tell you, they are frustrated beyond imagining because no nuclear warheads check out to be viable and none of the missiles achieves its objective.

"Obama now knows we have him covered and he can proceed without fear for his family's safety and his own. Media report what they are told, of course, but the truth is, now that he knows Earth's ascension timetable, he's negotiating with powers that be either personally or via safe communication channels to shut down Illuminati strongholds in his country, Europe and the Orient.

"Some of our colleagues on the planet have made their presence known undeniably because they appeared in their real forms. They are meeting with powerful individuals, including some who operate out of public view, to inform them about our on- and off-planet network, and rats are starting to abandon the ship around the world. You won't hear about that or the mopping up that's underway.

"Don't interpret this as our taking control! Our colleagues among you are working with Obama and others with influence to dislodge the Illuminati's remaining strongholds and establish groundwork for wide-scale reforms.

"It's a matter of all that must be accomplished within a comparatively short time and the dark resistance has to be dismantled before that can happen. We've been telling you that for some time to prepare you for the massive changes coming. The next several months will be quite a ride -- stay in the light and you'll navigate the rough waters in good stead."


Barbara Lamb on regression reptilians and human sexuality (Sept 28, 2009) Intro - FASCINATING STUFF!
She is also a Certified Hypnotherapist and Regression Therapist. Her specialty is hypnotic regressions with Experiencers regarding extraterrestrial contacts and visitations. She has facilitated over 3000 regressions, and accumulated a substantial amount of insight and information about this phenomenon from her research. She is known as an expert in this spiritual and multi-dimensional ET communication work. - Watch the whole interview starting with Barbara Lamb about the extraterrestrials 1/5 - MUCH MORE BELOW ON THE TOPIC OF ET ABDUCTION IN Chemist Steve Colbern: Alien implants based on carbon nano-tube technology - Excerpts from Alien Experiences - N. Lalich - From Chapter 1 and Revealing article from the Journal of Abduction Encounter Research

This strange phenomenon seems to be happening more frequently... such as Video, images of Giant Sinkhole in Guatemala City and Giant 80 Meter Wide Sinkhole Opens in China

Hieroglyphics Discovered On Coast Of New Jersey - Photos - check them all and read the captions - STUNNING!!
Spectacular Images Cut Into A Salt Marsh To Be Only Seen And Recognized From The Air - This area has the best preserved and most intricate designs in the entire system. These certainly appear to have a relationship to 'purpose' and 'meaning' as symbols, but that is entirely subjective. I have not been able to find any repeating symbols, but several repeating patterns. There are at least three units of measurement on this site. Generally, they combine into a 'foot-cubit'; which is a base 12 computing concept. The width between many canals is exactly 136 feet, which is almost exactly 80 Sumerian Cubits. (That is a pretty amazing mathematical concept.) Another common width is 216', which is almost exactly 125 Sumerian Cubits. Field measurements may well prove that this civilization used a 'base-12' system, as it's unit of measurement, and if so, it puts some definition to their mathematical abilities. - NOTE from Jean: There are also sunken features and MUCH more to discover like these channels in Mississippi "This is the single most important piece of evidence of a pre-historic civilization, because it can't be explained away as anything other than what it is. A very long, very well built, very old transport channel. It was built using very sophisticated technology and engineering." REALLY STUNNING THAT THIS WAS NOT MADE PUBLIC BEFORE. Now thanks to Google Earth, everyone can see this - Please note, you MUST have Google Earth, or a Google Earth 'Plug In' to view these images. MAKE SURE to read their entire About Us info at Here is an excerpt: "This site is new evidence in the chain of events of Human-Earth History, and the empirical evidence to support our claim of Ancient Canal Builders on the East and Gulf Coasts of America. Ancient Canal is a full time obsession by many committed volunteers, and we are moving forward toward field exploration to validate the initial observations. It is important to note that we do NOT have any preconceived or specific agendas regarding this data. Our mission, is simply to investigate the Archeological evidence that we think will prove: 1. We are looking at a civilization of canal builders and aquatic engineers on the Atlantic side of the US stretching across the entire East Coast and Gulf Coast of the US. 2. This civilization built agriculture canals, habitat, transport and navigable channels and waterways that are extremely sophisticated and precisely engineered systems. Some double channels are over 300' wide, continuing for many miles in exact straight lines, indicate hydraulic, aquatic, industrial and mechanical engineering on a massive scale. These systems appear to be at least as sophisticated as current technology could produce. 3. The civilization existed sometime before the ocean's 'post glacial' rise of 15-25 feet or more. Many of the canals, agricultural and habitat areas, particularly those navigation canals in Louisiana and Texas, are either partially or nearly completely covered by current sea levels. Based on known rises in sea level over the last 10,000 years, we estimate habitation to be sometime post glacial, but appears to be before 8,500 BCE 4. Estimates of the visible remains in marshes and wetlands, appear to suggest a population of something in excess of 30 million. (...) With your help, we can PROVE an ancient civilization lived on the shores of America. At the very least, together, we will rewrite history." Recommended by Mark Graffis (

George Stromboulopoulos' interview with Chris Hedges last November 3
Reporter, writer and thinker Chris Hedges must feel pretty lonely sometimes. He angers liberals as much as he does conservatives. He's trained his sights on the Christian far right and the militant atheist left. He's also provoked conversation about some of the most important issues facing us today: how we become addicted to war; how the battlefield brutalizes our soldiers, and how celebrity-soundbite culture has dumbed down our society. His new book is called Death of the Liberal Class. The message: progressive politicians and media have abandoned the working class. And what happens next, as Hedges sees it, is pretty scary.

TV Ad exposing 9-11 INSIDE JOB on air in NYC!
NEW YORK CITY — The NYC Coalition for Accountability Now (NYC CAN) is launching a television ad campaign on Election Day in New York City calling for an investigation into the destruction of World Trade Center Building 7, the third building to collapse on 9-11. Building 7 came down at 5:20 in the afternoon although it had not been hit by an aircraft. The ad, which is entitled “Building What?” and can be viewed at, will air 350+ times from November 2 through November 10 and is estimated to be seen by millions of viewers in the New York Metropolitan Area, reaching core target audiences multiple times. The ad will appear on thirteen channels including MSNBC, CNN, Comedy Central, HGTV, Logo TV, Bio TV, Versus TV, MSG, Sports NY, VH1, HLN, CNBC and Bravo. NYC CAN’s goal is to generate public pressure on the New York City Council to open an investigation into the destruction of Building 7, which until 9-11 housed the City’s Emergency Operations Center, also known as “Mayor Giuliani’s bunker.” CLIP Video of the ad HERE - More through

“Building What?” on Geraldo At Large
Geraldo Rivera's Fox TV coverage of building 7 collapse on 9/11

Rally to Restore Sanity and/or Fear
Our 25 favorite signs from the rally for reasonableness.

In Search of The Great Song, Trailer #1
In Search Of The Great Song (2011 release) A documentary series film about awakening through song as told through voices from around the world. A Michael Stillwater Film - A Song Without Borders Production - How are we reconnecting with our inner song? In this documentary, people around the world respond to this question in word and in song.

Amazing Videos
Short, Amazing Video Clips Will Leave You in Awe

Simple Keys to a Fuller Life by Fred Burks
The Power of Choice. Every one of us makes countless choices every day. Every choice we make has an impact on our lives. Even insignificant choices can affect what we experience and how we feel. When hunger strikes, we can reach for a healthy, nutritious snack, or we can choose the sugar high of junk food. The more important the decision, the more profound its effect. For instance, how do I act towards that person who treated me badly? Do I generally choose to be passive, or do I actively set clear intentions and create what I want in my life? Every choice we make, however big or small, affects us in some way. CLIP

ALERT! Stop the Serengeti Highway
It's the greatest threat in the Serengeti's history - the government of Tanzania has approved a major commercial highway across the Serengeti National Park, in the direct path of ancient wildlife migration routes. Such a highway would be devastating. This ill-conceived project changes all the rules, and would destroy the integrity of a priceless world heritage that has been protected by the people of Tanzania since the birth of their country. (...) Experts at the Frankfurt Zoological Society estimate the traffic could be "on average 416 large trucks a day potentially rumbling through Serengeti."In the short term, heavy truck traffic will result in: loss of wildlife and human life through accidents, fragmentation of habitat and alteration of water and soil systems, and increased introduction of animal disease and alien plant life.The highway will be a convenient pathway for increased poaching by organized gangs. CLIP - There are other serious threats on the horizon as well - such as a Serengeti international airport ! "The airport is part of a new scheme to dramatically increase the number of visitors to the Park and wring more income from tourism. The Frankfurt Zoological Society, the staunchest ally of the Park for more than 50 years, has publicly warned that increased tourist numbers will severely damage the ecosystem. A spokesman for Tourism Concern Kenya, echoing this warning, said that a similar tourism boom in Kenya's Masai Mara Reserve, the northern part of the Serengeti ecosystem, had severely damaged the reserve and reduced its wildlife." Check also: UN World Heritage Committee Report (August 26, 2010) Serengeti Watch - Twitter news on this

Stop UK Government's Grand Forest Sell-off, Urge Protection and Restoration for the People's Old Forests (November 11, 2010)
The UK government plans to put half of England's state-owned forests up for sale to private firms to raise billions to reduce the budget deficit and as a give-away to the nascent biomass industry. Ancient woodlands, regenerating natural forests and planted trees all provide important ecosystems and could be chopped down to make way for holiday villages, golf courses and commercial logging. This is theft of the English cultural heritage with woodlands and natural landscapes. Instead the UK government should fully protect many of these woodlands, fund forest ecological restoration and native plantation establishment, and strive in haste to get to 25% forest cover and beyond for their own ecological sustainability.

WikiLeaks chief Julian Assange talks to RT
Check also The Privatization of War: Mercenaries, Private Military and Security Companies (PMSC) Beyond the WikiLeaks Files "Private military and security companies operate in a legal vacuum: they pose a threat to civilians and to international human rights law. (...) up to 70 per cent of the budget of United States intelligence is spent on contractors. These contracts are classified and very little information is available to the public on the nature of the activities carried out by these contractors. The privatization of war has created a structural dynamic, which responds to a commercial logic of the industry. (...) The use of security contractors is expected to grow as American forces shrink."

George W. Bush's "Decision Points": An Exercise in Self-justification

Paola Harris interviews Hon. Paul Hellyer in Toronto - Part 1 - He reveals the true reality on the Sham US democracy at the end of this and it continues in PART 2 and PART 3
Paul Hellyer is a former Canadian Defence Minister and Deputy Prime Minister - in Feb 2006 he was interviewed by Paola Harris to comment on the UFO/ET Cover-up. There are interesting excerpts of another interview with Paul Hellyer in UFO Ontario Pt. 1 - Part 2 HERE - MUCH MORE on the whole UFO/ET subject in this compilation...

Nasa Space War 2008. Waiting to Happen
To our knowledge, 34 nuclear powered satellite have so far been launched in orbit by the US and Russia. One of them fell in 1964 from orbit and spread worldwide 2 pounds of plutonium upon burning in its re-entry into the atmosphere - an event that is believed to be among the causes of the increase in cancer's occurrence worldwide. More on this matter HERE

Flying Under Comet Hartley 2
This image montage shows comet Hartley 2 as NASA's EPOXI mission approached and flew under the comet. More through including ACTIVE SUNSPOT: Old sunspot 1112 is back and it is crackling with C- and M-class solar flares: SDO movie.

Galactic Core Spews Weird Radiation Bubbles (November 9, 2010) WITH A SPECTACULAR PICTURE!
Two colossal bubbles of high-energy radiation are careening out of the Milky Way's core, a new analysis of images from NASA's Fermi gamma-ray space telescope shows. The 19 months' worth of data reveal twin 25,000-light-year-long blobs of gamma-ray and X-ray radiation are poking out above and below our galaxy's 100,000-light-year-long disk of stars. "We don't fully understand their nature or origin," astronomer Doug Finkbeiner of Harvard University said in a press release Nov. 9.One prime suspect for the bubbles' creator is the supermassive black hole at the center of the galaxy, according to the study, published on and accepted to The Astrophysical Journal. Weighing in at more than 4 million times the mass of the sun, such a black hole is capable of furious outbursts of energy when surrounding matter falls into it. CLIP

Sharpest Image Yet of Massive Galaxy Collision
(...) The image gives us a sneak preview of what may happen when the Milky Way collides with the neighboring Andromeda galaxy in several billion years.

Birth of the universe 're-created': Large Hadron Collider generates 'mini Big Bang' (8th November 2010)
Scientists at the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) have successfully replicated conditions a millionth of a second after the start of the universe by producing a series of mini versions of the Big Bang. The breakthrough by scientists probing the nature of matter near Geneva gives them an insight into conditions at the birth to the universe almost 14 billion years ago British scientists working on the LHC's Alice experiment - one of the four major experiments - were today celebrating the achievement, which opens up a new era in particle physics research. The 'Mini Bangs' were produced by smashing together lead ions - atoms of lead stripped of their electrons - together at enormous energies. The collisions generated temperatures a million times hotter than the centre of the sun, reproducing conditions not seen since just after the Big Bang. The breakthrough comes after seven months of successfully colliding protons at high speeds at the LHC. Dr David Evans, a member of the UK team from the University of Birmingham, said: 'We are thrilled with the achievement.' The collisions generated mini Big Bangs and the highest temperatures and densities ever achieved in an experiment. 'This process took place in a safe, controlled environment generating incredibly hot and dense sub-atomic fireballs with temperatures of over 10 trillion degrees, a million times hotter than the centre of the sun.' At these temperatures even protons and neutrons, which make up the nuclei of atoms, melt resulting in a hot dense soup of quarks and gluons known as a quark-gluon plasma. CLIP

Climate Change: Earth's Unthinkable Future (November 13, 2010) IT'S GOING TO BECOME REALLY HOT!
Imagine a future where temperatures have increased to the point where as much as half of the earth's landmass has become uninhabitable, where to remain outdoors for several hours would be a sentence of death. Could that be what climate change has in store for our planet thousands of years from now? Not according a recent study. That fate could arrive much sooner. Climatologists Steven Sherwood and Matthew Huber examined the projected impact of climate-induced heat stress on the human population. Although people can tolerate a wide range of temperatures, this is not the case for peak heat stress. There is a limit to how long one can survive if the body becomes too hot. In order to maintain a normal core body temperature, skin temperature cannot exceed 95°F for longer than a few hours at a time. (...) The MIT Integrated Global System Model, which is based on more sophisticated parameters, projects median surface temperatures to increase by 7 to 9°F by the year 2100. In some regions, temperatures would range higher. That is only 90 years away. Yet conditions will continue to worsen, and sometime in the 22nd century there may be pockets where wet bulb temperatures start to approach the danger point. In three centuries' time, major areas of the planet may become unlivable. Potentially, even that estimate may be on the conservative side. Scientists tell us that the more warming that takes place, the more uncertainty there is about its impact. Models can provide projections based on known factors. But it is the uncertain factors that make it more difficult to ascertain how much worse climate can be. "Uncertainty and sensitivity have to go hand in hand. They're inextricable," observes scientist Gerard Roe of the University of Washington. "The kicker is that small uncertainties in the physical processes are amplified into large uncertainties in the climate response, and there is nothing we can do about that." At some time in the future, climate may reach a tipping point, in which accumulated factors come together to produce a dramatically sharp and rapid change. "The Earth has not had such a high CO2 content since more than 15 million years ago, when the climate was very warm and alligators lived in England," Peter Ditlevesen, a climatologist at the Niels Bohr Institute, explains. "Climate might not just slowly get warmer over the next 1,000 years," but "major climate changes theoretically could happen within a few decades." CLIP

Is Death the End? Experiments Suggest You Create Time (November 4, 2010)
(...) That night, while lying awake at my neighbor's house, I had found the answer -- that the missing piece is with us. As I see it, immortality doesn't mean perpetual (linear) existence in time but resides outside of time altogether. Life is a journey that transcends our classical way of thinking. Experiment after experiment continues to suggest that we create time, not the other way around. Without consciousness, space and time are nothing. At death, there's a break in the continuity of space and time; you can take any time -- past or future -- as your new frame of reference and estimate all potentialities relative to it. In the end, even Einstein acknowledged that "the distinction between past, present and future is only a stubbornly persistent illusion." Life is just one fragment of time, one brushstroke in a picture larger than ourselves, eternal even when we die. This is the indispensable prelude to immortality. CLIP

Energy Harvesting: Nanogenerators Grow Strong Enough To Power Small Conventional Electronic Devices By 2016 (8 novembre 2010)
By capturing and combining the charges from millions of these nanoscale zinc oxide wires, Wang and his research team can produce as much as three volts - and up to 300 nanoamps.Mechanical energy comes from compressing a nanogenerator between two fingers, but it could also come from a heartbeat, the pounding of a hiker's shoe on a trail, the rustling of a shirt, or the vibration of a heavy machine. While these nanogenerators will never produce large amounts of electricity for conventional purposes, they could be used to power nanoscale and microscale devices - and even to recharge pacemakers or iPods. CLIP

Enough Oxygen for Life Found Millions of Years Too Early (November 10, 2010)
Earth's atmosphere contained enough oxygen for complex life to develop nearly 1.2 billion years ago - 400 million years earlier than scientists previously believed. The findings, reported in the Nov. 11 Nature, could lead scientists to reconsider the prerequisites for animal life, on Earth and other planets."It means that the conditions were in place for complex life to arise," said geologist John Parnell of the University of Aberdeen in Scotland, lead author of the new study. "There might be animals in that earlier window that we have not yet found." Geological records show there was one major increase in the amount of oxygen in Earth's atmosphere around 2.3 billion years ago, and another around 800 million years ago. That second spike in oxygen levels was thought to be connected to the Cambrian explosion, the swift development of most of the major animal groups that came around 550 million years ago. Parnell's results suggest oxygen can't be the whole story. "It may have been that something else gave evolution the kick-start which caused animals to evolve," he said. "Oxygen in the atmosphere was already there for quite a long time." CLIP

The Unsolved Mystery of Saturn's Hexagon -4 Times the Size of Earth (November 12, 2010)
"Cassini is indebted to Voyager for its many fascinating discoveries and for pavingthe way for Cassini," says Linda Spilker, Cassini project scientist at JPL, who started her career working on Voyager from 1977 to 1989. "On Cassini, we still compare our data to Voyager's and proudly build on Voyager's heritage."But the Voyager Mission left a few mysteries that Cassini has not yet solved. One of the most perplexing mysteries is Saturn's hexagpn. NASA scientists first spotted a hexagonal weather pattern when they stitched together Voyager images of Saturn's north pole. Cassini has obtained higher-resolution pictures of the hexagon - which tells scientists it's a remarkably stable wave in one of the jet streams that remains 30 years later - but scientists are still not sure what forces maintain the object. (...) Much to the delight and bafflement of Cassini scientists, the location and shape of the hexagon in the latest images matched up with what they saw in the Voyager pictures."The longevity of the hexagon makes this something special, given that weather on Earth lasts on the order of weeks," said Kunio Sayanagi, a Cassini imaging team associate at the California Institute of Technology. "It's a mystery on par with the strange weather conditions that give rise to the long-lived Great Red Spot of Jupiter."The hexagon was originally discovered in images taken by the Voyager spacecraft in the early 1980s. It encircles Saturn at about 77 degrees north latitude and has been estimated to have a diameter wider than two Earths. The jet stream is believed to whip along the hexagon at around 100 meters per second (220 miles per hour). CLIP

10 Lesser Known Mysteries
(...) Vimanas are the mythical flying machines chronicled in the ancient Sanskrit epics of India. The story of the Vimana predates Christ by many thousands of years, and the Hindus of today’s India believe the existence and usage of Vimana to be historical fact. There is a plethora of ancient Indian literature which deals with the Vimana and its many aspects. Most of the epics await translation. One epic, titled Manusa, gives clear instructions on how to build the craft and the proponents that make them able to fly. Other texts have names such as ‘The secret of making Planes invisible’, ‘The Secret of hearing conversations and other sounds in Enemy Aircraft’ and ‘The secret of making Planes motionless’. There are many other texts about Vimana which are spoken of in the epics, but have not yet been discovered. Many texts speak of ships and planes with nuclear capabilities and a great nuclear war that took place. In the ancient ruins of Mohenjo-Daro, once part of the Indus Valley Civilization, 3000 year old skeletons where found with radioactivity levels that surpassed that of the bodies at Nagasaki and Hiroshima. (See Ancient nuclear blasts and levitating stones) The ruins themselves also emit high radioactivity levels. It is a documented fact that the city was destroyed suddenly. The wording of the texts is highly technical, and speaks at a high level of intellectual maturity in areas such as physics and aero dynamics. One text of the Vaimanika Shastra, which translates as ‘Science of Aeronautics’, includes 230 stanzas, concerning aviation matters such as construction, take off, cruising for thousands of miles, normal and forced landing, protections of the airships from storm and lightening and how to switch the power source to solar energy from free energy. The same text describes at great detail the construction of the mercury vortex engine, which is the forerunner of the Ion vortex engine used today by NASA. In 1895, a Sanskrit scholar named Shivkar Talpade designed an aircraft based solely on the Sanskrit document concerning the mercury vortex engine. The unmanned craft reached a height of 1500ft. - CHECK also Malta and Underground Tombs

Spirals in the Sky Are Back In The News - This Time its the Un-fake able and Undeniable Aurora Borealis (November 11, 2010)
These new spirals looking strikingly like the spiral over Norway in December 2009 and claimed by Russian authorities to be one of their failed rockets. This time though scientists know these are not rockets but the Aurora Borealis but in geometries not seen before - so what does this mean? Check also this video review of spiral in all ancient cultures.

TV report on Joe McMoneagle, one of the best remote viewers in the world
More details on him HERE

Joyti - WisdomFilm Preview

Who's Driving the Dreambus? (3 successive short clips)
ls Life is full of big questions: Who am I? Why am I here? Why is there suffering? Is there life after death? And - ultimately - the question we all try to find the answer to... How can I find happiness or peace of mind? But what if that search for happiness was based on a huge misconception, a misconception that has been drummed into us since birth, that we are separate individuals? In Who's Driving the Dreambus, film makers Boris and Claire Jänsch go on a personal journey through a series of interviews with eminent spiritual teachers, philosophers and writers - in a quest to unravel what it means to be alive. This radical and challenging documentary ventures into the heart of the mystery of identity, flipping the idea of spiritual endeavor on its head, revealing a message so profound and yet so simple that it might just end the search. More through - Check also Awakening with Jim Carrey

Help prevent an oil spill disaster in the Gulf of St. Lawrence
The Gulf of St. Lawrence is a unique ecosystem that sustains several coastline communities and rich biodiversity. Tell the federal government to protect the Gulf of St. Lawrence from oil and gas development and prevent disastrous spills.

Il faut protéger le golfe du Saint-Laurent de l’exploitation pétrolière et gazière
Le golfe du Saint-Laurent est un écosystème unique qui subvient aux besoins de plusieurs communautés côtières et une riche biodiversité. Dites au gouvernement fédéral de protéger le golfe du Saint-Laurent du développement pétrolier et gazier, et par conséquent de prévenir des déversements catastrophiques.

La carte du Québec gazier
Voir aussi ces 2 vidéos de démo de fabrication artisanale de gaz à partir de déchets:


Note from Jean: I recently watched the movie Amazing Grace (trailer - and was deeply touched by the lifelong fight by William Wilberforce to put an end to the abhorrent slave trade in which his country, Britain, was deeply involved. I seeked more details on him and his fight for abolitionism in the following Wikipedia entry for William Wilberforce:
Wilberforce was one of the leading English abolitionists. He headed the parliamentary campaign against the British slave trade for twenty-six years until the passage of the Slave Trade Act 1807. (...) The British had initially become involved in the slave trade during the 16th century. By 1783, the triangular route that took British-made goods to Africa to buy slaves, transported the enslaved to the West Indies, and then brought slave-grown products such as sugar, tobacco, and cotton to Britain, represented about 80 percent of Great Britain's foreign income. British ships dominated the trade, supplying French, Spanish, Dutch, Portuguese and British colonies, and in peak years carried forty thousand enslaved men, women and children across the Atlantic in the horrific conditions of the middle passage. Of the estimated 11 million Africans transported into slavery, about 1.4 million died during the voyage. The British campaign to abolish the slave trade is generally considered to have begun in the 1780s with the establishment of the Quakers' antislavery committees, and their presentation to Parliament of the first slave trade petition in 1783. CLIP
Check also this Slave ship plan - The deported Africans were treated as mere cargo and transported in horrific conditions.

NOTE from Jean: The complex history of Wilberforce's efforts, replete with campaigns against the ignominious slave trade and defeats at the hands of those who benefited from it, climaxed 24 years later when... "Lord Grenville, the Prime Minister, was determined to introduce an Abolition Bill in the House of Lords rather than in the House of Commons, taking it through its greatest challenge first. When a final vote was taken, the bill was passed in the House of Lords by a large margin. Sensing a breakthrough that had been long anticipated, Charles Grey moved for a second reading in the Commons on 23 February 1807. As tributes were made to Wilberforce, whose face streamed with tears, the bill was carried by 283 votes to 16. Excited supporters suggested taking advantage of the large majority to seek the abolition of slavery itself but Wilberforce made it clear that total emancipation was not the immediate goal: "They had for the present no object immediately before them, but that of putting stop directly to the carrying of men in British ships to be sold as slaves." The Slave Trade Act received the Royal Assent on 25 March 1807." And so the actual abolition of slavery was yet to be achieved. It took 27 more years of struggle that greatly taxed Wilberforce. "In 1833, Wilberforce's health declined further and he suffered a severe attack of influenza from which he never fully recovered. He made a final anti-slavery speech in April 1833 at a public meeting in Maidstone, Kent. The following month, the Whig government introduced the Bill for the Abolition of Slavery, formally saluting Wilberforce in the process. On 26 July 1833, Wilberforce heard of government concessions that guaranteed the passing of the Bill for the Abolition of Slavery. The following day he grew much weaker, and he died early on the morning of 29 July at his cousin's house in Cadogan Place, London. One month later, the House of Lords passed the Slavery Abolition Act, which abolished slavery in most of the British Empire from August 1834. They voted plantation owners £20 million in compensation, giving full emancipation to children younger than six, and instituting a system of apprenticeship requiring other enslaved peoples to work for their former masters for four to six years in the British West Indies, South Africa, Mauritius, British Honduras and Canada. Nearly 800,000 African slaves were freed, the vast majority in the Caribbean."

Additional comment: The lesson that can be derived from all of this is that, despite all odds, positive changes of truly epic proportions can happen when enough men and women of goodwill band together to achieve the soul inspired visions that guide them. The following excerpts from the 40 pages of elogious comments this movie has elicited reach to the heart of what I feel right now: "I'm speechless. The purpose, the meaning, it was amazing and is a story that not will not die out as the fire or the chaff that bloweth away. The story to me represents today. People across the world are bound in a spiritual sense and we need to free them with the love of God."... "It was so touching to see how one man could change the course of history. His faith and determination really challenged me to evaluate my own life and gave me a strong passion for those in this world who are suffering and dying around us. God can do truly amazing things through the broken and battered souls who turn their lives over into His loving and gracious hands."... "An inspirational film. It makes one energised to continue William Wilberforce's work and combat the continuing scourge of exploitation and trafficking that continues today." AND I SAY: "The Work is not completed indeed. Slavery under one form or another is still prevalent today, the most insidious form of slavery beeing our own submission to the belief that we are powerless to make this world a better place for all beings and Life; that we cannot find within Oneself the resources, ingenuity and unwavering determination to overcome the forces that oppose the emergence of the innate goodness in all beings and that thrive on the fear, violence and hatred they sow wherever we allow them to; or that we cannot victoriously let the Light of Love shine and be the guiding Power of all our existence. Let us abolish war! Let us abolish violence and oppression in all their malevolent manifestations! Let us free ourselves from the chains of the matrix of illusions that was implanted into us, so as to become the glorious manifestations of Who We truly Are... as One with All That Is. And THAT, my friend, will be our saving Amazing Grace..."


Is Military Spending Saving or Enslaving? (July 14, 2010)
The latest announcement that the Pentagon's military research division, DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency), has created shape-shifting robots sounds like another Terminator sequel, but this is mainstream news. Sure, this is still theoretical, as these robots are just half a millimeter thick, but it portends a future where, "it will be used to create full-sized cars and aircraft that morph as they move, or robots that can 'flow' like mercury into small openings, or multipurpose military uniforms that can adapt to different environments." There is no discussion in the article about the benefits to mankind, only the military applications. Whether or not the categories listed below were conceived of by individuals who had a desire to contribute to Humanity's progress, the fact remains that between 45%-90% of American taxpayer money now goes to military spending. The U.S. has set the stage, but many other governments certainly have received their marching orders. The relationship between the foreign battlefield and civilian life at home can be traced back to the advent of world wars, as private research and development was often subsumed into the military mission. In our modern era of perpetual war on nebulous terror, it might be worthwhile to ask: Is our support of military spending helping humanity or enslaving us? (...) Weapons and Security -- Tasers and sound cannons, are just two of the myriad weapons of modern war. And, yet, these torture technologies are now routinely appearing where citizens attempt to peaceably assemble. This militarization of domestic security functions can create an adversarial relationship between law enforcement and the people they are sworn to protect. One only has to walk through a naked body scanner at the airport, under the auspices of the abusive TSA, to learn what it feels like to live in a war zone. (...) Dwight Eisenhower succinctly warned us 50 years ago of a "Military-Industrial Complex." Do we in fact have a military-industrial complex today? This list of companies fulfilling military contracts certainly is indicative. Maybe the question shouldn't be: Is military spending enslaving us, but are we enslaving ourselves when we support the concept of war itself?

Chalmers Johnson - Speaking Freely - MUST WATCH - Powerfully eye-opening!!
Author of Blowback, The Sorrows Of Empire and Nemesis: The Last Days Of The American Empire, Chalmers Johnson has literally written the book on the concept of American Hegemony. A former naval officer and consultant of the C.I.A., he now serves as professor Emeritus at UC San Diego. As co-founder and President of the Japan Policy Research Institute, Mr. Johnson also continues to promote public education about Asia's role in the international community. In this exclusive interview, you will find out why the practice of empire building is, by no means, a thing of the past. As the United States continues to expand its military forces around the globe, the consequences are being suffered by each and every one of us. "Chalmers Johnson is the most dispassionate, logical, informed critic of the military-industrial complex living today. He assembles facts, understands history and context, and the result is the most compelling, irrefutable argument against the cancer-like growth of the military. Remember, it was our establishment of permanent military bases in the Middle East that incited terrorists to attack us." - MONITORING THE MIC BEAST - or at least the non-black-budget part of it. has been collecting publicly-reported US Department of Defense contract information since October 30, 2006. This web site is a continued culmination of that collection and seeks to keep the general populace informed about their government's military spending practices when concerning tax payer contributions to the defense of our nation.

"Amazing Grace," by Chris Tomlin
or by Il Divo:

Amazing Grace (How sweet the sound)
That sav'd a wretch like me!
I once was lost, but now am found,
Was blind, but now I see.

'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear,
And grace my fears reliev'd;
How precious did that grace appear,
The hour I first believ'd!

Thro' many dangers, toils and snare,
I have already come;
'Tis grace has brought me safe thus far,
And grace will lead me home.

The Lord has promised good to me.
His word my hope secures;
He will my shield and portion be,
As long as life endures.

Yes, when this flesh and heart shall fail,
And mortal life shall cease;
I shall profess, within the vail,
A life of joy and peace.

The earth shall soon dissolve like snow,
The sun forbear to shine;
But God, who call'd me here below,
Will be for ever mine.

Amazing Grace (10 part movie) The slave trade seen from the African perspective
Nigerian Movie: A powerful and emotional film about the evils of slave trade

Complementary resources:

Contemporary abolitionism
On December 10, 1948, the General Assembly of the United Nations adopted the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Article 4 states: No one shall be held in slavery or servitude; slavery and the slave trade shall be prohibited in all their forms. Although outlawed in most countries, slavery is nonetheless practiced secretly in many parts of the world. Enslavement still takes place in the United States, Europe, and Latin America, as well as parts of Africa, the Middle East, and South Asia. There are an estimated 27 million victims of slavery worldwide. In Mauritania alone, estimates are that up to 600,000 men, women and children, or 20% of the population, are enslaved. Many of them are used as bonded labour. Modern-day abolitionists have emerged over the last several years, as awareness of slavery around the world has grown, with groups such as Anti-Slavery International, the American Anti-Slavery Group, International Justice Mission, and Free the Slaves working to rid the world of slavery. Zach Hunter, for example, began a movement called Loose Change to Loosen Chains when he was in seventh grade. Also featured on CNN and other national news organizations, Hunter has gone on to help inspire other teens and young adults to take action against injustice with his books, Be the Change and Generation Change. In the United States, The Action Group to End Human Trafficking and Modern-Day Slavery is a coalition of NGOs, foundations and corporations working to develop a policy agenda for abolishing slavery and human trafficking. Since 1997, the United States Department of Justice has, through work with the Coalition of Immokalee Workers, prosecuted six individuals in Florida on charges of slavery in the agricultural industry. These prosecutions have led to freedom for over 1000 enslaved workers in the tomato and orange fields of South Florida. This is only one example of the contemporary fight against slavery worldwide. Slavery exists most widely in agricultural labor, apparel and sex industries, and service jobs in some regions. CLIP

Human trafficking
Human trafficking is the illegal trade in human beings for the purposes of commercial sexual exploitation or forced labor: a modern-day form of slavery. It is the fastest growing criminal industry in the world, and tied with the illegal arms industry as the second largest, after the drug-trade. Adopted by the United Nations in Palermo, Italy in 2000, the Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons, especially Women and Children (also referred to as the Trafficking Protocol) is an international set of diplomatic guidelines established by the United Nations Convention against Transnational Organised Crime. The Trafficking Protocol is one of three Protocols adopted to supplement the Convention (...) The Trafficking Protocol entered into force on 25 December 2003. By June 2010, the Trafficking Protocol had been signed by 117 countries and 137 parties. (...) Human trafficking usually affects women and children. The total annual revenue for trafficking in persons is estimated to be between USD$5 billion and $9 billion. The Council of Europe states, "People trafficking has reached epidemic proportions over the past decade, with a global annual market of about $42.5 billion." The United Nations estimates nearly 2.5 million people from 127 different countries are being trafficked around the world. CLIP

Canada can join Obama to end human trafficking (Feb 11 2009)
(...) Obama's inauguration was truly a turning of the page. Slavery is the deepest scar in American history. As an African American took the oath of office, that scar was finally healed. But as an old injustice was symbolically rectified, a new one was spreading around the globe.Human trafficking of women, men and children for the purposes of forced labour and/or sexual exploitation occurs in most countries, including Canada. As the U.S. Action Group to End Human Trafficking and Modern-Day Slavery said in its transition report to Obama: "The illicit commercialization of humanity is one of the largest criminal industries in the world, and the selling of children is the fastest growing global crime." The Obama administration will make this scourge a foreign policy priority. In her Senate confirmation hearings to become secretary of state, Hillary Clinton pledged "to do all that we can to end this modern form of slavery. We have sex slavery; we have wage slavery. And it is primarily a slavery of girls and women."Clinton is not alone in her concern. The Council of Europe has a strong convention on human trafficking, and Brazil has a national action plan for the eradication of slave labour. There is a potential international coalition willing to be led. Obama and Clinton can be the leaders of that coalition, and Canada should be the first to urge them to do so. CLIP

"Children for sale" - the disturbing reality (02/03/2009)
"There are many evils in the world, but sexually abusing children must rank with the worst."I cannot agree more with the statement above. (...) I came across information about children as sex slaves in Cambodia on the web. Some were truly horrified, disgusting as well as alarming. The most effective website out there on this subject must be the one from the MSNBC website. In it, a team of undercover reporters did an investigation into the "notorious" children sex industry in Cambodia by pretending to be the "sex tourists." They recorded several footages by hidden cameras in villages and brothels where young girls, some as young as 5, were sold for sex. Excerpt: "Girls, some so young they could be in kindergarten, are all for sale. Throughout the village, we see the same scene at one brothel after another. Everyone here seems to know a little English. When they talk about sex, they use simple child-like terms anyone can understand. "Yum-yum" means oral sex. "Boom-boom" means intercourse. We meet dozens of children. One girl says she's nine. She's joined by another who says she's 10. Both say they know how to perform oral sex. And they even tell us how much it will cost: $60 for two girls. A pimp says if two girls aren't enough, how about three?" This website was updated a few years ago. Nothing much has changed since. The impact of these images, video clips and this kind of stories on us is permanently haunting. Because it is still the reality. Children are still born into sex trade, without a choice. Another excellent source of Cambodian children sex traffick is on here.

Sex Trafficking in Cambodia (Full Version) VERY TROUBLING! HEARTH-BREAKING! BUT THERE IS HOPE!
Many young women in South East Asia (and in many other parts of the world) are forced into sexual prostitution/slavery. This is the story of one of these girls -- and what one organization is doing to help make a difference.

Sex Trafficking of Children in United States (November 11th, 2009)
Sex trafficking of children is a problem all over world, including in the United States, where recently a three-day nationwide Federal Bureau of Investigation operation rescued 52 children from the sex trade. Typical is a case in which a St. Louis, Missouri man was indicted for sex trafficking of children. He was investigated for attempting to purchase children or their services for commercial sex. More about sex trafficking in the United States: Internet Threats to Children - Sex trafficking of Children in America - Human Trafficking in the United States - Shared Hope International on Dr. Phil -

Stop Sex Trafficking
More related resources HERE

UK Illuminati Sex Trafficking (May.27, 2010)
The war on terror has taken a new turn, and Operation Ore the world wide hunt which saw many internet pedophiles prosecuted, has led to Operation Radium, which is the British national security campaign against the British government allowing the trafficking of women and children into Britain for the sex industry. Detective Chief Inspector Kevin Vanterpool in charge at Cambridge shire,Raided 119 mafia brothels, some girls claimed they had to service 60 clients a day, and 5 showed signs of torture, figures vary for arrests from 41 to 57, but the people who run the premises are never found, only the person in charge at that one house. CLIP

Ted Gunderson (Former FBI Ted Gunderson: CIA and Satanic Ritual Abuse)
Gunderson had this to say: "The Finders-A CIA front established in the 1960's. It has top clearance and protection in its assigned task of kidnapping and torture-programming young children throughout the U.S. Members are specially trained government kidnappers known to be sexual degenerates who involve the kidnapped children in satanic sex orgies and bloody rituals as well as the murders of other children and slaughter of animals. They use a fleet of unmarked vans to grab targeted children from parks and schoolyards. In doing so they use children within their organization as decoys to attract the victims close to the vans where they are grabbed by adults. They then drug the children and transport them to a series of safe houses for safe keeping. They are then used in their ceremonies for body parts, sex slaves and some are auctioned off at various locations in the northern hemisphere. In the past they have been auctioned off near a location in Nevada and Toronto , Canada . Marion David Pettie, the leader of the cult, is an identified homosexual pedophile and a CIA officer. His son was an employee of a CIA proprietary firm, Air America , which was notorious for smuggling drugs, destined for the U.S. , out of the Golden Triangle into Saigon during the Vietnam war." (...) Retired FBI Special-Agent-In-Charge Ted Gunderson has compiled boxes of research and has assembled numerous reports describing unimaginable "operations" of treachery, sadistic savagery, degradation, abuse, and murder inflicted by intelligence agents of the United States government against its own citizenry, especially children. The kidnapping of children for purposes of prostitution, pornography, high tech weaponry experimental abuse, mind control, child slave labor for underground alien-controlled facilities, white sex slavery, and the satanic ritual murder of untold thousands of American children snatched from the streets and playgrounds of America by agents working for the CIA is the principle reason for the existence of a covert CIA operation called "The Finders". The Finders is one of the most alarming and despicable covert operations against America's children that Gunderson helped to uncover, but it's only one of many covert Gestapo-like acts committed against American citizens by government agents under directives issued not by Congress or the President, but rather by international Satanists collectively known as the Illuminati, who control the Secret or Shawdow government of the United States as well as every other major government in the world. The "Finders" operation began in the 1960's and continues kidnapping children to this very day.

The CIA and Satanism - International Trafficking in Children
Ted Gunderson, the 27-year FBI veteran, former Los Angeles Senior Special Agent in Charge, shares compelling evidence and keen insight into the notorious McMartin preschool alleged child-molestation case. He shows the link between Satanic ritual-abuse, drug trafficking and the international trafficking in children by the CIA. (...) This video is a must for anyone who is truly interested in the truth about what is going on behind closed doors in this nation and the world! MORE RELATED VIDEOS HERE

Secret Papers Detail U.S. Aid for Ex-Nazis (November 13, 2010)
WASHINGTON - A secret history of the United States government's Nazi-hunting operation concludes that American intelligence officials created a "safe haven" in the United States for Nazis and their collaborators after World War II, and it details decades of clashes, often hidden, with other nations over war criminals here and abroad. Dave Dieter/The Huntsville Times, via Associated Press. Arthur Rudolph, in 1990, was a rocket scientist for Nazi Germany and NASA. The 600-page report, which the Justice Department has tried to keep secret for four years, provides new evidence about more than two dozen of the most notorious Nazi cases of the last three decades. (...) Perhaps the report's most damning disclosures come in assessing the Central Intelligence Agency's involvement with Nazi émigrés. Scholars and previous government reports had acknowledged the C.I.A.'s use of Nazis for postwar intelligence purposes. But this report goes further in documenting the level of American complicity and deception in such operations. The Justice Department report, describing what it calls "the government's collaboration with persecutors," says that O.S.I investigators learned that some of the Nazis "were indeed knowingly granted entry" to the United States, even though government officials were aware of their pasts. "America, which prided itself on being a safe haven for the persecuted, became - in some small measure - a safe haven for persecutors as well," it said. CLIP

Sex drugs and US government - Illuminati
Sex & drugs are no strangers to the government. There is prostitution, sex slaves, child sex slaves, brainwashed sex slaves, orgies, sect. Drugs of all kinds... There are many cover ups out there to mask the truth of what really went down. But here, on this page, nothing will be left untouched. - IF YOU ARE READY TO PLUNGE DEEPER INTO THE RATS HOLE...

And finally a reminder of what the idiotic War-Criminal-in-Chief – whom the US media have been trying this week to rehabilitate through offering him a complacent platform to promote his book - actually presided upon...
Iraq : Destroying a Country: War Crimes and Atrocities - Part II (November 8, 2010)
(...) One Iraqi who "knew" only too well what happened in Fallujah, was Dr Salam Ismael. He had worked as a doctor in Fallujah during the April 2004 siege. He finally gained entry with aid in January 2005, two months after the November assault. (2) He records: "It was the smell that first hit me, a smell that is difficult to describe, and one that will never leave me. It was the smell of death. Hundreds of corpses were decomposing in the houses, gardens and streets of Fallujah. Bodies were rotting where they had fallen, bodies of men, women and children, many half-eaten by wild dogs." A wave of hate had wiped out two-thirds of the town, destroying houses and mosques, schools and clinics. This was the terrible and frightening power of the US military assault. The accounts I heard over the next few days will live with me forever. You may think you know what happened in Fallujah. But the truth is worse than you could possibly have imagined."
(...) Dr Ismael recounts : "Survivors made desperate appeals to the troops to stop firing. But Eyad told me that whenever one of them tried to raise a white flag they were shot. After several hours he tried to raise his arm with the flag. But they shot him in the arm. Finally he tried to raise his hand. So they shot him in the hand." The five survivors, including the six-month-old child, and the brother shot in the neck, after hours lying injured, finally crawled to the nearest home, which was empty, to find shelter. They survived there for eight days: "... living on roots and with just one cup of water for the baby", said Eyad. They were finally found by members of the Iraq National Guard and taken to hospital, again fleeing, sick and wounded, when they heard the U.S., forces were arresting all men. It is unclear what happened to the others assembled, on instruction by the Mosque, but Eyad described : "the street awash with blood." Dr Ismael: " ... heard the accounts of families killed in their houses, of wounded people dragged into the streets and run over by tanks, of a container with the bodies of 481 civilians inside, of premeditated murder, looting and acts of savagery and cruelty that beggar belief. "We found people wandering like ghosts through the ruins ... looking for the bodies of relatives .. trying to recover some of their possessions from destroyed homes ... We moved from house to house, discovering families dead in their beds, or cut down in living rooms or in the kitchen ... It became clear that we were witnessing the aftermath of a massacre, the cold-blooded butchery of helpless and defenceless civilians."He concluded: "Nobody knows how many died. The occupation forces are now bulldozing the neighbourhoods to cover up their crime.(See also *) What happened in Fallujah was an act of barbarity. The whole world must be told the truth." Such accounts might be dismissed as "fog of war" propaganda, were they not so consistent across Iraq, from the day of the invasion, the majority from totally unconnected families or individuals - corroborated, little by little, by coalition soldiers.Numerous survivors were swept up to be tortured in a U.S., base camp which had been set up in a former tourist village, bound, bags over their heads and out in small "cages", with now familiar stories of being stripped, made to hold stress positions for hours and deprived of sleep water and food. Others were incarcerated under Abu Ghraib's specialist form of horror. In the tranquil setting of the White House Rose Garden, on 30th., April 2004, President Bush, had stated that due to U.S., intervention: "There are no longer torture chambers or rape rooms or mass graves in Iraq." This was said as images from Abu Ghraib were being beamed around the world. Four days later, General Taguba released his minutely detailed and referenced seventy two page Report on the realities, which belied President Bush's sunny over-view of the benefits the invasion had bestowed upon Iraq. CLIP


Depleted Humanity - America's Genocide 1/2 - MOST REVEALING/FRIGHTENING AUDIO - Part 2 HERE
We are creating a Worldwide Auschwitz. NOTE from Jean: Contrast this radioactive contamination of the whole planet, forever, with the extreme caution applied to the search for a geologically stable, deep-underground place to store safely the highly radioactive material from the nuclear plants so that over time the aquifer is not contaminated and radioactivity doesn't seep to the surface to threaten future generations ... Think about the many protests this past week in France and Germany against their nuclear industry and its 'train from hell'... There is a HUGE disconnect between the probability of localized radioactive contamination some day in the distant future from leaking underground storage of nuclear waste and the current, ongoing, real and widespread global radioactive contamination willfully and malevolently created by two decades of open air use of highly radioactive depleted uranium-tipped ammunitions, ordnance, Bunker buster bombs and rockets both in wars (Iraq especially in Basra and Fallujah [WATCH US Use of depleted uranium = war crimes?], Afghanistan, Gaza, Bosnia, Kosovo, Serbia) and in training ranges for target practice throughout the US mainland, in Hawaii and in Puerto Rico, to name just a few - Check HERE for a list of and details on many of the DU contaminated areas in the US. The Pentagon - like the tobacco industry - is denying any wrondoing. The media keep a tight lid on any information about this global crisis to not alarm the public. And most everyone else seems content with blissfully looking away, pretending it doesn't concern them and remaining silent on this. Read the following article from the Cancer Injury Lawyers website for more details on this crime against humanity -- and all future generations! Read Study finds transmission of genetic damage to offspring upon preconceptional paternal exposure to depleted uranium [ more through ] -- and on what you can do if you believe you've been personnally contamined with DU

Depleted Uranium Munitions
Depleted uranium, or DU, is a radioactive by-product from the industrial process used to enhance uranium. Depleted uranium is the leftover uranium-238 that results when scientists seek to alter naturally occurring uranium into uranium-235, which is used to produce nuclear energy. Depleted uranium is used in bullets and shells because it is a very heavy metal and can penetrate most armaments. Depleted uranium is the end result when most of the highly radioactive isotopes of uranium are removed.The United States and Great Britain’s armed forces use munitions manufactured from depleted uranium because, when combined with metal alloys, they are most effective warhead for penetrating enemy tanks. In addition, depleted uranium is twice as dense as lead, the United States Army uses depleted uranium in armor plating. As soon as depleted uranium makes contact with its target, the uranium becomes a mist that can often be inhaled. Winds can carry this radioactive dust several miles, potentially contaminating the air and water that innocent humans breathe and drink. These munitions were used in both Iraq wars, Kosovo, and training sessions in Puerto Rico. Additionally, soldiers can experience the same ailments and side effects. In April 2006, Northern Arizona University released a study illustrating that depleted uranium may damage DNA. In Iraq, depleted uranium deposits have already had effects on the population, including a 600% rise in both leukemia rates in children and birth defect rates. Northern Arizona University, biochemist Diane Stearns and her students are the first to show that when cells are exposed to uranium, the uranium binds to DNA and the cells acquire mutations. When uranium affixes to DNA, the genetic code in the cells of living organisms can change. Therefore, the DNA can make the wrong protein or wrong amounts of protein, which affects how cells grow. Some of these cells can grow to become cancer. Their findings were published recently in the journals Mutagenesis and Molecular Carcinogenesis. The team’s findings have influential implications for the general population and the Navajo Nation living near abandoned mines within Southwestern states in the U.S. and in war-torn countries and the military, which uses depleted uranium.(...) On March 24, 2006, Rep. Jim McDermott, D-Wa. announced the start of an online petition aimed at convincing Congress to pass his bill insisting that the government investigate the harmful effects of depleted uranium munitions used by American troops. If you or a loved one have developed a serious side effect or ailments as a result of being exposed to depleted uranium munitions, please fill out the form at the right for a free case evaluation by a qualified pollutants attorney. CLIP - Petitions and campaigns you can support: - International Petition to Ban Uranium Weapons - Depleted Uranium Weaponry Ban - 141 states support Depleted Uranium Ban - Campaign Against Depleted Uranium - Stop Phosphorus Bombs & Depleted Uranium Bullets - International Coalition to Ban Uranium Weapons

Call for events around the International Day of Action Against Depleted Uranium Weapons (25 October 2010)
ICBUW calls on its members and friends to promote an event on depleted uranium this November. -- November 6th is the International Day of Action Against Depleted Uranium Weapons. It also happens to be the United Nations' Day for Prevention of the Exploitation of the Environment during Wars and Armed Conflicts.Each year ICBUW calls on its membership to help highlight the issue through actions and events during November. In the past this has included direct action, protests at factories, firing ranges and embassies, letter writing campaigns, photo shoots, petition signings and symposia. The options open to you are limited only by your imagination. This year, results of the UN First Committee vote on the new resolution calling for transparency (see: for background) will be available from November 2nd and posted on the ICBUW site. States get a second chance to vote at the General Assembly in late November so if your country has voted against or abstained on the text, you may wish to use your event as an opportunity to raise awareness of this. CLIP - MUCH MORE THROUGH


This is a RED HOT issue that ought to trigger worldwide outcry against this ignominious procedure. If people don't draw the line on that one immediately, there is no telling how dangerous our slide into the abyss of global fascism is gonna be. Imagine in a couple years from now being stopped on the street or while entering a stadium to watch a sport event or even when going into a store to buy something, being told by a security guard to either step into a naked body scanner or accept being strip-searched on the spot, or face immediate and possibly indefinite detention, all under the guise of preventing some alleged terrorist plot. We are one false flag 'terrorism' act away from one of the worst orwellian nightmare that could be imagined... The Cabal operatives have done infinitely much worst in Iraq, with complete impunity, and they are ready to go all the way and drag us all into the deep end of their fear-driven matrix for the sake of total dominance and an extravagant ego power trip. Don't be anesthetized any longer by the mass-media-induced trance and the illusion of your personal safety. Our very freedom and right to live free from all forms of tyranny are on the line right now and we cannot allow this timeline into a very dark era to continue any longer. We need to choose the Light, have the courage to let Love be our guiding beacon and stand up for what we know in our heart to be just and right. As for the Opt out option still allowed for the naked body scanner, we need to opt out of their whole system of oppression and control, become self-sustaining free agents of change and BE all That We Are - which means trusting 100% our soul-given abilities to prevail through the power of Light and Love over whatever fear-triggering attempt they may try to throw at us. We are NOT alone and we will prevail, as One with All That is. There is no other way but the Way of Unconditional, Divine Love.

THE OTHER SIDE OF THE COIN: This being said, if you have no choice but to submit yourself to this airport screening procedure, it is good to know that if you are not a frequent flyer, you are very unlikely to experience any negative long-term consequences to exposing yourself to the naked body scanner since the level of radiation exposure is supposed to be far less than what anyone travelling on an airplane at high altitude is exposed to. Also being aware of the power of our beliefs, if you go through this with the fearful hypocondriac attitude of someone who is nearly certain that this is going to cause some kind of cancer, you are indeed likely to trigger a nocebo effect (the flip side of the placebo effect) which, if sustained over a period of time, may indeed lead to negative consequences. Also you may also wish to look with compassion and heartfelt patience at the human beings who are under the uniform of the TSA agents and who, in most cases, just try to fulfill their mission, which is to deter and detect anyone with harmful intents who may try to board the plane on which you are going to fly. Even if we don't necessarily agree with the procedure we are being subjected to, these souls are not those who have made the decisions to implement them. Also it may be good to keep in mind that although the minimal radiation dose your body will absorb is not a healthy thing to repeatedly go through, and is not what you would normally choose to experience, everyone living in any urban environment these days is continuously exposed, willy-nilly, to harmful doses of microwaves and other radiations (the infamous electrosmog) millions of times higher than what the normal radiation background used to be before the advent of cell phones and of all the other electronic gizmos we are surrounded with and use in our daily lives. Just to put things into a less strident perspective...

Finally, concerning the exposure of your naked image to others, although contrary to any basic decency criteria, just think of how readily we all accept to wear the ridiculous and revealing garment we have to put on at the hospital for in-depth examination and treatment, and how readily we accept to bare ourselves in front of physicians and other medical personnel when our health is at stake. We don't have much choice there either. Just another perspective on that matter. And again, if you have already practiced nudism in front of other people, you will probably be less concerned about showing your physical forms to others for the sake of avoiding being rudely touched in the most intimate parts of your body by someone... unless of course you are more comfortable with this method of discovering if the passengers boarding your plane conceal something they should not bring aboard. I know you may think this more conciliatory perspective seems to be at odd with my previous comments above, which dealt mainly with key basic freedom principles, something which, according to many commentators, is the real issue behind this invasion of our privacy, not to mention the larger picture of making us all feel like powerless sheep at the hands of the power-hungry shadowy figures behind these anti-human rights policies imposed under the pretext of a fabricated terrorism threat. But it is in OUR power to not fall into the fear and anger inducing trap that is being set for us, to keep our heads high and our hearts clear of negative feelings, and to act like the sovereign, impregnable and immortal beings of Light and Love we truly are. There is nothing to fear but fear itself... There is nothing to protect ourselves against but the projections of our own fears... There is nothing more important right now than contributing through a fearless mind and a love-filled heart to the vibrational upgrade of ourselves and our planet now in full swing...

P.S. Or you can also refuse pointblank both the naked-body scanner and the intrusive fondling of your (and your partner and children) genitals as did a man on Nov 13 in San Diego, be denied the freedom to fly on an airplane and face a $10,000 charge for refusing to go through this procedure. The whole story of what happened is available in TSA encounter at SAN - San Diego International Airport (13 NOVEMBER 2010) and you can hear the man say (because most of this was recorded on his cellphone)... "If you touch my 'junk' I'm going to have you arrested." and in Motivation of my filming of my TSA encounter the man explains :"I'll admit that "if you touch my junk, I'll have you arrested" was not the most artful response, but I was trying to add some levity to a situation that I knew could escalate very quickly. The reason I started the recorder before placing it in the bin, though, is because of stories like this: Detained by TSA - ACLU Sues TSA - In praise of Michael Roberts. After reading stories about what the TSA had been doing, I wanted to avoid them, but I also wanted to be prepared should I be unable avoid them. That recording was to protect my rights and theirs. At no point have I bashed the TSA agents or their handling of the situation. They were all professional, if a bit standoffish, but the standoffishness is not to be unexpected. I'm sure they deal with people far more unruly than me every day. The only time I lost my cool was at the very end when the TSA representative tried to force me back into the screening area instead of simply allowing me to be on my way. The entire incident should be judged on its merits (as demonstrated by the recording), not by whether I tried to bait them (which I did not). So, the next question is obviously, "what do I expect to get out of this?" I don't want to be a hero; I simply want to draw attention to what is going on and give people a sense that they're not alone in the fight against the ever expanding erosion of liberty.


TSA accused of sexual molestation of passengers and pilots

by Mike Adams - November 10, 2010

When I recently wrote about opting out of the TSA's naked body scanners and then being patted down by a TSA agent, that pat-down was conducted by the agent using the back of his hand ( As of today, that technique is no longer in place. The TSA's new guidelines call for agents to use their "palms and fingers" to "probe" your body for hidden weapons. This means TSA agents will now be feeling up your crotch, palming your breasts and fingering your testicles as part of their increasingly humiliating "X-rated pat down" technique.

This new "palms and fingers" pat-down technique (also known as "groping" passengers) was announced by the TSA last week alongside an ambitious new plan to roll out 1,000 new naked body scanners by 2011. Any air traveler who opts out of the naked body scanner, of course, gets groped by a TSA agent using the new "palms and fingers" pat-down technique.

The upshot is that the TSA either wants to SEE your naked body or FEEL it with their hands.

This new rule also affects pilots, by the way. And just yesterday, ABC News carried a report about a U.S. pilot who said was so upset by the enhanced pat-down technique that he called it sexual molestation and found that afterwards, he could not safely operate the airplane. (

So now we have the TSA actually terrorizing pilots and turning them into angry, abused victims of sexual molestation who must then fly our airplanes. How's that for TSA safety?

Violating the privacy rights of Americans
All this is a gross violation of Americans' Fourth Amendment rights, of course. It's also demeaning and (intentionally) humiliating to air travelers. In addition, the use of naked body scanners on children violates child porn laws.

The TSA, through its groping of passengers and the capturing of their naked body images, is guilty of committing numerous felony crimes. If a security guard at a grocery store, for example, groped little children with his fingers and took "naked body scanner" pictures of customers, he would be arrested as a sex crime offender. So why are we letting our own federal government commit sex crimes against us when we'd be thrown in prison for the same lewd behavior?

There are actually registered sex offenders on the books who have done far less than what the TSA is doing to air travelers right now.

The TSA, even more insidiously, doesn't even tell passengers they have a choice to opt out of the naked body scanners. When I first wrote about it, most NaturalNews readers had no idea they could opt out. Even the opt-out process seems to be designed to bring humiliation to passengers, because once you announce you're opting out of the naked body scanners, TSA agents yell, "Opt out! Opt out!" in order to draw attention to you. Following that, they now feel up your crotch and private parts with their fingers and palms.

The message is clear: Go through the naked body scanner or we will sexually molest you.

That's the new TSA... always watching your back by feeling your genitals first.

Ratcheting up the police state
And it's only getting worse. That TSA agents feel your crotch and breasts with their palms and fingers would have been unthinkable just five years ago. But this is how a police state works: They introduce one element at a time and then wait for everybody to get used to it before adding another layer of intrusion to their lives.

Today it's a naked body scanner and an X-rated feel-up. Five years from now, it could be TSA agents stripping off your clothes in a private screening room and inserting their fingers into your anus and other areas to check for "weapons." If the American people don't start standing up to these illegal, intrusive and humiliating body searches, there's no end to where the TSA could take this. Give an agency like the TSA unlimited power to bully the public, and they will inevitably keep pushing the limits until they are stopped.

None of this seems to have anything whatsoever to do with actual air travel security, by the way. It all seems focused on maximizing the humiliation of air travelers while indoctrinating people into a police state mentality (so they get used to government agents strip-searching them on demand).

This is the new Amerika. Your Constitutional rights have been thrown out the window. Any expectation that you might be treated with respect as a law-abiding citizen have been utterly abandoned. You are now treated as a slavilian (a slave / civilian), and the federal government believes it has the right to commit sex crimes against you and your children any time it wishes.

Even our airline pilots are treated as criminals and terrorized by the very agency that claims to be protecting us from terrorism! The TSA is the new Gestapo, and they will absolutely will not stop with these police state tactics until they are forced to.

It is time that We the People stood up against the TSA Gestapo and started suing their agents for sexual molestation, child pornography, kidnapping, conspiracy and violating our Fourth Amendment rights.

If you have any tips about anyone attempting to sue the TSA, please contact NaturalNews through our feedback form:

We intend to keep covering this story until this TSA tyranny is halted.


Related articles and videos:

Airport shut down by incompetent TSA authorities after jars of honey flagged as explosives

TSA agents gone wild: fondling little children, planting cocaine in passenger bags and more

TSA lies exposed: Full-body scanner machines do save and transmit images, secret documents reveal

How to opt out of the TSA's naked body scanners at the airport

TSA to start using "naked" X-Ray technology that sees through clothing of air travel passengers

Pilots Association urges airline pilots to opt out of TSA naked body scanners

Privacy Group Sues To Stop Use Of Airport Body Scanners (4 November 2010)
Washington, DC, United States (AHN) - A leading privacy group is urging a federal appeals court to put an end to the government's plan to implement full-body imaging machines at airports nationwide. The Electronic Privacy Information Center (EPIC) is moving forward with a lawsuit against the Department of Homeland Security for unilaterally mandating the use of the machines as the primary screening technique. In March, the Transportation Security Administration began the program by deploying 450 of the machines in dozens of airports across the country. EPIC filed its suit in July with the aim of enacting an emergency stay in the program. The federal appeals court denied their request, but allowed the lawsuit to proceed. In a 55-page opening brief filed this week, the group said the machine scans violate the Fourth Amendment, the Privacy Act, the Religious Freedom Restoration Act, and the Video Voyeurism Prevention Act. "The suspicionless search of all airport travelers in this most invasive way violates the reasonableness standard contained in the Fourth Amendment," Marc Rotenberg, executive director of EPIC, said Tuesday. He went on to say that the devices, which will ultimately cost taxpayers nearly $1 billion, were designed "to store and record and transmit the unfiltered image of the naked human body."Chip Pitts, co-plaintiff in the suit, believes at the very least the program needs to be the subject of a deeper investigation. "We're sleepwalking into a surveillance society," Pitts said. The government is expected to respond next month to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit.

Electronic Privacy Information Center sues TSA over naked body scanner privacy violations (November 12, 2010)
The Electronic Privacy Information Center (EPIC) is proceeding with a lawsuit against the TSA over its use of naked body scanners. Filed in the District of Columbia Court of Appeals, EPIC's lawsuit asks for the courts to halt the US government's use of naked body scanners altogether. EPIC has brought claims under the Administrative Procedure Act, the Privacy Act, the Video Voyeurism Prevention Act, the Religious Freedom Restoration Act, and the Fourth Amendment. (The TSA's naked body scanners and aggressive pat-down techniques violate all these federal laws and Constitutional protections.) That effort has now been joined by consumer advocate Ralph Nader, who agrees that the TSA's use of naked body scanners must be challenged. EPIC's lawsuit against the TSA alleges that the intrusive pat-downs are used by the TSA as a retaliatory punishment for those passengers who choose to opt out of the body scanners. (...) The Libertarian Party has now officially backed this lawsuit against the TSA. Libertarian Party Chair Mark Hinkle said, "The TSA should end the strip-search machine program immediately. We've reached a point where our government has no qualms about humiliating us. We encourage Americans to call their newly-elected members of Congress and tell them that they don't want this expensive, worthless, intrusive, unconstitutional program." The Fourth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution says... "The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized." What part of "unreasonable searches and seizures" does the TSA not understand? As long as these TSA violations of our Constitutional rights continue, I urge you to avoid traveling by air altogether. Where to learn more Read the opening brief filed in the courts by EPIC - Follow the news on the EPIC lawsuit against the TSA HERE

TSA Gone Wild: Airport Thugs Are Out Of Control (Nov 9, 2010)
If Americans continue to blithely accept their abuse at the hands of TSA thugs, it sends a clear message to the authorities that they are quite prepared to suffer any indignity whatsoever, which will inevitably lead to a feeding frenzy unless Americans begin to stand up for themselves against airport oppression in greater numbers. CLIP - NOTE from Jean: Watch especially the 2nd video - Alex Jones' rant is really something to see... A really Fiery Preach! - Listen also to the testimonials of firm groping of genitals and breasts by TSA agents in airports across America when you refuse to go into the dangerous electronic scanners that makes you appear naked. They can even force you to take off parts of your clothes in front of everyone else in line to go through the same dehumanizing process and gross violation of privacy. It is becoming so grossly abusive that soon people will stop flying and airplane companies will go under...

TSA Fondles Women and Children Refusing Airport Naked Body Scanners (VIDEO)

Group slams airport naked body scanners - EPICally invasive and ineffective (3rd November 2010)
An electronic privacy group has urged a federal appeals court to limit the use of full body scanners at US airports, arguing the machines are an unprecedented intrusion into the affairs of millions of Americans.In a 55-page brief filed on Monday, the Electronic Privacy Information Center accused the Department of Homeland Security's Transportation Security Administration of unilaterally mandating the use of the machines as the primary screening technique. By allowing government contractors to capture images of travelers' naked bodies, the policy violates a raft of federal laws, as well as Constitutional protections prohibiting unreasonable search and seizure, it argued. “The TSA subjects all air travelers to the most extensive, invasive search available at the outset,” EPIC attorneys wrote. “The TSA searches are also far more invasive than necessary to detect weapons. Alternative technologies, including passive millimeter wave scanners and automated threat detection, detect weapons with a less invasive search.” The machines run on an embedded version of Microsoft's security-challenged Windows XP operating system, and they also come equipped with an ethernet port and USB access, making them ripe for hackers. That means travelers can never be sure their images won't be intercepted by unauthorized parties. Some travelers have also questioned whether the machines expose them to unsafe levels of radiation. What's more, the machines fail to detect many types of bombs CLIP

World’s Pilots Reject Naked Body Scanners Over Radiation Danger, Privacy Breach (November 8, 2010)
The largest independent union of airline pilots in the world is urging its members to boycott body imaging machines currently being rolled out in airports all over the globe, citing dangers of excessive exposure to harmful levels of radiation during the screening process. The president of the Allied Pilots Association, which represents 11,500 pilots, many of whom work for American Airlines, has urged members of the union to revolt against the devices. Captain Dave Bates voiced the union’s concerns in a letter published by The Atlantic late last week. Bates asks that members be aware “that there are ‘backscatter’ AIT devices now being deployed that produce ionizing radiation, which could be harmful to your health.” The move follows the detention and suspension of an American pilot who refused to be scanned. Captain Bates suggests that pilots refrain from being put through the scanners and if necessary opt for a pat down by TSA officials instead.“We already experience significantly higher radiation exposure than most other occupations, and there is mounting evidence of higher-than-average cancer rates as a consequence.” Bates’ letter states. Earlier in the year, scientists warned that the machines constitute a potential health risk, noting that the radiation given off by the devices has been dangerously underestimated and could lead to an increased risk of skin cancer. Despite these fears, the blatant violation of privacy laws, and the consistent lies that the authorities have engaged in over capabilities of the machines, Janet Napolitano, head of the DHS, recently announced plans to expand the full-body scanner program even further. In the U.S., travelers can refuse the body scanner and opt for the pat down, however, this option is not offered by the TSA, rather the traveler must declare that they wish to “opt out”. A recent New York Times report describes the humiliating turn of events should airline passengers exercise this right, with individuals being singled out and prodded, probed and poked by TSA agents in front of everyone else queuing in the security lines. New pat down procedures have recently been instituted by the TSA, allowing agents to use their fingers and the palms of their hands to feel around breasts and genitalia. Previously agents were instructed to brush the backs of their hands against these areas.The APA president, Captain Bates, acknowledges how humiliating the new pat downs are in his letter:“There is absolutely no denying that the enhanced pat-down is a demeaning experience. In my view, it is unacceptable to submit to one in public while wearing the uniform of a professional airline pilot. I recommend that all pilots insist that such screening is performed in an out-of-view area to protect their privacy and dignity.” he writes. The new pat down technique has even been likened to “foreplay”. An American Civil Liberties Union spokesman has called the new security procedures a choice between a “virtual strip search” and a “grope.” “Travelers are being asked to choose between being scanned ‘naked’ and exposed to radiation, or getting what people are describing as just a highly invasive search by hands of their entire bodies.” Chris Ott, a spokesman for the ACLU of Massachusetts, said. People traveling out of the UK and other areas of Europe don’t even get the choice – they are forced to go through the scanner if asked and cannot refuse or they are banned from traveling. This policy seems to be slowly extending into the U.S., however, given recent reports from airport workers in El Paso, Texas who say that everyone is now being forced through the machines. Privacy group Big Brother Watch has backed the APA’s advice to pilots, with dDirector Alex Deane, noting “Scanners are dangerous. There’s a reason that the nurse stands behind a screen when you get an x-ray at hospital. Radiation is potentially harmful, even in small doses, and the regularity with which frequent flyers are exposed to potentially cancer-causing radiation.” “If pilots aren’t going to be scanned, why should members of the public?” Deane added. “This stance from a professional group, the world’s leading association of pilots, must shake the government out of its absurd position on scanners.” The TSA has a regularly updated list of which American airports are using AIT full-body scanners here. CLIP

In praise of Michael Roberts, body-scan rebel (OCT 21, 2010)
The pilot who wouldn't play along with TSA's security theater had the right response to our creeping police state (...) Reportedly TSA is lobbying hard for law-enforcement power, and that it could happen is something worth worrying about. Speak out, or speak up, and you'll be arrested. Protest the TSA's rules, or demand an explanation as to why a guard is taking your belongings or possibly violating your rights, and you'll be locked up.Talk about the proverbial "big government." I need to ask: Why are so many Americans who rail against the excesses of the state so willing to toe the line in deference to (false) notions about "security" and "terrorism"? Freedoms are so important, it seems, until you drag security into the conversation, and then it's anything goes.Which brings up Ben Franklin's famous quote. It's a tired old quote, I know, but it merits repeating: "They that can give up essential liberty to obtain a little temporary safety deserve neither liberty nor safety." CLIP

Airline passengers have 'no right' to refuse naked body scanners (26 January 2010)
Ministers ignore human rights advice and rule out option of pat-down search when scanner goes on trial at Heathrow next week -- Airline passengers will have no right to refuse to go through a full-body search scanner when the devices are introduced at Heathrow airport next week, ministers have confirmed.The option of having a full-body pat-down search instead, offered to passengers at US airports, will not be available despite warnings from the government's Equality and Human Rights Commission that the scanners, which reveal naked bodies, breach privacy rules under the Human Rights Act. The transport minister Paul Clark told MPs a random selection of passengers would go through the new scanners at UK airports. The machines' introduction would be followed later this year by extra "trace" scanners, which can detect liquid explosives. A draft code of practice covering privacy and health issues is being discussed in Whitehall. CLIP

New scanners break child porn laws (4 January 2010)
The rapid introduction of full body scanners at British airports threatens to breach child protection laws which ban the creation of indecent images of children, the Guardian has learned. Privacy campaigners claim the images created by the machines are so graphic they amount to "virtual strip-searching" and have called for safeguards to protect the privacy of passengers involved. Ministers now face having to exempt under 18s from the scans or face the delays of introducing new legislation to ensure airport security staff do not commit offences under child pornography laws. CLIP

TSA's new book for kids: "My First Cavity Search"
Helping your child (age 6 and up) understand why he may be a threat to national security.

Exposed: Naked Body Scanner Images Of Film Star Printed, Circulated By Airport Staff (February 9, 2010)
Claims on behalf of authorities that naked body scanner images are immediately destroyed after passengers pass through new x-ray backscatter devices have been proven fraudulent after it was revealed that naked images of Indian film star Shahrukh Khan were printed out and circulated by airport staff at Heathrow in London. CLIP

TSA Pat-down search abuse (October 29, 2010)
At many airports around the U.S., the Transportation Security Administration is now using full body scanner machines and also much more invasive pat-down searches. While passengers are supposed to be told that they have a right to opt out of the body scanners, in some cases, TSA employees are not giving them any other option.If you do not want your body to be scanned by a machine that uses x-rays to create a naked outline of your body, you may insist on your right to opt out of the full body scanners. But, you may then be subjected to an invasive pat-down of your body at the hands of TSA screeners. The TSA has recently changed its guidelines and these pat-downs are now much more invasive. Screeners are now authorized to use the front of their hands and to touch areas around breasts and groins. Passengers being screened are supposed to be given privacy during these more invasive pat-downs and the searches are supposed to be done by screeners of the same sex. Opting for the pat-down will take more time. The ACLU is interested in obtaining information about the conduct of these searches. If you are denied the right to opt out of the body scanner machines or believe you have suffered from rough, rude, and humiliating manhandling and groping of breasts and crotch areas, sexual comments, and a lack of privacy, please contact us by using the complaint form linked below.REPORT YOUR EXPERIENCE File a complaint with the ACLU - The ACLU is assessing possible responses to this policy. In doing so, it is extremely helpful for us to gain a sense of the kinds of abuses that are taking place. If you have experienced a problem with the full body scanners or pat-down searches at airport security, you can help us end these problems by reporting your story.

NOTE: ERN subscribed Kelley Elkins ( also sent this excellent suggestion:

If you fly this holiday season be prepared to have full body scan (they keep the pictures) of yourself and your spouse and children… if you opt out of the scan (which as a physician, I recommend), be prepared to have your full body and groin examined by hands on… this includes your children… nothing like telling your children that it's okay that Mommy and Daddy, this Doctor and that Nurse and Of Course Now anyone in the Government can touch you there…(?) Hello??

This discussion starts with the CNN article below…

I then decided that I could support change by emailing that I wasn’t flying this holiday season to the US travel Association, the US pilots association, the American hotel and Lodging Association. This way more pressure gets put on TSA to lighten up. If I’m not flying or spending dollars at resorts … these people will notice and they’ll write to the appropriate people of Washington ….pressure on dollars gets noticed. -- email... email them through this LINK

American hotel and lodging association: email...

This is an interesting article with actual scan photos
(...) ***ALERT***The Senate Committee on Commerce, Science and Transportation will hold a Transportation Security Administration oversight hearing Wednesday NOV 17. See this link for more information:


Naked Body Scanners: Monumental Cover Up Exposed (Aug 5th, 2010)
Feds admit they lied over storing images, why trust them over safety, functionality and efficiency of radiation-firing machines? -- At the height of the furor over airport body scanners earlier this year, the TSA publicly stated that it was not possible to store, record, transmit or print out the images that show in detail the naked bodies of men, women and children that have passed through them. At the time we presented evidence to the contrary. Now it has been conclusively proven that the TSA and other federal agencies using the scanners flat out lied to an unwitting public. Declan McCullagh of CNET reports that "The U.S. Marshals Service admitted this week that it had surreptitiously saved tens of thousands of images recorded with a millimeter wave system at the security checkpoint of a single Florida courthouse."
(...) "With full body searches becoming the norm at airports amid terror threats, a Canadian engineer has invented a three-dimensional scanner that doesn't violate passengers' privacy." reported IBN Live in Toronto back in February."The new 3D scanner developed by Montreal-based William Awad highlights metal or organic material on a human body without showing the body outline under clothing, according to reports." the article continues. "But the current scanners at airports produce a three-dimensional outline of the human body, raising a hue and cry over privacy violations." The Canadian inventor of the new machine, currently seeking certification from the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) in the US, expects sales to balloon. But if we are to believe our governments' statements on the original scanning machines, there should be no need for any new privacy sensitive machine at all.An article in yesterday's Boston Globe again highlights this point: The TSA is working with technology companies to develop software that would show a generic paper-doll-like figure instead of an actual image of a passenger’s body — and transmit images only when a threat is detected. The TSA plans to keep the current scanners in place until less invasive software is available. This serves as an admission that, despite previous claims to the contrary, the scanners currently in place do indeed reveal detailed images of genitalia, they are in breach of child pornography laws and the images produced by them are tantamount to criminal evidence. It highlights the fact that the public was once again grossly misled over the capabilities of the scanners now in place in airports the world over. Furthermore, any "privacy sensitive" versions of the technology will not change a thing, as Marc Rotenberg, executive director of EPIC notes:"This will not solve the privacy issues," Rotenberg said "because the images of travelers’ naked bodies are still being captured by the machine." Despite the fact that the machines would not have prevented the Christmas Day bomber from boarding Flight 253, according to their designers, and other security experts who have dismissed the devices as "useless", the mainstream media for the most part has lauded their introduction. CLIP

Chertoff Joins Defense Firm that Defrauded U.S. (March 27, 2010)
Michael Chertoff, the former homeland security chief who’s not been shy about exploiting terrorist threats for the benefit of his clients, has decided to join a top defense contractor that defrauded the U.S. government. The one-time head of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) under President George W. Bush is now a board member of BAE Systems, the United Kingdom-based defense corporation that agreed to pay $447 million in fines to the American and British governments to settle allegations of corruption, including bribing a top Saudi Arabian official. BAE is the eighth-largest contractor doing business with Washington, having received $7.1 billion in government contracts in 2009 alone. It also has received more than $200 million from DHS since 2005. Following the attempted bombing of a Northwest Airlines flight on Christmas Day, Chertoff was seen on television calling for the government to buy full-body scanners for airport checkpoints. Chertoff failed to mention in numerous interviews that his consulting business represented the company, Rapiscan Systems, that makes the scanners.

Checkpoint Chertoff: A Neo-American Nightmare (NOVEMBER 12, 20100)
A fact little known to most Americans, and certainly a surprise to this writer, Zionists gained a foothold in our federal government under President Wilson. The United States began quietly adopting the Talmud (not the written Torah/Bible) as the basis of our national law after the first Zionist judge was appointed to the U.S. Supreme Court. (...) As TSA's Administrative authority to stop, interrogate and detain American travelers extends to vehicles OUTSIDE U.S. airports, what can we expect America to "evolve" into next? How many U.S. laws is TSA exempt from? How about we start with The Privacy Act of 1974? CLIP - ASTOUNDING! Recommended by Kelley Elkins ( who wrote: "definitely shows the road we are it or not... one more reason to not fly... and one more reason to become invisible to their insanity... You think Border Patrol is intrusive... You haven't seen anything yet."

FEMA Camps Confirmed by "Conspiracy Theory" With Jesse Ventura and Alex Jones (November 11, 2010)<

CONSPIRACY THEORY: Fusion Centers (3 min Excerpt from the Nov 12 show)
Check also these other short excerpts HERE - HERE and HERE from this same show

Orwellian Scenario: The "Total Control Society" Is Here: Iris Scanners (November 15, 2010)
The U.S. government and its corporate allies are looking out for you--literally--with surveillance tools intended to identify you, track your whereabouts, monitor your activities and allow or restrict your access to people, places or things deemed suitable by the government. This is all the more true as another invasive technology, the iris scanner, is about to be unleashed on the American people.Iris scanning relies on biometrics, which uses physiological (fingerprint, face recognition, DNA, iris recognition, etc.) or behavioral (gait, voice) characteristics to uniquely identify a person. The technology works by reading the unique pattern found on the iris, the colored part of the eyeball This pattern is unique even among individuals with the exact same DNA. It is read by projecting infra-red light directly into the eye of the individual. (...) Mark my words: the people of Leon, Mexico, are guinea pigs, and the American people are the intended control subjects.In fact, iris scanning technology is already being implemented in the U.S. For example, the Department of Homeland Security ran a two-week test of the iris scanners at a Border Patrol station in McAllen, Texas, in October 2010. That same month, in Boone County, Missouri, the sheriff's office unveiled an Iris Biometric station purchased with funds provided by the U.S. Department of Justice. Unknown by most, the technology is reportedly already being used by law enforcement in 40 states throughout the country.There's even an iPhone app in the works that will allow police officers to use their iPhones for on-the-spot, on-the-go iris scanning of American citizens. The manufacturer, B12 Technologies, has already equipped police with iPhones armed with facial recognition software linked to a statewide database which, of course, federal agents have access to. (Even Disney World has gotten in on the biometrics action, requiring fingerprint scans for anyone entering its four Orlando theme parks. How long before this mega-corporation makes the switch to iris scans and makes the information available to law enforcement? And for those who have been protesting the whole-body imaging scanners at airports as overly invasive, just wait until they include the iris scans in their security protocol. The technology has already been tested in about 20 U.S. airports as part of a program to identify passengers who could skip to the front of security lines.)The goal of the corporate state, of course, is to create a total control society--one in which the government is able to track the movements of people in real time and control who does what, when and where. In exchange, the government promises to provide security and convenience, the two highly manipulative, siren-song catchwords of our modern age CLIP

Big Brother: Biometric Tyranny and DNA Databases (November 15, 2010)
Governments and large corporations are encouraging individuals to identify themselves using biometric data as opposed to traditional card forms of identification, such as drivers’ licenses and membership cards. The federal and local governments also have plans to collect DNA samples from people arrested for but not convicted of crimes. The public must take immediate action to stop this assault on privacy rights and prevent the unprecedented implementation of global technocratic tyranny.
(...) Whether intended or not, the 24 Hour Fitness biometric check-in program and others like it assist the Department of Homeland Security in incrementally conditioning the public to accept its Global Biometric Plan. Said Plan will further erode personal privacy rights while reducing individuals to a new status of dehumanized biological chattels.
(...) During March of this year, the U.S. House of representatives approved the Katie Sepich Enhanced DNA Collection Act of 2010 (H.R. 4614) by a vote of 357 to 32. If approved by the Senate, “millions of Americans arrested for but not convicted of crimes will likely have their DNA forcibly extracted and added to a national database.” Obama has also endorsed forcing people arrested to submit DNA to a national database.” In Orange County, California, the District Attorney’s office has a policy of dropping charges against low-level offenders who agree to submit DNA samples. During 2009, the office nearly quadrupled its DNA database in nine months, with about half of the 15,000 samples being obtained from cases pertaining to minor offences. The Orange County DNA database is separate from the Department of Justice database and those that consent to providing samples commonly do so without legal counsel. Why are governments so interested in obtaining DNA samples from their citizens and what is the long-term agenda? Will the DNA collected be used in experiments or research? This is a vital issue given the fact that “scientists in Israel have demonstrated that it is possible to fabricate DNA evidence, undermining the credibility of what has been considered the gold standard of proof in criminal cases.”
(...) "In the future, whether it's entering your home, opening your car, entering your workspace, getting a pharmacy prescription refilled, or having your medical records pulled up, everything will come off that unique key that is your iris… Every person, place, and thing on this planet will be connected [to the iris system] within the next 10 years… If you've been convicted of a crime, in essence, this will act as a digital scarlet letter. If you're a known shoplifter, for example, you won't be able to go into a store without being flagged. For others, boarding a plane will be impossible….When you get masses of people opting-in, opting out does not help. Opting out actually puts more of a flag on you than just being part of the system. We believe everyone will opt-in." So we've even worked with three-letter agencies on technology that can capture 30-plus feet away. In certain spaces, eventually, you'll be able to have maybe one sensor the size of a dime, in the ceiling, and it would acquire all of our irises in motion, at a distance, hundreds--probably thousands as computer power continues to increase--at a time. “The Homeland Security Department plans to test futuristic iris scan technology that stores digital images of people's eyes in a database and is considered a quicker alternative to fingerprints.” As Paul Joseph Watson notes, eventually “iris records will be held in a database and associated with credit cards and other routine aspects of every day life. The agenda is to replace pin numbers and presentation of photo ID, forcing Americans to submit to high-tech enslavement merely to conduct their day to day activities.” Take Action Now - Whether the assault on our privacy rights comes from government or the private sector, we must stand strong against it. Individuals must once again respect themselves enough to defend their privacy and constitutional rights. Fortunately, much like the Allied Pilots Union refusing to submit to radioactive naked body scanners, individuals now have an opportunity to opt-out and speak-out against biometric/DNA registries at health clubs, amusement parks, airports and other venues. Respectfully contact companies and government agencies that test these programs; let them know that you disapprove and that your biometric data will never become their property. People arrested for minor offenses must refuse to provide DNA samples. We must resist and exercise peaceful non-compliance against this despotism, as other health clubs and establishments will likely adopt similar biometric identity programs if they think we will accept it.[29] Future generations are counting on us to defend their privacy rights, which can be summarized as the right to be left alone. Remember that courage is contagious; when a brave man or woman takes a stand, the spines of others are often stiffened.

America’s Devolution Into Dictatorship (November 11, 2010)
Murdering US citizens is a “political question” not subject to judicial review... -- The United States Department of Justice (sic) routinely charges and convicts innocents with bogus and concocted crimes that are not even on the statutes book. The distinguished defense attorney and civil libertarian, Harvey A. Silverglate, published a book last year, “Three Felonies A Day: How the Feds Target the Innocent,” which conclusively proves that today in “freedom and democracy” America we have punishment without crime.This same Justice (sic) Department, which routinely frames and railroads the innocent, argued in Federal Court on November 8 that the US government, if approved by the president, could murder anyone it wishes, citizens or noncitizens, at will. All that is required is that the government declare, without evidence, charges, trial, jury conviction or any of the due process required by the US Constitution, that the government suspects the murdered person or persons to be a “threat.”The US Justice (sic) Department even told US Federal District Court Judge John Bates that the US judiciary, formerly a co-equal branch of government, has absolutely no legal authority whatsoever to stick its nose into President “Change” Obama’s decision to assassinate Americans. The unaccountability of the president’s decision to murder people is, the US Justice (sic) Department declared, one of “the very core powers of the president as commander in chief.”The argument by the Justice (sic) Department that the executive branch has unreviewable authority to kill Americans, whom the executive branch has unilaterally, without presenting evidence, determined to pose a threat, was challenged by the American Civil Liberties Union and the Center For Constitutional Rights.The outcome of the case will determine whether the neoconservative and Israeli stooge, president George W. Bush, was correct when he said that the US Constitution was nothing but a “scrap of paper.” CLIP

The Mediterranean Union: Emergence of a New Order (November 5, 2010) EUROPE IS IN LOCKSTEP WITH THE US CABAL ON THIS
(...) Fortress Europe and the Economic Motivations hiding behind a Global "Security Agenda" -- The so-called reforms being brought about in the E.U. are conveniently justified to combat three elements: terrorism, illegal migratory movements, and crime. The dawning of the Mediterranean Union, in league with the global terrorism scare, will however also bring about greater control over E.U. citizens. Despite the creation of the Schengen Zone the passengers that will travel between different E.U. states or those travelling on domestic flights will also have to hand over a large amount of personal information. In Britain this includes credit card numbers and cellular phone numbers. The information will be stored for thirteen years and could be used to profile any individual, including profiling their purchases through credit card records and their private network of relationships through a log of telephone contacts.Biometrics has been undraped as a major cornerstone of the European Union. Mandatory fingerprinting of all travellers has also been unveiled in 2008 by the European Commission as a new procedure to be introduced throughout the bloc. All visitors crossing E.U. borders will also be monitored. All non-citizens, including those from countries like Canada which are allowed to travel to the E.U. without visas, would be forced to submit biometric data to gain entrance into or to even travel through the European Union. On February 13, 2008 Brussels announced a scheme to collect large amounts of personal information on every traveller entering or departing the European Union. This figure could be up to about nineteen pieces of personal information. In 2007 an agreement was also reached by the E.U. and the U.S. to supply the U.S. Department of Homeland Security with nineteen pieces of information about individuals travelling from the E.U. to the United States. By mid-2009, all E.U. members declared they will issue passports with electronically archived fingerprints. E.U. member states, like Germany, also plan to start sharing fingerprint and deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) data with the U.S. government through an automated exchange system modelled on the outlines of the European Union’s 2005 Prüm (Pruem) Treaty. The Treaty of Prüm outlines the creation of a massive fingerprint information and DNA date exchange bank in the E.U. that has been nicknamed "Big Brother Europe" by its opponents inside the European Parliament (Europarl). The new E.U. security measures would also reduce the rights guaranteed by U.N. agreements to asylum seekers trying to attain refugee status. Individuals trying to escape state persecution in North Africa or the Middle East for advocating greater freedom and for labour rights will now be put in a dangerous situation. The European Council on Refugees and Exiles (ECRE) has protested that the sweeping changes in the E.U. will make it more difficult to stay within the E.U. for asylum seekers while their requests are being reviewed. The E.U. is tacitly helping crush dissent in the Middle East and North Africa towards autocratic rulers and absolute monarchs. A safe haven for opposition movements will be systematically eliminated. In no uncertain terms it is clear that the E.U. is not seeking to nurture freedom or democratic values, but is strengthening the stranglehold of its autocratic allies that rule the Middle East and North Africa. The changes that are expected by the European Commission to be ingrained within the E.U. between the years 2010 and 2015 are not about terrorism or fighting crime, but about the control of wages, labour markets, and labour supply. Behind the security and crime fighting agendas sits the real agenda of controlling migratory movements of people and wages.
(...) The globe will be divided into poor and rich. People are not only being alienated and estranged from the products of their labour, but they are on the path of ultimately being alienated and estranged to the system of governance that controls their lives through unaccountable supranational organizations. The global economic crisis has resulted in an induced anemic state in Europe and other regions, which provides the perfect order for re-organizing the social and economic order. In this aspect the Mediterranean Union is one phase within a global roadmap towards re-institutionalizing feudalism under a global elitist compact. Yet, all global elites will not be equal in this compact. From the Eurasian Heartland a challenge is rising from the elites of the triple entente of Moscow, Tehran, and Beijing, who have watched uneasily as the U.S. and E.U. inch closer in different ways towards their domains.


NOTE from Jean: We should all tip our hat to the courageous, well organized resistance of the German Anti-nuclear Movement against their government's crass ignorance of the will of the people in favor of the usual corporate oligarchy. What happened there can happen anywhere once the people understand the awesome collective power they can wield peacefully, Gandhi-style, to stop the shenanigans of their corrupted elites and assert their choice of a just, sustainable and peaceful world for all.


German people in unprecedented rebellion against government

1000 injured in nuclear protests, police at breaking point

By Jane Burgermeister - November 8, 2010

Like the Roman legions vanquished in the Teutoburger Wald in Lower Saxony in 9 AD, the 17,000 police officers that marched into the woods around the nuclear storage facility in Gorleben in northern Germany on Sunday morning looked invincible. Police personnel from France, Croatia and Poland had joined in the biggest security operation ever mounted against protestors against the a train carrying nuclear waste to a depot in an isolated part of Lower Saxony's countryside. Helicopters, water canons and police vehicles, including an armoured surveillance truck, accompanied an endless column of anti-riot police mounted on horses and also marching down the railway tracks into the dense woods. Tens of thousands of anti riot police clattered along the tracks, their helmets and visors gleaming in the morning sun, and wearing body armour, leg guards and carrying batons.

But by Sunday night, those same police officers were begging the protestors for a respite.

Trapped in black, icy woods without supplies or reinforcements able to reach them because of blockades by a mobile fleet of farmer's tractors, the exhausted and hungry police officers requested negotiations with the protestors. A water cannon truck was blocked by tractors, and yet the police still had to clear 5000 people lying on the railway track at Harlingen in pitch darkness. The largest ever police operation had descended into chaos and confusion in the autumn woods of Lower Saxony, defeated by the courage and determination of peaceful protestors who marched for miles through woods to find places to lie down on the tracks and to scoop out gravel to delay the progress of the "the train from hell."

The police union head Reiner Wendt gave vent to the general frustration when he issued a press statement via the DPA news agency last night saying the police had reached exhaustion point and needed a break. Behind the scenes, a battle seemed to be raging between the police chiefs, tucked up in their warm headquarters urging more action, and the exhausted officers on the ground.

The police on the ground won out. The Castor train - called a "Chernobyl on wheels" because it has been carrying 133 tonnes of highly radioactive waste to an unsafe depot - was stopped in the middle of the countryside and Nato barbed wire was placed around it. Lit by floodlights and guarded by a handful of police, the most dangerous train on the planet was forced to a halt after a 63 hour journey across France and Germany.

The defeat of the legions at Teutoburg marked the end of the attempt by the Roman empire to conquer Germania magna. And the failure of the biggest ever police operation two thousand years later in the woods of Lower Saxony to tame women, elderly people and school children protesting the government's nuclear policy, could well also go down as a turning point.

The Berlin government can no longer rely on the discredited mainstream media to control the way people see issues. Too many people recognise it to be a tool of propaganda. The government now needs to resort to brute force to bludgeon through decisions that enrich corporations and banks and impoverish everyone else. But the police forces  at its disposal are simply not sufficient given the scale of the protests now gripping Germany. Only 1,500 police reinforcements could be mustered on Morning from the entire territory to deal with road blockades by thousands of protestors aiming to delay the transport of the nuclear waste on the final leg of its journey.

The police officers were exhausted after shifts of 24 hours or more, often without any food or just a cappucino and snack bar, and they had nothing to look forward to but more of the same drudgery after a night spent four to a room in a Youth Hostel.

A leading figure in a German police police union Bernard Witthaut today even lashed out at the government for trying to drive through unpopular policies using the police.

"Whether in Stuttgart or in Wendland today my colleagues are simply not getting out of their anti riot gear because of the wrong decisions by the government," he said.

Many police officers also expressed sympathy with the protestors' aims.

The question now is: how long can the use of police to bludgeon protestors continue when the protests are reaching this scale? How long can Germany be governed by a semi authoritarian regime using brute force when the force at its disposal is so small? The German army cannot be deployed on this kind of mission without sparking even more outrage. A false flag terrorist operation will hardly wash when the people are so fed up with the government lies and the media lies. EU soldiers will find it hard to deal with the Germans. The German and EU secret police cannot infiltrate all of the protestor's organizations when there are simply so many.

The German people as a whole are on the march.

"Citizens in rebellion," shouted a TAZ headline.

"Civil war in Wendtand," fumed Bild.

NGO chief Kersin Rudek spoke for many when she said:

"We have lost faith in the government until they prove that their politics is for the people and not for the corporations."

She talked about the "anger" among people at the "arrogance of the political class."

As in the Stuttgart 21 railway protests, it was people from all walks of life,  a genuine grass roots movement, that arrived in Wendland to protest the decision by the CDU/CSU/FDP government to ignore a legally binding deadline to phase out nuclear power. Against the wishes of the majority, Bilderberg Chancellor Angela Merkel announced this autumn that 17 reactors would continue for another 12 years at gigantic cost to the tax payer in subsidies.

The tax payers of Lower Saxony even have to foot the bill of  50 million euro for the police operation to protect the nuclear waste - and not the electricity companies making a fortune from the extravagant energy source [which is associated with France's WMD program] while the government keeps investments in ground-breaking new renewable energy technologies such as the third generation solar cells at a negligible amount.

As in Stutggart, the police used savage force against peaceful demonstrators reinforcing the impression of a government out of control and refusing to respect the basic democratic right of people to hold protests without being beaten to a pulp. Videos of the Castor transport on Sunday show police beating people with their truncheons, punching them and throwing them to the ground. Police also used tear gas, pepper spray and water canon.

One clip shows a police officer using his fist to punch a man lying on the railway track in the head.

About a 1000 people were injured, it is reported. 950 people are reported to have suffered eye injuries due to pepper spray and tear gas, according to a spokesperson of "Castor schottern". Another sixteen protestors suffered broken bones. There were 29 severe head wounds. Two people had to be taken to hospital.

One person had to be taken by helicopter after suffering multiple bone fractures after being trampled by a police horse.

But as in Stuttgart, the people did not give up in spite of the risk of savage beatings at the hands of the police. They insisted on their civic right enshrined in the constitution to hold peaceful political protests.

More than 50,000 people from all parts of the country and all walks of life attended a rally on a field close to Dannenberg. Thousands then marched through the autumn woods, splitting into small groups to descend into the valley, break through police lines to chain themselves to the rails or remove gravel from the  tracks to delay the train.

According to Spiegel, 7000 people alone took part in the road and railway blockades.

An armoured police car was set on fire by masked men but it is not clear if this was an agent pravocateur acting to discredit the protestors. A video shows a man able to walk up to the armoured car and set it alight unhindered.

The overwhelming number of protestors were peaceful.

In spite of the sub zero temperatures and ground frost, up to 5000 protestors  lay down on the railway tracks at Harlingen late in the evening and refused to move. Supplies of hot tea, food and blankets were brought to them by mobile kitchens. Fires were lit to help stay warm.

The police worked from midnight until 7 am to clear protestors blocking the track, dragging many to an open air "prison concentration camp" where people were forced to sleep in fields surrounded by police trucks.

This morning, the protestors have regrouped today and thousands are reported to be preparing to block the transport by road of the nuclear waste from Dannenberg to Gorleben.

The organisers of the protest kept journalists and the public informed using live tickers, press releases and at Infopoints so that the whole country could follow the events outside the mainstream media. Radio Wendland is also broadcasting updates on the incredibly heroic resistance of so many people. At great personal risk, tens of thousands of people gave an example of courageous and peaceful non-violent resistance that will surely go down in history.

If this is the resistance for Castor and Stuttgart 21, just imagine what will happen when Germans finally grasp the scale of the banking scam being carried out by their "elite."

The CDU/CSU/FDP government has already hit record lows in the polls and after Sunday's savage police operation against peaceful protestors, support for them is sure to plummet further.

The feudal lords without a feudal army to push through their agenda of robbery are facing the end of the road now that their media propaganda apparatus based on the Springer and Bertelsmann empire is falling apart and their strategy of divide and rule through a false left/right political paradigm is no longer working.

A new freedom and power was born in the woods of Wendland. And it belonged to the people who have had enough of the arrogant authoritarian political class.


Related article:

A huge setback for, if not the end of, the American nuclear renaissance (October 10, 2010)
A cascade of insurmountable obstacles now stand in the path of development of the widely trumpeted new generation of nuclear power generating plants in the US despite generous federal loan guarantees offered by Obama's Department of Energy.Natural gas prices have fallen to a fraction of their peak as new extraction technology has more than doubled proven reserves. In many locations natural gas is less costly than coal, and new electrical power produced with gas runs about half the projected cost of new nuclear power even after factoring in multiple levels of government subsidy for nuclear power, including assumption of liability and waste disposal. Financiers are well aware of the historic cost over-runs for nuclear power plants which often double or triple original estimates.Demand for electricity has been declining, due to both reduced economic activity as well as improved efficiency and conservation. Private investment capital is not attracted to making a bet on these factors reversing even in the intermediate term. The prospects are so bad that the only way that these facilities will be built is if the entire financial as well as environmental risk is borne by the public, even a 20% equity stake on the part of investors is deemed too risky. The Washington Post on Saturday reported the withdrawal of private , for profit, involvement in Maryland:Constellation Energy has shelved its proposal to build a new reactor at its Calvert Cliffs nuclear power plant, Obama administration officials said Friday, even though the administration had decided to award the project a $7.5 billion loan guarantee. (...) While some nuclear projects have been underway for years and represent significant stranded investment, utilities and financiers are now cutting losses and calling it quits. The Baltimore Sun goes so far as to describe the recent abandonment of the Calvert Cliffs plant in Maryland as "a huge setback for, if not the end of, the American nuclear renaissance."



German protests "a spark from which a new political movement can grow" says academic: Protestors' heroism wins respect and sympathy of whole country

November 2010 is proving to a watershed. First, the Tea Party Movement in the USA won significant victories in midterm elections; their newly-elected Senator Rand Paul has already started to call for an end to big spending on foreign wars and a soaring national debt and so challenge the Globalist agenda

And in Germany a protest against the authoritarian Berlin government unequalled in scale and drawing support from all sections of society, has ended with an unparelleled victory. It is true that the nuclear waste which was the immediate focus of the protest finally reached its destination in Gorleben this morning. But what happened in the preceding 48 hours has changed the political landscape.

The Berlin academic Klaus Hurrelmann said the protests were a "spark from which a new political movement can grow."

How long until a new political movement is born that gives a voice to the people and restores their freedom and rights?

"There is a feeling that those on top just do whatever they want and consider the people to be stupid. We won't put up with that. We're going to get involved," sociologist Dieter Rucht said, summing up the feeling of the people of Germany.

The police operation against the protestors in Wendland went on for more than two days and night without a break. It took two days and nights for the police to beat clear a path for the transport of nuclear waste to a depot in Gorleben, northern Germany.

The police had to fight for every inch of the railway track, for every inch of the road, for every crossing and for every track through the woods. No one took a step back. And if the police finally cleared the last 4,000 protestors this morning from the road to allow the convoy of trucks laden with Castor containers to trundle into Gorleben depot, it was only because there were a staggering 20,000 police officers, hundreds of police cars, helicopters, mounted police deployed.

But not even the sheer numbers would have been enough in the face of such determined, organised and creative resistance. The police literally had to beat the protestors out of the way and they did so with incredible brutality.

Medical personnel treating injured activists were themselves beaten by the police, reported Gabriele Pelce. Police even stopped medics bringing a woman in Leitstade whose leg had been broken to hospital, forcing her to lie in agony in the freezing cold. Protestors who had climbed a tree where brought down with tear gas and beaten with batons when they fell to the ground. At least 1000 people suffered injuries. The brutality of the police seemed to know no bounds Fingers were smashed with blows. Faces bled from punches to the head.

The police chiefs clearly reckoned that no civilians could or would withstand the assaults with batons, pepper spray and the tear gas, or stand up to such punishment. They thought that the people - school children, students, the elderly protesting on behalf of their children at work- would crack under the relentless harrassment, the threats of arrest and imprisonment, the freezing cold, the tear gas, batons, horses, helicopters, water cannon, dogs as well as the relentless glare of the floodlights that made the wood as bright as day at midnight.

But everyone stood their ground and now the whole country talks about the protestors with deep respsect - a respect that no single politician has been talked about for years.

At stake was not just the nuclear policy of the government, rejected by the overwhelming majority of the people and profiting just a handful of corporations. At stake was the whole issue of whether Germany is still a democracy in which the government follows the will of the people or an authoritarian police state run by corporations and banks for their profit.

As in Stuttgart it was the ordinary people who came out in force to defend democracy. In Stuttgart, it was the students, schoolchildren, the elderly, teachers, doctors, the farmers, lawyers, artists who stood up against particular corporate interests and corrupt politicians.

The protests in Wendland mark another high water mark. Again, ordinary people turned out in force to defend democracy and the principles of freedom with unflinching determination and courage.

The police lashed out wildly at protestors. Yet it was the police who became exhausted and who broke down sooner, their morale in shreds, their nerves worn out. It was the police who ended up discredited for fighting for the coporations like hired mercenaries.

Even Konrad Freiberg from the police union GdP today attacked the decision by Chancellor Angela Merkel to push through the extension of nuclear energy in spite of a legally binding agreement to phase it out as "a highpoint of fatal political paths of error."

"It was a huge political error to unilaterally cancel the consensus on nuclear energy that had been formed with so much difficulty," he said.

Freiberg accused the government of pushing the police into the role of "those who help accomplish the retention of power by politicians."

He said that the "intransparent, contradictory politics of the government that appears one-sided and favourable [to corporations]" is driving citizens "rightly" onto the streets.

There was something really awe inspiring and amazing in the willingness of so many people from all walks of life to stand together and work together for the common good. Five Greenpeace activists held up the transport by road for hours yesterday by chaining themselves to a steel pipe in the road inside a lorry. Four farmers chained themselves to a pyramid. Every part of wendland, every village, every farm, every inn, every shop became a unit in the line of defence, and bore the brunt of the attack by the corporate-controlled government on the fundamental principles of a democratic state and yet their hearts and nerves did not fail them. 600 tractors skillfully repulsed the advancing columns of water cannon trucks and police cars bringing reinforcements. Other farmers drove sheep and goats onto the road to block the police. The local post office set up a branch close to the main base of the resistance and helped people to send postcards. These were the kind of people that stood in the line of the main attack.

None of the people will be the same again. Germany will surely never be the same again. Their intelligent, creative and effective resistance will never be forgotten.

The protestors showed an astonishing good humour, courage and powers of endurance, singing songs, playing music, sharing food and blankets, buoyed by bonds of solidarity and support from the general public. Thanks to intelligent organisation and logistics, they created in the bleak and muddy woods, turning gold in autumn, an efficient and homely camp with a field kitchen, a pizza oven, and hot soup. There they planned their blockades, pouring over maps, communicating with the world via sms, ready to fight for freedom with an unshakeable committement, incredible resourcefulness and a a readiness for sacrifice that was amazing.

Anyone has had to sleep outside for even one night in subzero temperatures in the rain will understand what spending 48 hours outdoors in the muddy woods of northern Germany means. And then, on top of that, to have to face the massed ranks of the police, see the horses and hear the thuds of the truncheons, the shouts, and with hardly any sleep.

Their protest capturing the imagination and sympathy of the general public  has left the government even more isolated and the corproate clique who run the country, whose leading figures belong to bizarre little freemason lodges with eccentric beliefs in some super race that they do not belong to if there were ever such a thing, and who rely on the brute force of the police, and on brainwashing by the the controlled media to push through their agenda in a very precarious position.

The defense of democracy and freedom has come not from the political parties, not from organisation such as Amnesty Internation. This defense againt the globalist totalitarian agenda has come from the ordinary people, who mobilised, who came out onto the streets, and who would not be beaten and intimidated.

The ordinary people were ready to brave the cold and rain, to walk for kilometres through woods, to be beaten by police, and to raise their banners over and over again after they were ripped from their hands, to be assualted with pepper spray, freeze in the night time, sit in blockades, to endure spartan conditions for freedom. Conscious of the risks, knowing the dangers they would face, they had come well prepared, wearing thick clothes, bringing sleeping backs, practising blockades for the time when the police would "lift them".

The courage and friendly concern of the protestors as they faced the clatter of boots, the thuds of the truncheons, the sound of helicopters high up in the night car, the sirens of police cars has proven so effective that they have brought the police state to its knees. Together these people repulsed the concerted attempt by the corporations to leverage the police forces to ram through their take over of the political structures and economy and establish a Germany where the people are to work and pay taxes, to fight in the armies and kill and be killed for the profits of the corporations and have absolutely no say.

The police know better than anyone how stubbornly the people resisted. The people had to be dragged away into camps, refusing to walk inspite of the fact that they could have walked away and gone home. Thy preferred to spend the night in subzero temperatures out in the open in an improvised prison surrounded by police vehicles than to get to their feet on the orders of the police. They preferred to sleep in the mud and frost in blankets and with no waste or food and suffer hypothermia than to march on the orders of the police. These were people who were ready to endure yet another night in the freezing cold rather than give up to the authoritarian police state.

It is a moot question where so much courage, community spirit and strength was forged. A glance at Tacitus's book Germania gives a clue. He describes the tribes inhabiting northern Germany in a way that would seem to fit the protestors.

"A region so vast, the Chaucians do not only possess but fill; a people of all the Germans the most noble, such as would rather maintain their grandeur by justice than violence. They live in repose, retired from broils abroad, void of avidity to possess more, free from a spirit of domineering over others. They provoke no wars, they ravage no countries, they pursue no plunder. Of their bravery and power, the chief evidence arises from hence, that, without wronging or oppressing others, they are come to be superior to all. Yet they are all ready to arm, and if an exigency require, armies are presently raised, powerful and abounding as they are in men and horses; and even when they are quiet and their weapons laid aside, their credit and name continue equally high," Tacitus wrote 2000 years ago.

"The march for freedom has begun,
Unyeilding like a rising Sun,
The path is long we must endure,
and push the scumbags from our shore."

"The claim that we live in democracies is a foul, disgusting joke. We live in oligarchies run by psychopaths who indeed do whatever they want, no matter how insane or how destructive to our health or the environment, the swine flu/swine flu vaccine scam, chemtrails and depleted uranium (DU) being just three examples. Government involvement and complicity clearly shows that governments are a part of the organised criminal enterprises run by the psychopaths at the top who impose their psychopathic culture on the rest of us. As the German demonstration and others show, people are sick and tired of being controlled and exploited by these maniacs. A change is well overdue. May they all perish and rot in hell."

"I am so proud of having German ancestors. What these people have achieved with their protests is wonderful."

"Rise like lions after slumber
In unvanquishable number!
Shake your chains to earth, like dew
Which in sleep had fall'n on you:
Ye are many - they are few."

- Percy Shelley


SEOUL - The United States and China are on a collision course as this week's gathering of leaders of the 20 most important economic powers threatens to devolve into a meaningless charade amid pressure against a US scheme to cure financial ills by printing ever-more money. From China to Germany, Brazil to France, the world's financial wizards are up in arms about the decision of the US Federal Reserve to buy up US$600 billion in Treasury bonds in a move that may make the US the "odd country" out in the Group of 20 (G-20), when they meet in Seoul on Thursday and Friday. The term for this move is quantitative easing (QE), and the latest round, on top of the earlier purchase of US$1.7 trillion, is dubbed QE2, but it won't be anything like a cruise on the old QEII, the luxury liner Queen Elizabeth II of a bygone era. "One of the biggest concerns with this round of quantitative easing is that it will make the already weak US dollar even weaker," said the Bedford Report in an analysis of the market impact.
(...) The Chinese, the US public enemy number one on currency issues due to its to refusal to cooperate on drastically revaluing the yuan, were not quite so outspoken, but if anything more forbidding in their staunch defense of their own policies. Why, asked Vice Foreign Minister Cui Tiankai, does the US hold China responsible for its own failure to hold down its budget, and why does the US persist in demanding that China increase the value of the yuan while simultaneously devaluing the dollar? CLIP - CHINA AIN'T GOING TO BACK DOWN. EITHER THE U.S. CUTS BACK ITS ORGIASTIC MILITARY SPENDINGS (up to $1.03 trillion in fiscal year 2010) TO BALANCE ITS BUDGET, OR IT WILL GO BANKRUPT... Check also Fed's QE2 programme could grow to US$1.5 trillion, say analysts

"Fu-k the FED!" music video

The Federal Reserve is Laundering Money

The Fed's $600 Billion Statement, Translated Into Plain English (November 3, 2010)
The Federal Reserve is about to create $600 billion out of thin air. It's a huge, experimental stimulus program that will affect stock markets and government policies around the world. But the Fed announced its plan today in a statement written largely in jargon and code. So here, from Planet Money and Slate, is today's statement, translated into plain English. -- The economy still sucks. People are spending a little bit more, but they're stretched thin: One in 10 workers can't find a job, wages are basically flat, home prices are way down and nobody can get a loan. Companies are buying more stuff, for now, but they're not building new factories or offices. Nobody's hiring. Nobody's building. Inflation has gone from low to super low. The Fed has two main jobs: Keep unemployment low and prices stable. At the moment, as you may have heard, unemployment is really high. And inflation is so low that it's making us nervous. We keep saying that unemployment's going to fall. And it keeps not falling. So to give the economy a kick in the ass—and to pump up inflation a little bit—we decided to go on a shopping spree. First of all, we're going to keep buying new stuff when our old investments pay off. Second—and this is the big news for today—we're going to create $600 billion out of thin air and use it over the next eight months to buy bonds from the federal government. We hope this will make interest rates go so low that people will borrow and spend more money, and companies will start hiring. By the way, this is an experiment, and we don't really know how it's going to work out. We reserve the right to change our plans at any time. Of course, we'll continue our policy of letting banks borrow money for free. If you're worried this is going increase inflation and destroy the dollar, please reread everything we've said to this point. We plan to keep rates near zero for as long as it takes, but we won't tell you how long that is. In the meantime, we'll keep an eye on things. Voting for the FOMC monetary policy action were: Ben S. Bernanke, Chairman; William C. Dudley, Vice Chairman; James Bullard; Elizabeth A. Duke; Sandra Pianalto; Eric S. Rosengren; Daniel K. Tarullo; and Kevin M. Warsh. Voting against the policy was Thomas M. Hoenig. He's the president of the Kansas City Fed, and he's voted against Fed policy at every one of our meetings this year. He thinks this whole creating-$600-billion-out-of-thin-air thing is going to do more harm than good. He also thinks that all this money we've pumped into the economy could inflate another bubble and create widespread worries about inflation. That could lead us right into another crisis. -- MUCH more on this issue in the first main article below Living Beyond Our Means: 3 Charts That Prove That We Are In The Biggest Debt Bubble In The History Of The World...

Barack Obama And Ben Bernanke Continue To Defend Quantitative Easing, But For The Rest Of The World The Verdict Is In: They Hate It (Nov 9, 2010)
Even as Barack Obama and Ben Bernanke publicly defend the Federal Reserve’s new $600 billion quantitative easing program, top finance officials around the globe are expressing alarm and outrage. But what did Obama and Bernanke expect? “Quantitative easing” is little more than legalized cheating. For a moment, imagine that the global economy is a giant game of Monopoly. Essentially what Bernanke has done is that he has just reached under the table and has slipped another $600 billion on to his pile of money, hoping that the rest of the players will not call him out on it. The rest of the world has heavily invested in the U.S. dollar and in U.S. Treasuries, and this new quantitative easing program is going to devalue all of those holdings. If the Federal Reserve continues to go down the road of monetizing U.S. government debt, other nations are rapidly going to get spooked and will soon refuse to invest in U.S. dollars and U.S. Treasuries. When that day arrives, it is going to cause mass panic in the world financial system. Already, investors across the globe are flocking out of the U.S. dollar and into safe investments such as gold and silver. On Monday, gold closed at an all-time record high of $1,403.20 an ounce on the New York Mercantile Exchange, and silver closed at a 30-year high of $27.43 an ounce. Unfortunately, our leaders seem absolutely clueless about what is really going on. In fact, Barack Obama is very much in Bernanke’s corner. During his trip to India, Barack Obama made it clear that he very much supports this new round of quantitative easing by the Federal Reserve… “I will say that the Fed’s mandate, my mandate, is to grow our economy. And that’s not just good for the United States, that’s good for the world as a whole.” This is the exact opposite of what Barack Obama should be doing. He should be demanding accountability from Ben Bernanke and the Federal Reserve. He should be trying to get the U.S. financial system back on some kind of solid footing. But we all know that is not going to happen. Obama had no problem renominating Bernanke to another term, and Obama has publicly supported him at every opportunity. CLIP

2010 U.S. Dollar Decline Survey
Obama says no one cares or is even aware of the decline of our dollar's value. Take our short national opinion survey below CLIP

QE2 The Last Gasp of a Monetary System: A Message to the World
America is printing money just to survive and National Inflation Association believes a currency collapse could be imminent. More through

The Fed and the Debased "Imperial Dollar": Inflation, Stagnation and Higher Interest Rates Ahead (Nov 7, 2010)
On Wednesday, November 3rd, the Bernanke Fed announced that it stands ready to resume money printing to stimulate the economy through quantitative money easing, an euphemism for printing more dollars. Indeed, it intends to buy $600-billion of longer-term Treasury securities until the end of the second quarter of 2011, plus some $300 billion of reinvestments, on top of the some $1.75 trillion of various types of securities, many of which were mortgage backed securities, that it has added in 2009 to its balance sheet, currently standing at a total of $2.3 trillion. There could even be additional increases in newly printed money as the Fed intends to "regularly review and adjust the program as needed to best foster maximum employment and price stability."After the election of fiscal conservatives on November 2nd, it seems that printing money is the only instrument left for the Obama administration to stimulate the economy. I fail to see, however, what is "conservative" about that. Actively debasing a currency to stimulate an economy used to be a Third-World economic recipe, - A recipe for disaster. Now, the United States government feels that is the only way to get out of the economic doldrums.But U.S. economic problems are essentially structural in nature, and are due to a bad housing mortgage policy, a bad industrial policy, a bad financial policy, a bad fiscal policy, a bad foreign investment policy, too much entitlement debt, severe demographic problems related to the aging baby-boomers, and to very costly wars abroad. Relying exclusively on monetary quick fixes to correct them misses the mark and may have serious unintended negative consequences down the road. CLIP

Will The Republican Congressional Majority Force The US To Default on its External Debt, And Cause A Global Depression? (November 4, 2010)
Last night after Rand Paul won in Kentucky, MSNBC commenter Larry O'Donnell warned that Paul himself could send the world into a global depression. How? O'Donnell worries that Paul will torpedo any effort to hike the debt ceiling, and thus cause an immediate default, causing a global depression. Even if he couldn't do it on his own, there's the fear that the GOP-controlled house could prevent the ceiling from being hiked, especially since Michael Steele, head of the RNC, has vowed "no compromise" on this issue. Anyway, normally this is a perfunctory issue, but with the debt being such a huge issue right now, this is one to watch. A vote will come some time in 2011.

A Superpower in Decline: Is the American Dream Over?
America has long been a country of limitless possibility. But the dream has now become a nightmare for many. The US is now realizing just how fragile its success has become -- and how bitter its reality. Should the superpower not find a way out of crisis, it could spell trouble ahead for the global economy. - LOOK AT Nation in Debt - US national debt in trillions of dollars !! - (...) The Desperate States of America are loud and distressed. The country has always been a little paranoid, but now it's also despondent, hopeless and pessimistic. Americans have always believed in the country's capacity for regeneration, that a new awakening is possible at any time. Now, 63 percent of Americans don't believe that they will be able to maintain their current standard of living. And if America is indeed on the downward slope, it will have consequences for the global economy and the political world order. The fall of America doesn't have to be a complete collapse -- it is, after all, a country that has managed to reinvent itself many times before. But today it's no longer certain -- or even likely -- that everything will turn out fine in the end. The United States of 2010 is dysfunctional, but in new ways. The entire interplay of taxes and investments is out of joint because a 16,000-page tax code allows for far too many loopholes and because solidarity is no longer part of the way Americans think. The political system, plagued by lobbyism and stark hatred, is incapable of reaching consistent or even quick decisions. The country is reacting strangely irrationally to the loss of its importance -- it is a reaction characterized primarily by rage. Significant portions of America simply want to return to a supposedly idyllic past. They devote almost no effort to reflection, and they condemn cleverness and intellect as elitist and un-American, as if people who hunt bears could seriously be expected to lead a world power. Demagogues stir up hatred and rage on television stations like Fox News. These parts of America, majorities in many states, ignorant of globalization and the international labor market, can do nothing but shout. They hate everything that is new and foreign to them. But will the US wake up? Or is it already much too late?
(...) One reason for the crisis, says Henningsen, is that the American dream, both individual and national, has in fact always been a fiction. "This society was never stable. It was always socially underdeveloped, and anyone who talks about the good old days today is forgetting the injustices of racist America."Agitators like Glenn Beck are "nationalist, racist and proto-fascist," says Henningsen. "They take advantage of the economic situation, almost the way the right-wing intelligentsia did back in the Weimar Republic." Gridlock has become the modern America status quo, and the condition Henningsen calls "institutional idiocy" is especially obvious in the country's most important legislative body, the Senate, which has come to resemble a royal court where nothing has happened in centuries. Each state elects two senators, including Wyoming, with its 540,000 inhabitants, and California, with a population of 37 million. If enough senators from states with small populations band together, they have the capacity to block everything, which is precisely what they do. And no one questions the rules, both written and unwritten. The Senate is no longer a club in which the members speak to one another. The filibuster, a way of blocking legislation through continuous debate, was the exception in the past, but today it's the rule. The Republicans have already used the filibuster to torpedo more than 100 of Obama's proposals. CLIP

The Inflation Nightmare! (7 November 2010)
As the dollar tumbles and gas prices rise it is inevitable that food price inflation will become hyper. The gold old FED has with this QE2 ensure fiscal inflation is just around the corner lots of cheap debt notes chasing fewer and fewer goods. As one annalist said America will be unrecognisable by the new year. Video Food prices rising rapidly in US - The National Inflation Association today announced the release of its report about NIA's projections of future U.S. food price increases due to the massive monetary inflation being created by the Federal Reserve's $600 billion quantitative easing. This report was written by NIA's President Gerard Adams, who believes food inflation will take over in 2011 as America's greatest crisis. According to Mr. Adams, making mortgage payments will soon be the last thing on the minds of all Americans. We currently have a currency crisis that could soon turn into hyperinflation and a complete societal collapse."For every economic problem the U.S. government tries to solve, it always creates two or three much larger catastrophes in the process," said Adams. "Just like we predicted this past December, the U.S. dollar index bounced in early 2010 and has been in free-fall ever since. Bernanke's QE2 will likely accelerate this free-fall into a complete U.S. dollar rout," warned Adams. CLIP It is important to spread the word about NIA to as many people as possible, as quickly as possible, if you want America to survive hyperinflation. - CHECK ALSO Citi: Central Banks Are Going To Start Dumping Dollars In The Coming Weeks AND Coming Inflation to Make U.S. Dollar Not Only Worth Less ? But Worthless!

NIA Warns Of Food Crisis, “Societal Collapse” In Response To Fed Money Printing (November 5, 2010)
The National Inflation Association is warning of a food crisis in America as soon as next year and possible “societal collapse” as a result of the Federal Reserve’s new quantitative easing program that threatens to eviscerate the buying power of the greenback. (...) The pain is doubled when you factor in spiraling gas prices, which will only continue to climb higher thanks to oil’s inverse relationship with the weakening US dollar. Oil has skyrocketed by more than 6 per cent just this week, with many financial observers predicting that $100 dollars a barrel is right around the corner.But if you think wholesale commodity prices are already out of control, just look at what the NIA is predicting you will eventually be forced to pay for these staple items in your local grocery store. - A standard 24 oz loaf of bread will cost over $23 dollars. - A 32oz package of granulated sugar will cost over $62 dollars. - A 11.30 oz container of roast coffee will set you back over $77 dollars - A 64 fl oz container of Minute Maid Orange Juice will cost more than $45 dollars. - A Hershey’s Milk Chocolate 1.55 oz candy bar will cost over 15 dollars. - A plain white men’s cotton t-shirt will cost $55.57. And the Treasury along with the Fed have the temerity to claim their dollar printing madness is justified by fears of deflation. No wonder Tim Geithner has been taking advice from a TV comedian! Seriously, how long before we see US citizens carting Weimar Republic wheelbarrows down to Wal-Mart? These prices are what you can expect to be paying as a result of the Fed’s actions within the next ten years, and don’t expect your pay packet to keep track with this inflationary holocaust either. The American middle class is finished if we don’t support Ron and Rand Paul’s effort to audit and eventually end the Fed, stripping this larcenous private institution of the power to rape and pillage the US consumer while destroying the dollar, all in the interests of the s c u m bag global elitists and foreign bank owners from whom Bernanke and Geithner take their orders. CLIP

The Food Shock of 2011 (10/26/10)
Baltimore, Maryland – Every month, JP Morgan Chase dispatches a researcher to several supermarkets in Virginia. The task – to comparison shop for 31 items. In July, the firm’s personal shopper came back with a stunning report: Wal-Mart had raised its prices 5.8% during the previous month. More significantly, its prices were approaching the levels of competing stores run by Kroger and Safeway. The “low-price leader” still holds its title, but by a noticeably slimmer margin.Within this tale lie several lessons you can put to work to make money. And it’s best to get started soon…because if you think your grocery bill is already high, you ain’t seen nothing yet. In fact, we could be just one supply shock away from a full-blown food crisis that would make the price spikes of 2008 look like a happy memory. Fact is; the food crisis of 2008 never really went away.
(...) Prices for basic foodstuffs like corn and wheat remain below their 2008 highs. But they’re a lot higher than they were before “the food crisis of 2008” took hold. Here’s what’s happened to some key farm commodities so far in 2010… Corn: Up 63% Wheat: Up 84%S oybeans: Up 24% Sugar: Up 55% What was a slow and steady increase much of the year has gone into overdrive since late summer.
(...) America’s been blessed with year after year of “record harvests,” depending on how you measure it. So when crisis hits elsewhere in the world, the burden of keeping the world fed falls on America’s shoulders. According to Soren Schroder, CEO of the food conglomerate Bunge North America, US grain production has filled critical gaps in world supply three times in the last five years, including this summer…In 2010, when drought hit Russian wheatIn 2009, when drought hit Argentine soybeansIn 2007–08, when drought hit Australian wheat. So what happens when those “record harvests” no longer materialize? In September, the US Department of Agriculture estimated that global grain “carryover stocks” – the amount in the world’s silos and stockpiles when the next harvest begins – totaled 432 million tons.That translates to 70 days of consumption. A month earlier, it was 71 days. The month before that, 72. At this rate, come next spring, we’ll be down to just 64 days – the figure reached in 2007 that touched off the food crisis of 2008.But what happens if the US scenario is worse than a “nonrecord” harvest? What if there’s a Russia-scale crop failure here at home? CLIP

Global Grain Reserves Diminish, U.S. Stockpiles in Worse Shape (November 9, 2010)
Domestically the price of meat, milk, sugar and eggs is already taking a huge upward jump. If the root cause were a single issue, it might be absorbable or at least less damaging. However, multiple factors are hiking food prices and they are only expected to climb.What's Happening to Our Food?Small farmers are losing livestock and dairy cows to the economy because they can't afford the uncertainty and animal upkeep. Less production means the price of beef, milk, cheese and anything using these foods all compete for supplies. Remember the half-billion egg recall in August? It's forced wholesale egg prices to rise nearly 40%. Nov. 9 another recall was announced involving nearly 300,000 unprocessed eggs from Ohio Fresh Eggs. Consider every food that includes whole eggs and egg products. Snowballs roll downhill and so do price increases from producer to wholesaler to store to consumer. Another story largely escaping notice is a lack of feed for turkeys. Despite Internet rumors that a turkey shortage exists, it's only their food. However, this Thanksgiving you'll either pay a premium or do without. (...) Besides dairy, grains have taken hits globally and the majority of processed foods require these indispensable ingredients. For example, corn syrup (oops, now the P.C. term is corn sugar) is in nearly every product that needs sweetening. From soft drinks to canned fruit to cereal, baked goods and desserts – the majority use corn sugar. Less obvious uses of corns syrup include yogurt fermentation, thickening agent for cottage cheese, yogurt, sour cream plus a ton of sauces like BBQ, teriyaki and tomato-based products; spice enhancer and tomato acidity cutter. It also sneaks into sausages and lunch meats as a stabilizer, binder and flavor enhancer. Not only are grains consumed directly as cereals and are the backbone of breads, all baked goods, pastas and tortillas, they are a huge filler ingredient in most packaged foods, whether for human or pet consumption. On food labels, corn or wheat usually ranks toward the very top of the list. Animals also directly depend on these crops as feed. Then there is biofuel usage... Whether you're a champion of biofuel energy or not, the fact remains that this technology gobbles food crops.All of these factors take a bite out of supplies. CLIP

The Biofuels Scam (November 07, 2010)
Since 2007, the price of food around the world has just about doubled. Bad harvests, inflation, or George Bush didn't cause this price increase. According to a secret report from the World Bank, reported in the U.K.'s Guardian, 75% of the increase in price has one source: "Biofuels." This contrasts with U.S. claims of only a 3% biofuels-caused increase. The World Bank also says that rising food prices have pushed 100 million people worldwide below the poverty line. Riots have been sparked from Bangladesh to Egypt.Where is the outrage? Where are the MSNBC stories on food riots? Where is Sean Penn?The Holy Grail of the Left in recent years is climate disruption (formerly known as global warming and climate change). Much ink has been spilled, and much airtime has been devoted to pushing the Green Agenda. Legislation has been passed in the U.S., Europe, and other places to address this so-called crisis. Incandescent bulbs have been banned and mercury-laden CFLs required. Coal-fired power plants are shuttered, raising the price of energy. Vast oil fields are placed off limits. "Cap and Trade" rules threaten our already reeling economy. Among other measures, Congress mandates that gasoline contain 10% by volume of ethanol. As a result, the U.S. is currently burning about 25% of its corn crop as fuel. Government subsidies and mandates work quite well at converting food into fuel, thus reducing the amount of food. As anyone with more than a room temperature IQ knows, less of something results in higher prices. Hungry people? Psh! Saving the planet takes precedence. Brazil is clearing (by burning) tens of thousands of acres of rainforest to plant sugarcane -- not for human consumption, but for conversion to ethanol. Much more acreage has been cleared for sugarcane production than for lumber. As a CO2 "sink," sugarcane is nonexistent compared to the trees it replaced. If CO2 were such a threat to the survival of the human race, wouldn't keeping the rainforest be a good idea? Doesn't burning millions of trees produce many thousands of tons of CO2? Clearly, common sense is missing from the "settled science" agenda of climate disruption. There are problems with biofuels other than "merely" world hunger, deforestation, and air pollution. Corn is a thirsty plant. Much water is used to make it grow, and copious quantities of nitrogen-based fertilizer. In addition to depleting the aquifer, fertilizer runoff ends up in the ocean. The Gulf of Mexico has a dead zone the size of New Jersey. Fish and nitrogen aren't compatible. The blue crab population in the Chesapeake is at a record low, and the sizes caught are smaller than in the past. Of course, "there are those who say" that climate disruption is to blame. Ethanol is highly corrosive. It absorbs water from the air like a sponge. It cannot be transported in pipelines, necessitating delivery by (diesel) tanker trucks. If used in aircraft, water in the fuel can cause engine failure at the colder high altitudes. If left in your lawnmower or chainsaw over the winter, it causes serious rust problems. It lowers your car's mileage, negating any benefits from "reducing our dependence on foreign oil." It causes rust in your fuel lines and engine. It burns too hot in catalytic converters, causing premature failure. However, your car and lawnmower are not the only things at risk. According to a study conducted by National Institute of Health, there is a nearly threefold increase in thyroid cancer risk for women who have used a public water supply that had nitrate levels of 5 milligrams per liter (mg/L) or higher for five years. Given all these easily verifiable facts, why would we continue to mandate the use of ethanol in our gasoline? Why would we spend billions of taxpayer dollars subsidizing it? Why would Big Ag be pressuring our corrupt and greedy political class to increase the mandate from 10% to 15%, despite alarm from automotive manufacturers concerning engine damage? You be the judge. Think about this the next time you shop for groceries, fill up your car, or pay your utility bill.

Warning of Possible Bank Holiday (November 4, 2010) THESE ARE ONLY RUMORS BUT WHO KNOWS!
QUESTION: When in U.S. History has a sitting President taken off on an overseas trip for an extended period of time, with 65 airplanes, 34 warships reportedly 3,000 people including his friends and cohorts, at the pinnacle of an economic and political upheaval. ANSWER: Never! So what's up? Yesterday I received a call that should alarm for even the most "comatose in La La Land". A pastor known to the gentleman who called me had been called into a very prominent East Coast bank to tell the pastor by one of its top people at the bank that a bank holiday is coming as early as Nov 11. The bank official has been friends with this pastor for a long time. The only thing that was said, was for the pastor to realize that once the banks reopened, that all withdrawals by checks would be limited to $500 per week - no matter what the balance in the account is. No period of Time for the length of the Banks closures were given. Coupled with information posted last year on this site from major Mid-west banking consortium it dovetails perfectly.Ladies and Gentlemen, if you have been paying attention to France, Britain, Ireland and Greece, which at this point are the poster children for financial rioting, can you even begin to imagine the Ramifications of Financial Rioting In the U.S? The once hidden attack ,now in plain sight, against world finances, is in full scale operational mode in order to destroy by design, all national currencies and to bring on "A ONE WORLD CURRENCY AND GLOBAL GOVERNMENT"! Once again consider our mutual dependence upon electronic verification of every sales transaction, credit card purchase and bank deposits and or withdrawals. Whether most understand or comprehend, most wealth on financial statements and Balance sheets are numbers, computer entries and IOU's of dubious quality. Think about the old adage --"Possession is Nine Tenths of the Law". In other words, if it's not in your hands it's in some one else's hands no matter how much you try and rationalize it away! This is a defining moment. AMERICA IS BANKRUPT and the rest of the world is no longer willing to go along with Quantitative Easing, which means printing money out of thin air with nothing to back it up but global war. Every nation that has tried to print its way out of an insurmountable debt situation ends up embroiled in internal war and usually under the leadership of a dictator who is as willing to spill the blood of his countrymen, as fast as he prints more worthless currency! The reason you all have a sense of SOMETHING BIG getting ready to happen is the fact that it is HAPPENING NOW.

Ireland Goes Bust, Irish Bank Run (November 14, 2010)
(...) "Ireland faced a painful choice between imposing a resolution on banks that were too big to save or becoming insolvent, and, for whatever reason, chose the latter. Sovereign nations get to make policy choices, and we are no longer a sovereign nation in any meaningful sense of that term."

Largest 15 US States are Spending Over 220% of Their Tax Revenue (11/05/10)
Stockholm, Sweden - The big news this week in terms of ginormous government transfer payments is, as usual, out of the Fed, as it embarks on an equally ambitious and ill-fated mission to buy $600 billion of US Treasury debt. Unsurprisingly, it's not the only immense transfer of wealth taking place between governmental bodies. As spotlighted by Meredith Whitney, CEO of the Meredith Whitney Advisory Group, the feds are continuing to subtly bailout state governments at record levels and in an ongoing and unsustainable fashion which she describes in a recent WSJ opinion piece.From The Wall Street Journal:"What [...] investors fail to appreciate is that state bailouts have already begun. Over 20% of California's debt issuance during 2009 and over 30% of its debt issuance in 2010 to date has been subsidized by the federal government in a program known as Build America Bonds. Under the program, the U.S. Treasury covers 35% of the interest paid by the bonds. Arguably, without this program the interest cost of bonds for some states would have reached prohibitive levels. California is not alone: Over 30% of Illinois's debt and over 40% of Nevada's debt issued since 2009 has also been subsidized with these bonds. These states might have already reached some type of tipping point had the federal program not been in place. "Beyond debt subsidies, general federal government transfers to states now stand at the highest levels on record. Traditionally, state revenues were primarily comprised of sales, personal and corporate income taxes. Over the years, however, federal government transfers have subsidized business-as-usual state spending not covered by state tax collections. Today, more than 28% of state funding comes from federal government transfers, the highest contribution on record."These transfers have made states dependent on federal assistance. New York, for example, spent in excess of 250% of its tax receipts over the last decade. The largest 15 states by GDP spent on average over 220% of their tax receipts. Clearly, states have been spending at unsustainable levels without facing immediate consequences due to federal transfer payments and other temporary factors."Because the federal government will backstop the states regardless of their profligacy - a situation which tends to play out differently in the European Union, for example - the bickering, relatively speaking, flies under the radar and the fiscal irresponsibility just isn't as high profile (as compared to the highly-visible EU member state (GIIPS) meltdown). As it goes, the state budget situation is continuing to deteriorate just as the Fed is firing up the presses for another moonshot-caliber of stimulus for the economy. Basically, when the debt-laden US can already least-afford the expenditure. According to Whitney, "almost all of the major federal government subsidy programs [for states] will run out in June 2011." So, we can probably go ahead and mark that "unforeseeable crisis" announcement date on next year's calendar. You can read more details in Whitney's WSJ opinion piece on how state bailouts have already begun.

Bankruptcy of U.S. is ‘Mathematical Certainty,’ Says Former CEO of Nation's 10th Largest Ban (November 04, 2010)
John Allison, who for two decades served as chairman and CEO of BB&T, the nation's 10th largest bank, told it is a “mathematical certainty” that the United States government will go bankrupt unless it dramatically changes its fiscal direction.Allison likened what he sees as the predictable future bankruptcy of the United States to the problems at Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, whose insolvency he also said was foreseeable to those who studied their business practices and financial situation. “I think the first thing we have to realize is where we’re going and to face it objectively,” Allison told, when asked about the trillion-dollar-plus deficits the federal government has run for three straight years, the more than $13 trillion in federal debt, and the $61.9 trillion long-term shortfall the government faces (according to the analysis of the Peter G. Peterson Foundation) if the government is to pay all the benefits it has promised through entitlement programs. “If you run the numbers, on all those numbers that you just talked about, which I think are accurate, very accurate, in 20 or 25 years, the United States goes bankrupt,” said Allison. “It’s a mathematical certainty. CLIP

If you thought the bank bailout was bad, wait until the mortgage defaults hit home (Nov 08, 2010)
[Editor's Note: Vienna Economics Professor Franz Hörmann explained in a ground-breaking interview in Der Standard how the banking fraud works and how banks can create money -- and also losses -- out of thin air. When banks show a loss on their books, it does not mean they have lost any real capital. However, the banks's frauldulent and alleged losses have enabled them to obtain trillions in tax payer's money. As Morgan Kelly from UCD, Ireland, explains, all the tax revenues in Ireland for the next five years would be needed to pay the interest on the paper debts of the banks. You do not need to be an economist to realise, banks cannot have made so many debts as to require virtually the entire tax income of a country like Ireland for five plus years, wrecking the entire economy. There can be no reason on earth why citizens have to hand over all their taxes to the banks for years and years. If the banks are broke, they should close up shop like every other company and their allies, the rating agencies, should put them out of business not souvereign countries. As Kelly notes, people are becoming aware of this fraud]
THE BIG PICTURE: Ireland is effectively insolvent - the next crisis will be mass home mortgage default, writes MORGAN KELLY Irish Times
SAD NEWS just in from Our Lady of the Eurozone Hospital: After a sudden worsening in her condition, the Irish Patient, formerly known as the Irish Republic, has been moved into intensive care and put on artificial ventilation. While a hospital spokesman, Jean-Claude Trichet, tried to sound upbeat, there is no prospect that the Patient will recover. It will be remembered that, after a lengthy period of poverty following her acrimonious divorce from her English partner, in the 1990s Ireland succeeded in turning her life around, educating herself, and holding down a steady job. Although her increasingly riotous lifestyle over the last decade had raised some concerns, the Irish Patient's fate was sealed by a botched emergency intervention on September 29th, 2008 followed by repeated misdiagnoses of the ensuing complications. With the Irish Patient now clinically dead, her grieving European relatives face the melancholy task of deciding when to remove her from life support, and how to deal with the extraordinary debts she ran up in the last months of her life . . . WHEN I wrote in The Irish Times last May showing how the bank guarantee would lead to national insolvency, I did not expect the financial collapse to be anywhere near as swift or as deep as has now occurred. During September, the Irish Republic quietly ceased to exist as an autonomous fiscal entity, and became a ward of the European Central Bank. It is a testament to the cool and resolute handling of the crisis over the last six months by the Government and Central Bank that markets now put Irish sovereign debt in the same risk group as Ukraine and Pakistan, two notches above the junk level of Argentina, Greece and Venezuela.
(...) This ¤70 billion bill for the banks dwarfs the ¤15 billion in spending cuts now agonised over, and reduces the necessary cuts in Government spending to an exercise in futility. What is the point of rearranging the spending deckchairs, when the iceberg of bank losses is going to sink us anyway?What is driving our bond yields to record levels is not the Government deficit, but the bank bailout. Without the banks, our national debt could be stabilised in four years at a level not much worse than where France, with its triple A rating in the bond markets, is now.As a taxpayer, what does a bailout bill of ¤70 billion mean? It means that every cent of income tax that you pay for the next two to three years will go to repay Anglo's losses, every cent for the following two years will go on AIB, and every cent for the next year and a half on the others. In other words, the Irish State is insolvent: its liabilities far exceed any realistic means of repaying them.For a country or company, insolvency is the equivalent of death for a person, and is usually swiftly followed by the legal process of bankruptcy, the equivalent of a funeral. CLIP

The China powder keg: JOHN HUMPHRYS on a nation that's either on the edge of becoming THE superpower - or exploding into anarchy (6th November 2010)
The chanting, when it began, sounded angry. I was in my hotel room in Beijing trying to put together a report on political repression for the Today programme and this sounded as if it might be just what I needed.I had been in China for more than a week. Everywhere I went people had been telling me that things had changed so much since I first started reporting from here more than 30 years ago that I would scarcely recognise the place.True, there are many protests, sometimes violent, but almost always out in the provinces and motivated by a single grievance.
(...) Before I came here I met a group of Chinese students at the London School of Economics. Some of them were relatively new to Britain and some of them had lived abroad for years. All were bright and lively and thoroughly engaging and all of them said China was moving towards greater democracy. So did that mean they wanted an alternative to the Communist Party for which they could vote at some future election? Not one of them did. I suggested that the essence of democracy was the power of the people to throw out the government if they lose faith in it. One young woman looked me in the eyes and said: 'Why? You do it all the time and what have you got to show for it? 'Every new government makes the same mistakes as the last one. In China we have made great advances over the past 30 years.' The others nodded in approval.It could be, of course, that all these young people had been brainwashed, but there is another explanation.If the fear of the Communist Party leadership is losing their monopoly on power, the fear of the Chinese people is returning to instability. When we British talk about unstable government we think of no party being able to command a majority. When the Chinese talk about instability they mean civil war, chaos, and mass starvation under Mao. They mean tens of millions dying as their rulers fight for power.
(...) China is much more than a country. It is the only ancient civilisation that has survived to emerge as a serious world power. And it's done it by endlessly reinventing itself. The implications of that for the world are enormous. And for China? Well, the vast numbers of poor people here want to get richer. It's estimated that the very poorest - more than 20 million - live on the equivalent of £60 a year. But what everyone I spoke to wants most is stability. In one sense at least, this nation is still in a state of turmoil. Eight million people leave their homes in rural areas every year and travel to the cities to find work, ending up as migrant workers living in foul dormitories, seeing their wives and children perhaps only once a year? The dangers are obvious. The leadership is about to publish a new five-year plan which will promise to raise the wages of those who are paid pathetically little. Given the pressures they are under, they have no choice. But it is those low wages that keep the price of their goods low enough for the rich West buy in such huge quantities. If exports begin to dry up, the jobs may disappear and what happens to the migrant workers then? Social unrest is a real danger.And if wages rise and the effect is to create a much more educated, questioning population, there is another danger. The new middle class may well demand political reform that goes a long way beyond what the leadership is prepared to countenance. The Communist Party is gambling that it can restore and maintain China's greatness without ripping the country apart again. There is no guarantee that it will succeed. In this new globalised, inter-dependent world what happens to the world's biggest country matters to every single one of us. If they lose their gamble none of us will escape the consequences.

US elects barrage of climate change deniers, threatening support for green energy (November 03, 2010)
The US midterm election, which won Republicans the House but safeguarded the Senate for Democrats, has brought in a number of self-proclaimed climate change deniers, ending any likelihood that an energy bill will be passed over the next two years and essentially stumbling the White House's strategy on climate change. Newly elected Republican Senators Rand Paul of Kentucky and Marc Rubio of Florida, both members of the nascent Tea Party, have stated they do not believe in climate change despite that scientists overwhelming agree the Earth is warming due to human impacts. The new speaker of the House, Republican John Boehner, has also stated that "the idea that carbon dioxide is a carcinogen that is harmful to our environment is almost comical." However, scientists have never claimed carbon dioxide is carcinogenic, but that carbon—and other greenhouse gases—trap infrared energy in the atmosphere. The infrared energy heats up greenhouse gas molecules, and some of that heat is radiated back to the Earth where it causes temperatures to rise. Some GOP leaders have stated they will put the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) on trial over its ability to regulate greenhouse gases and drown the agency in hearings. Republicans are also expected to push for more off-shore drilling, even in the face of the Gulf oil spill, and nuclear power. However, New York Times science reporter, Andrew Revkin, states that the larger concern for some is that the GOP will slash green energy programs. "This election almost guarantees an end to the brief stimulus-driven period of increased investment in advancing energy technologies that could supplant finite fossil fuels," he writes in the blog DotEarth. CLIP

Flooding intensifies cholera outbreak in Haiti (November 8, 2010)
Cholera has killed over 500 people in the valley along Haiti's Artibonite River, a rural region north of Haiti's capital; another 7,359 people have been sickened. And now the threat of this deadly epidemic has been intensified by flooding from Hurricane Tomas that hit Haiti over the weekend. "We do expect the infection rate to jump up due to the flooding and to the bad sanitation conditions in many areas," Christian Lindmeier, spokesman in Haiti for the Pan American Health Organization/World Health Organization, told Reuters. "Cholera is a water-borne disease and so additional water means additional risk," said Lindmeier. The acute diarrheal disease is a bacterial infection of the intestine which spreads when food or water become contaminated with human waste containing the cholera organism. Cholera causes profuse, watery, high volume diarrhea that is rapidly dehydrating. The infection can be fatal to young children, the elderly and the undernourished. Without immediate medical treatment, people can die of dehydration. U.N. officials are investigating sewage draining into a tributary of the Artibonite River from a Nepalese base of U.N. (MINUSTAH) troops as a possible source of the deadly outbreak. Al Jazeera reports that the unit moved into the area in mid-October. Cholera: disease of poverty -- Cholera is a disease of poverty caused by lack of access to safe, clean water. The Lower Artibonite, once Haiti's rice farming region, was hit hard economically by competition from cheap U.S. rice after lowered rice import tariffs were imposed on Haiti beginning in the mid-1980s. Haiti has not had a documented case of cholera since the 1960s, but conditions in the Lower Artibonite placed the region at high risk for an outbreak of cholera even before the earthquake, according to Dr. Joia Mukherjee, chief medical officer for Partners in Health. George Bush sets crisis in motion - In 2008, Partners in Health, working with the Robert Kennedy Center for Human Rights, documented that in 2000 the Bush administration blocked vital life-saving loans for water, sanitation and health from the Inter-American Development Bank to the progressive government of President Jean-Bertrand Aristide. This deliberate political maneuver to undermine Haiti's democratic government had a direct impact on the city of St. Marc (population 220,000) and region of the Lower Artibonite (population 600,000), which had been among the areas slated for upgrading of the public water supply, depriving the people of their right to safe water. CLIP

As Haiti suffers, the world dozes (November 6, 2010)
LEVELED BY AN EARTHQUAKE, staggered by a cholera outbreak and, now, lashed by a hurricane, Haiti remains a country in dire need of critical care and sustained aid. Instead, it has been shoved once again onto the backburner of international neglect and left to its own misery. (...) A muscular international relief effort, supplementing and in most cases supplanting the government, managed to save lives and furnish enough food, water, shelter and medicine to preserve a minimum living standard for perhaps 2 million homeless immediately after the quake. With the help of battalions of nonprofit relief organizations and a surge of aid from wealthy nations - including more than $1 billion in emergency aid from the United States - Haiti was stabilized to a degree and left to the grim business of combing through the rubble for its dead. Then, in the spring, the TV crews disappeared, and so did the momentum of international spending and relief. Ironically, this took place shortly after a U.N. conference in New York where nearly 60 donor nations and multilateral organizations pledged billions of dollars to rebuild the country. The precise dollar figure was always squishy; $5.3 billion was first promised and later adjusted to $6 billion. But even by the inexact standards of such pledges, the contrast between the self-congratulatory conference and the subsequent absence of urgency in rebuilding the Western Hemisphere's poorest, unluckiest nation is inexcusable. Of the billions pledged at the United Nations to rebuild Haiti, barely a fifth of the total, around $1.3 billion, has been approved or dispersed by donors. In some cases - including, scandalously, in the United States - all or part of the funds has been held up by lawmakers or bureaucrats. Of the $1.15 billion Washington promised for long-term reconstruction projects, only a trickle has been received so far in Haiti. CLIP

9 million Afghans live in extreme poverty (October 28, 2010)
KABUL: Two years ago, five million people in Afghanistan lived in extreme poverty, but now the number has increased to nine million, a senior official said on Wednesday. Salim Kunduzi, the deputy agriculture, irrigation and livestock minister, told a gathering to mark World Food Day that those people who did not have enough food and other basic daily necessities were considered the "extreme poor". According to the Food and Agriculture Organisation, (FAO), extreme poverty is measured by having none or less than five hectares of land. Kunduzi said that the number of poor varied throughout the year, but always increased in the winter. Recent floods across the country and in Pakistan have also contributed to the number of people in dire circumstances, he said... Marking the World Food Day in Kabul, the Agriculture, Irrigation and Livestock Ministry, the World Food Programme (WFP) and the United Nations Food and Agricultural Organization (FAO) signed an agreement under the title "Stand United Against Hunger". According to FAO, 925 million people across the world are living in extreme poverty.

Number of Afghan Air Strikes Highest Ever (November 10, 2010)
Remember how last month's air strike numbers raised eyebrows because they had spiked to 700 in the month of September? Well, the Air Force has released October's statistics and continuing with this year's upward trend, the number of airstrikes rose to 1,000 last month. That's the highest single month total ever in the air war in Afghanistan, the previous high had been 984 in June, 2008. The September percentage increase over the same month a year ago was an eye-popping 172 percent, but this time around the difference between Octobers is 52 percent because there were 660 strikes last October. The Air Force uses the term weapons releases to describe when US and NATO aircraft drop bombs on enemy targets or use their guns to provide combat support for ground troops. Overall, the 26,948 combat missions (sorties) this year has already overtaken last year's number of 26,474. CLIP

Kucinich to Force Vote on Withdrawing Troops From Afghanistan (November 11, 2010)
Anti-war Rep. Dennis Kucinich (D-Ohio) says he will force a vote on a hard date for withdrawing U.S. troops from Afghanistan on the heels of reports they could remain there at least through 2014.Kucinich said Wednesday that he will force a vote via privileged resolution at the beginning of the next Congress on ending the war in Afghanistan by the end of 2011."The withdrawal of our troops must be driven by Congress, not the corrupt president of Afghanistan," the Ohio congressman said in a statement.His announcement comes after The New York Times reported that the Obama administration has stressed that it will leave troops in place at least through the end of 2014 in an effort to persuade Afghans and the Taliban the U.S. intends to complete its mission.That troop commitment would far exceed the July 2011 date set by the administration last December as the time when troop withdrawals will begin.Liberal Democrats in Congress have become increasingly frustrated with the progress of the war against the Taliban and al Qaeda in Afghanistan, expressing concern over the cost of the war, the loss of American lives and instability within the country."The Obama administration must withdraw our troops now. Our presence there is counterproductive, it keeps our troops in harm's way and it opens to the door for the expansion of the massive corruption of the Karzai regime," said Kucinich.Kucinich introduced a resolution in July that mandated the withdrawal of U.S. troops from Pakistan, which was handily defeated. Republicans, who largely support U.S. engagement in Afghanistan, take control of the House next year.

Canadian troops to stay in Afghanistan (November 11, 2010)
SEOUL, South Korea -- Canadian troops will stay an extra three years in Afghanistan, Prime Minister Stephen Harper said Thursday, though he promises they'll no longer engage in combat missions and will instead focus on safer training missions. "I do this with some reluctance, but I think it is the best decision when one looks at the options," Harper told reporters here just before the opening of the G20 summit. CLIP

Afghanistan 'training' mission not 'strictly civilian' (November 11, 2010)
PM promised no combat after 2011, but ex-general says no way to avoid it. (...) The idea seems to be that Canada would reduce its current deployment of about 2,700 troops in Afghanistan to roughly 750 military "trainers" and another 250 military support staff. That's a far cry from the "strictly civilian mission" that Harper was promising less than a year ago. Theory vs. practice - In theory, the trainers would train members of the Afghan army and police in classrooms and protected bases away from any actual combat zones. In other words, the Harper government is trying to paint a picture of Canadian troops staying in Afghanistan three years longer than expected but doing things where no one gets hurt. In practice, the Harper plan may simply lead to three more years of Canadian troops dying in combat disguised as training.Canada's former top soldier, for one, dismisses the whole idea of trying to train Afghan soldiers safely away from actual combat zones. In a recent interview with Maclean's magazine, retired general Rick Hillier said: "You can come up with all kinds of schemes to hide away in camp and train people for the Afghan army, but they lack credibility. "If you try to help train and develop the Afghan army … you are going to be in combat." CLIP

Christian Science Monitor's photos of the day (November 8, 2010)
A Burmese activist stands in front of the Burmese Embassy in Tokyo, Japan, on Sunday holding a portrait of pro-democracy leader Aung San Suu Kyi. The protest was against the recent election in Burma (Myanmar). Voters in Burma's first election in 20 years cast their ballots Sunday amid both a barrage of criticism that the balloting was rigged in favor of the ruling military and hope that some change toward democratic reform might nonetheless follow.

Fighting on the rise in Darfur ahead of south Sudan vote (NOVEMBER 8. 2010)
NYALA, Sudan - Fighting between the army and one of the main Darfur rebel groups is intensifying ahead of a referendum on southern independence that could change the map of Sudan and the balance of power between the warring parties.The Justice and Equality Movement and pro-government forces have crossed swords several times in the past five days, after months of relative calm. On Wednesday, JEM clashed with police in South Darfur, who were escorting a convoy of nearly 100 lorries to south Sudan, with 37 police killed in the fighting and an estimated 60 dead among the rebels, according to UN officials.The interior ministry said the rebels had attacked a fuel and supplies convoy, while JEM said government forces had hit its positions.
(...) On Wednesday, the joint United Nations-African Union Mission in Darfur (UNAMID) called on the rebels and the government to stop the fighting. "The resumption of the fighting has a negative impact on our work," UNAMID chief Ibrahim Gambari said on Sunday, after meeting UN aid chief Valerie Amos."The movements who have not joined the political process should do so -- JEM and Abdelwahid -- and we have to make the point that there is no military solution to this conflict," he added. JEM agreed a ceasefire and entered peace talks with Khartoum earlier this year but the talks foundered amid renewed fighting.Darfur has a population of around eight million, out of some 40 million Sudanese in total, and the war-torn region covers around 500,000 square kilometres (193,000 square miles), or 20 percent of Africa's largest country. But the balance, and the threat posed by the rebels, could change if southerners vote to break away in the referendum scheduled for January 9. Darfur represents close to 30 percent of north Sudan and is the only region in the north where armed groups still often clash with government forces."The Sudanese army does not want to fight on two fronts at once, and that's why it wants to weaken the rebels before the referendum in south Sudan," a Sudanese analyst said. Presidential adviser Ghazi Salaheddine is pushing for a political solution to the Darfur crisis and says Khartoum wants to finalise a peace accord acceptable to the various rebel groups that could be signed by the end of the year. CLIP - MANY OTHER SUDAN-RELATED NEWS HERE SUCH AS UN official says Southern Sudan's January independence vote holds unprecedented risks (5/11/2010) - JUBA, Sudan - The U.N.'s top humanitarian official says that Southern Sudan's January independence referendum presents unprecedented risks and could create new humanitarian needs if violence flares.The January vote could see the south break away from the Khartoum-based north. Valerie Amos said Friday that Southern Sudan is at a critical juncture and that the coming months will define the fate of millions of Sudanese. Amos is responsible for overseeing all emergencies that require U.N. assistance. Another U.N. official, George Charpentier, said more than $60 million has been committed by international donors for contingency planning. Plans include propositioning food and emergency supplies in case of violence. -AND Sudan unmoved on oil region row despite US offer (Nov 8, 2010) - KHARTOUM (Reuters) - Sudan refused on Monday to back down over a disputed referendum in an oil-producing region, despite a U.S. offer to drop Khartoum from a terror blacklist provided it goes ahead on schedule alongside a secession vote.U.S. officials said on Sunday that Washington would remove Sudan from its list of state sponsors of terrorism by July 2011 if the referendum in Abyei region was held on time on January 9, when southern Sudan is due to vote on whether to become an independent nation.Both referendums were promised under a 2005 north-south peace deal ending Africa's longest civil war. But arrangements for the Abyei vote on whether to join north or south Sudan are hotly contested by the two former warring sides, raising fears that it would be delayed and provoke a new conflict. CLIP

(...) The origin of tensions in Sudan is so geographic, so stark, you could see it even from the surface of the moon. The broad ivory of the Sahara in Africa's north set against the green savanna and jungles of the continent's narrowing center. A great, grass-stained tusk. Populations generally fall to one side or the other of that vegetative divide. Which side, north or south, largely defines the culture-religion, music, dress, language-of the people there. Sudan straddles that line to include arid desert in its north and grasslands and tropical rain forests in its south, and the estranged cultures on either side.

In Sudan, Arabs and black Africans had met with a clash. Islamic conquerors in the seventh century discovered that many inhabitants of the land then called Nubia were already Christian. The Nubians fought them to a stalemate that lasted more than a millennium, until the Ottoman governor based in Cairo invaded, exploiting the land south of Egypt as a reservoir of ivory and humans. In 1820 he enslaved 30,000 people known as Sudan, which meant simply "blacks."

Eventually global distaste for slavery put the slave traders out of business. The Ottomans retreated in the early 1880s, and in 1899, after a brief period of independence for Sudan, the British took control, ruling its two halves as distinct regions. They couldn't garrison all of Sudan-it's a massive country, ten times as big as the United Kingdom-so they ruled from Khartoum and gave limited powers to tribal leaders in the provinces. Meanwhile, they encouraged Islam and Arabic in the north and Christianity and English in the south. Putting effort and resources into the north, they left the south to languish. The question all this raises is: Why? Why was a single Sudan created at all?

One reason, again, is geographic. As the Nile flows north toward Egypt, it binds the disparate cultures along its banks in a fitful, sometimes hateful, relationship. It defines trade, environment, even politics, linking the affairs of north and south. When the British ruled, they needed to control the Suez Canal at the Nile's mouth, because it linked Britain to the "jewel in the crown," India. That meant controlling the Nile, so no enemy could divert it.

When the British withdrew in the mid-1950s, there's little wonder the place fell into civil war. Southern rebels battled the northern government fiercely during the 1960s, and half a million people died before the two sides struck an agreement in 1972. Yet the pact only gave each side a chance to breathe deeply and rearm for what would be a much bloodier war.

During the lull between the two civil wars, the government in Khartoum joined Egypt to embark on a breathtaking project in the south. Where the Nile spreads across southern Sudan- that great tableland-it forms the Sudd, one of Africa's largest wetlands. And the river's annual floods rejuvenate grazing lands where southern tribes have long kept their cattle. The partners decided to build a 225-mile canal to shunt the river past the Sudd, due north to supply water-hungry Egypt. They brought in an eight-story digging machine, and tribesmen stood and watched as their pastures were ripped up.

At the start of the 1983 civil war, a rebel group called the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) formed, and in one of its first conspicuous acts, it attacked the Jonglei Canal construction headquarters, halting the project.

Years of bloodshed followed, ending in 2005 after extraordinary, behind-the-scenes diplomatic maneuvers brought about the Comprehensive Peace Agreement. This pact gave southern Sudan a measure of autonomy: its own constitution (based on separation of religion and state), army, and currency. Now Sudan finds itself wobbling between the possibility of lasting peace and the threat of fresh violence. In 2011, according to the pact, the people of southern Sudan will vote on whether to secede from the north and form a fully independent country.

The two sides smile and nod toward the pact, afraid that breaking it will invite international intervention. At the same time they wage a subterranean war of allegation and antagonism. The depths of that duplicity-and the dark prospects for peace-became clear to me midway through my time in Sudan, when half a dozen men in suits accosted me at the airport in Juba, the south's capital. They bundled me into a truck full of soldiers bristling with assault rifles and drove me to a compound in the city. There they took my phone and camera, denied me access to water or a toilet during a day and a night of interrogation. They refused to call the United States Consulate. They were, it turned out, southern Sudanese intelligence agents. CLIP

Billionaire Branson urges investment in Zimbabwe (Sept 20, 2010)
NEW YORK (Reuters) - Billionaire Richard Branson urged people on Monday to invest in Zimbabwe, saying the world was wrong to wait instead of helping the politically volatile, impoverished southern African nation revive itself. Virgin Unite, the philanthropic arm of Branson's Virgin Group, has helped create Enterprise Zimbabwe, a nonprofit group connecting philanthropists and commercial investors with business and social development opportunities. Zimbabwe has struggled to attract foreign aid and investment because of President Robert Mugabe's policies, which include a plan for local blacks to acquire 51 percent shares in foreign-owned firms, including mines and banks. Talks to improve Zimbabwe's ties with the European Union have stalled over slow political reforms in Harare while President Barack Obama said last month he was "heartbroken" by Zimbabwe's decline. "Zimbabwe is a magnificent country that has had a really rough few years and either the world can continue to wait and see and not invest ... or the world can help (Prime Minister) Morgan Tsvangirai and the coalition government get Zimbabwe back on its feet," Branson told Reuters in an interview. "The idea of Enterprise Zimbabwe is to have a sort of safe haven for people to invest through," said Branson, whom Forbes magazine estimates is worth $4 billion. Zimbabwe's once-vibrant economy has been shattered by Mugabe's policies, particularly the seizure of white-owned farms for the resettlement of landless blacks. Mugagbe has been in power since the country's independence from Britain in 1980. A unity government by Mugabe and his political rival Tsvangirai appears to have halted the economy's decade-long free-fall, but the country is struggling to restore productivity, feed its people and repair its ruined infrastructure. Unemployment is estimated at over 90 percent."In life, people have got to take risks. If everybody waits on the sidelines it will be the people who suffer," said Branson. "The present state of politics in Zimbabwe is by no means perfect, but it's a great deal better.""Zimbabwe, of all the African countries, it's got the best chance of getting back ... it just needs a bit of help being kick-started," he said. About 85 percent of Zimbabwe's 12.5 million people live on less than a $1 a day and annual per capita income is less than $400. Enterprise Zimbabwe, established by Virgin Unite, Humanity United -- run by Pam Omidyar, wife of eBay founder Pierre Omidyar -- and The Nduna Foundation, will be officially launched this week at former U.S. President Bill Clinton's philanthropic summit.Branson said the three day Clinton Global Initiative in New York was a great place for fundraising. "We're hoping to bring in other partners into Enterprise Zimbabwe this week and I'm sure that we will," he said. "You can get a lot done ... it's a good time to twist arms and get other people sold on your ideas."

(...) The Zimbabwean dollar is no longer in active use after it was officially suspended by the government due to hyperinflation. The United States dollar, South African rand, Botswanan pula, Pound sterling, and Euro are now used instead. The US dollar has been adopted as the official currency for all government transactions with the new power-sharing regime.
(...) Large parts of Zimbabwe were once covered by forest, the African bush, with an abundant wildlife. Poverty, population growth and lack of fuel have led to extensive deforestation, which, along with poaching, has reduced the wildlife considerably. Deforestation and woodland degradation are a major concern and have led to erosion and land degradation which diminish the amount of fertile soil. Poor mining practices have led to localized toxic waste and metal pollution.
(...) Zimbabwe's current economic and food crisis, described by some observers as the country's worst humanitarian crisis since independence, has been attributed in varying degrees to the government's price controls and land confiscations, the HIV/AIDS epidemic, and a drought affecting the entire region. Life expectancy at birth for males in Zimbabwe has dramatically declined since 1990 from 60 to 44 years, among the lowest in the world. Life expectancy for females is even lower at 43 years. The amount of time a Zimbabwean citizen is expected to live healthily at birth is 34 for males and just 33 for females. Concurrently, the infant mortality rate has climbed from 53 to 81 deaths per 1,000 live births in the same period. As of 2009, 1.2 million Zimbabweans live with HIV.
(...) There are widespread reports of systematic and escalating violations of human rights in Zimbabwe under the Mugabe administration and his party, the ZANU-PF. According to human rights organisations such as Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch the government of Zimbabwe violates the rights to shelter, food, freedom of movement and residence, freedom of assembly and the protection of the law. There have been alleged assaults on the media, the political opposition, civil society activists, and human rights defenders. Opposition gatherings are frequently the subject of brutal attacks by the police force.
(...) Mineral exports, agriculture, and tourism are the main foreign currency earners of Zimbabwe. The mining sector remains very lucrative, with some of the world's largest platinum reserves being mined by Anglo-American and Impala Platinum. The Marange diamond fields, found in 2006 are considered the biggest diamond find in over a century. They have the potential to improve the fiscal situation of the country considerably, however almost all revenues from the field have disappeared in to the pockets of army officers and ZANU-PF politicians.
(...) The downward spiral of the economy has been attributed mainly to mismanagement and corruption of the Mugabe regime and the eviction of more than 4,000 white farmers in the controversial land redistribution of 2000. Zimbabwe was previously an exporter of maize but has become a net importer. Tobacco exports and other exports of crops have also declined sharply.Tourism was an important industry for the country, but has been failing in recent years. The Zimbabwe Conservation Task Force released a report in June 2007, estimating 60% of Zimbabwe's wildlife has died since 2000 due to poaching and deforestation. The report warns that the loss of life combined with widespread deforestation is potentially disastrous for the tourist industry.
(...) The economic meltdown and repressive political measures in Zimbabwe have led to a flood of refugees into neighbouring countries. An estimated 3.4 million Zimbabweans, a quarter of the population, had fled abroad by mid 2007. Some 3 million of these have gone to South Africa and Botswana. Apart from the people who fled into the neighbouring countries, there are up to one million internally displaced persons (IDPs). CLIP

Zimbabwe: Enough's enough-but what next? (Nov 4th 2010)
Stalemate, frustration and an uncertain reliance on South Africa to sort it all out -- EVER since Morgan Tsvangirai's victorious Movement for Democratic Change was forced into a power-sharing government with President Robert Mugabe's losing Zanu-PF party nearly two years ago, it has been widely assumed that, if truly free and fair elections were held again, the MDC would win hands down. But now that Mr Mugabe has indicated that fresh polls could be held as early as next June, some MDC officials are no longer quite so confident of winning outright again. And even if they do, they wonder if they will ever be able to achieve real power. Few can imagine Mr Mugabe, Zimbabwe's dictator for 30 years, ever quietly retiring to the country to tend to his cattle. Besides, some in the MDC fear it is losing popularity as it fails to get its hand on the levers of power and improve people's lives. "We've done a lousy job in government," says a senior MDC man. "While Zanu-PF have used the last 21 months to refocus and reinvent themselves, we've lost our identity. Zanu-PF are as brutal and corrupt as before, but much richer. They've got an almost total grip on the Marange diamonds [in the east of the country] and still control the media and security forces. They're much better organised than we are. The polls may still show us in the lead, but almost half the electorate refuse to say how they will vote. There's likely to be massive apathy among MDC supporters. If we went to the polls now, I think we could lose. We've got to start fighting."At a two-day retreat in Johannesburg in the middle of last month, the assembled MDC leadership reached the same conclusion. Despite repeated pledges by Mr Mugabe to the Southern African Development Community (SADC), the 15-country regional club that is overseeing the supposed sharing of power in Zimbabwe, he has refused to implement most of the pact he signed with Mr Tsvangirai in September 2008. Invasions of white-owned farms, human-rights violations and blatant disrespect for the rule of law persist. The MDC complains that the 86-year-old president, who despite his growing physical frailty is as cunningly manipulative as ever, has been blocking it at almost every turn. CLIP

Nobel Peace Laureates' Summit: Inspiration From Hiroshima BY Jonathan Granoff President, Global Security Institute and long-time ERN subscriber (November 4, 2010)
The 11th World Summit of Nobel Peace Laureates will meet in Hiroshima, Japan, on November 12-14, and the Laureates, including President Mikhail Gorbachev and the Dalai Lama, are asking US President Barack Obama -- the 2009 Nobel recipient -- to join them. The 2010 Laureate Liu Xiaobo of China is in prison, and another Laureate, Burmese pro-democracy leader Aung San Suu Kyi is under house arrest. The Laureates are issuing strong statement urging governments to free them. In their letter of invitation, the Nobel Peace Laureates called upon President Obama to use the symbolism of Hiroshima to emphasis the call he expressed in his speech of April 2009 in Prague on the necessity of dismantling the remaining nuclear arsenals. The President's speech described "a realistic and practical approach" -- wrote the five Nobel Peace Prize winners* -- "to the complex challenge of building a world free of nuclear weapons." President Obama also received a letter of invitation from Tadatoshi Akiba, Mayor of Hiroshima.The summit, organized by the Permanent Secretariat of Nobel Peace Laureates Summits and the City of Hiroshima, will meet under the theme "The Legacy of Hiroshima: a World Without Nuclear Weapons." The objective of nuclear disarmament is a complex and formidable challenge for which all attending Laureates will call on the international community to take immediate action. The Summit will issue a Final Declaration to inspire greater support for the ongoing international practical efforts to finally achieve, in this 21st century, the elimination of the nuclear threat. Twenty-thousand nuclear weapons held by a handful of nations remain poised over humanity and present an ongoing threat to everything we hold dear, stimulate dangerous proliferation and the possibility of their acquisition by terrorists. Thus there is an urgent necessity for all leaders to downgrade the political currency of nuclear weapons, pledge never to use them, and commence a process leading to negotiations on their elimination. I will have the honor of speaking at the summit. CLIP - More details through and in this Press release -- Let us all support this through writing to the White House in support of this initiative - hoping President Obama can fit this in his busy schedule or at least delegate someone.

Fierce battles as nuclear 'train of death' held up in Germany (7 Nov 2010)
A nuclear waste train inching through Germany was unlikely to reach its destination until Monday after massive protests along every foot of railway line. -- During running battles with police, demonstrators torched a police armoured car, chained themselves to stretches of line, tried to undermine tracks by kicking out stones and fought with officers in woodland leading to the train in a day of tense drama. The security operation to ensure the cargo of reprocessed fuel from nuclear power stations in Germany reaches its destination is one of the biggest ever mounted with 17,000 police officers on duty. The train left a reprocessing plant in France on Friday and was due at Gorleben in north West Germany at midday on Sunday.But as night began falling it was halted some 35 miles away from its destination by protesters. Police used tear gas, baton charges, horses, water cannon, pepper spray and human brute force but wave after wave of protesters continued to swarm on the last stretch of track before the city of Dannenberg. There the 135 tons of waste must be loaded on to lorries to be driven the last few miles into the storage centre. Local hospital casualty units reported swarms of injured demonstrators, many of them elderly, who were hurt in the mêlées. No police were injured when a Molotov cocktail set fire to an armoured car. Regular train services in the north of Germany were delayed throughout the day as the protesters had to be cleared one by one from the path of the nuclear transport. Farmers used their tractors to blockade a road at Dannenberg in support of the demonstrators. Police said the clashes were among the fiercest they had encountered in years. The head of Germany's Green Party, Claudia Roth, was among those last night involved in a sit-down protest on the road to Gorleben as police appealed for calm. Costs for policing for the train which left a nuclear fuel reprocessing France on Friday has already gone over the £50 million. The protests look like being politically costly for Chancellor Angela Merkel. Her poll ratings are at historic lows, driven further down by her renewed commitment to nuclear power. She reversed an earlier decision to phase out atomic energy in Germany by 2020 saying the country needed its 20 nuclear plants more than ever before. But Germany, the greenest country in Europe, has a majority of people opposed to the new policy. Violence at the demonstrations will only add further woes to Mrs Merkel's fragile conservative-liberal coalition government that could topple in the spring next year if a series of key region elections go badly for her. The train - which carries 80 heavily armed riot police riding in two carriages sandwiched between its deadly cargo - may wait until first light until moving again. Mrs Merkel and her CDU party are worried about the images of violence: several weeks ago police overreacted at a protest in the southern city of Stuttgart against a new railway station, using tear gas and water cannon.One man was blinded and the shocking images of what many in her own cabinet considered disproportionate force sent the party's fortunes plummeting further.

Violence marks anti-nuclear protests in Germany ()
(CNN) -- Protests against the storing of nuclear waste in Germany and extending the life of the nation's nuclear plants turned violent in spots on Sunday, according to protesters and police. (...) A protest Saturday in Dannenberg drew thousands of demonstrators. On Friday, protesters blocked the train in northwestern France, chaining themselves to the tracks on which it was traveling, authorities said. Four French protesters and one German halted the shipment near a train station in Caen. The train stopped well before the site where the protesters were chained, and the demonstrators were removed by police, authorities said. The anti-nuclear organization and Greenpeace ally GANVA, or the Non-Violent Anti-Nuclear Action Group, claimed responsibility for the French protest. On its website, GANVA said its members took the action because "nuclear waste exposes the population to unmeasurable risks." CLIP - WATCH ALSO Video of 'nuclear train' clashes as toxic waste hauled to German dump

Geoengineering: Lift-off (Nov 4th 2010)
Research into the possibility of engineering a better climate is progressing at an impressive rate-and meeting strong opposition -- AS A way of saying you've arrived, being the subject of some carefully contrived paragraphs in the proceedings of a United Nations conference is not as dramatic as playing Wembley or holding a million-man march. But for geoengineering, those paragraphs from the recent conference of the parties to the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) in Nagoya, Japan, marked a definite coming of age.Geoengineering is shorthand for the idea of fixing the problem of man-made climate change once the greenhouse gases that cause it have already been emitted into the atmosphere, rather than trying to stop those emissions happening in the first place. Ideas for such fixes include smogging up the air to reflect more sunlight back into space, sucking in excess carbon dioxide using plants or chemistry, and locking up the glaciers of the world's ice caps so that they cannot fall into the ocean and cause sea levels to rise.Many people think such ideas immoral, or a distraction from the business of haranguing people to produce less carbon dioxide, or both-and certain to provoke unintended consequences, to boot. It was the strength of that opposition which drove the subject onto the agenda at Nagoya. But that strength is also a reflection of the fact that many scientists now take the idea of geoengineering seriously. Over the past few years research in the field has boomed. What is sometimes called Plan B seems to be taking shape on the laboratory bench-and seeking to escape outside. CLIP- LOTS OF DISQUIETINGLY DANGEROUS IDEAS DESCRIBED IN THIS ARTICLE ABOVE.

Environmental Disaster: Coalition Rallies for BP Accountability by Dahr Jamail (NOV 2, 2010)
BATON ROUGE, Louisiana, Nov 1, 2010 (IPS) - Gulf coast fishers, conservationists, seafood distributors and oil workers rallied here at Louisiana's capital over the weekend to demand that oil giant BP be held accountable for the "ongoing" use of toxic dispersants in the Gulf of Mexico."We don't have the open sores and blisters caused by BP's toxic dispersants that the people in Plaquemine's Parish have," Karen Hopkins from Grand Isle, Louisiana told IPS. "We are being poisoned by BP's same dispersants, but our symptoms are more lethargy and depression symptoms caused by chemical poisoning."Hopkins, who works for Dean Blanchard Seafood, a large and well-known seafood distributor, was a member of the Oct. 30 Rally for Gulf Change, whose organisers said they were working towards "preserving our God-given rights to clean air and water for future generations."
(...) BP used Corexit 9500 and Corexit 9527, both of which are banned in Britain and at least 19 other countries. Chemicals released from the combination of crude oil and dispersants can cause health problems that include central nervous system depression, respiratory problems, neurotoxic effects, genetic mutations, leukemia, birth defects, cardiac arrhythmia, and cardiovascular damage, among many others."I've had lung problems, auto-immune problems, nausea, headaches, and bronchitis because of BP's disaster," Beverly Armand from Grand Isle told IPS. "When I leave the area it clears up, and when I go back, I get sick again."
(...) Rob Coulan, a businessman from Harvey, Louisiana, spoke of neuro-toxic side effects of the dispersants that have been well documented since at least 1987. "BP knew what this stuff would do long before they ever used it in the Gulf," he said."BP used a world record amount of dispersants in our Gulf," Marylee Orr, the executive director of Louisiana Environmental Action Network, said. "And we are doing petroleum hydrocarbon tests on soils, waters, and seafood and finding extremely high levels.""We still have oil, and all the problems associated with it," Orr added. "And all the fishermen in this room will tell you that they [BP] are still using Corexit. The dead and dying birds and wildlife are merely a reflection of what is happening to us."Cherri Foytlin, whose husband works in the Gulf oil industry, announced that every Louisiana state representative and senator had been invited to both events. While she said that two had responded to her invitation by agreeing to meet with them, no one showed up at either event."In five to 10 years from now, people all along the Gulf Coast are going to be dropping dead from cancer, and that includes children," Foytlin said, before directing her next comments towards BP. "I'm not your experiment. This is my life. Our Gulf is not your experiment."

Scientists Find 'Dramatic' Damage To Marine Life Near BP Spill Site (November 6, 2010)
Scientists have found evidence of "dramatic" damage to deep-sea coral near the site of the Gulf oil disaster, with one biologist describing it as a shocking find that "slapped you in the face.""This was the first time that anyone has seen a visually compelling indication of impact to deep sea animals in the vicinity of this deep-sea event," said Charles Fisher, a Penn State University biologist and the leader of a government-funded research expedition. "We have some very compelling circumstantial evidence and that came from this expedition where we were out studying deep sea coral communities we know about, and exploring for new communities."The research team encountered an apparently "unhealthy" colony of Madrepora -- a hard coral species -- on November 2 at a depth of 1,400 meters. While some in the coral colony appeared normal, others were covered in a "brown material" and were producing "abundant mucous," he said. The scientists also encountered a community of soft corals nearby that also appeared to be affected. Extensive portions of the coral colonies were either recently dead or dying. CLIP

"Could we all be at risk?" asks local Florida news station - Medical doctor has patients testing in 95th percentile for oil spill-associated chemicals (VIDEOS) (NOVEMBER 9TH, 2010)
Transcript Excerpts: Dr. Soto also says he's seeing more patients who are testing positive for toxic agents associated with the oil spill in excess of the 95th percentile. If they're spreading beyond the shoreline, could we all be at risk?…When you get a huge load of toxins and chemicals, then the system gets overhwelmed and can't take care of it. It stays in the tissues effecting their functions; Brain functions, immune system, hormonal function etc… "We're not talking about short term effects of irritation in the airways, headaches, or rashes people have been experiencing from symptoms that we get calls here in the office for. "I'm more concerned about the long term health effects. Nobody talks about it, nobody's even thinking of that 5,10,15, 20 years from now that we're going to see-cancer" says Dr. Soto. - Watch for more.

Update concerning frequency generator clearing polluted Gulf waters (2 Nov 2010)
In Response To: John Hutchison's Frequency Experiment in Gulf of Mexico, Lab Results In! - Happy dolphins - Update on Hutchison-Lazaryan frequency generator clearing polluted Gulf waters - Nancy reports that local captain of a boat that charters dolphin sightseeing tours, who had no idea what she and John Hutchison had done in treating the polluted waters with their radio/audio frequency generator, logged an entry concerning the change in the water and the dolphins being "happy". This was in a neighboring bay. Last week we reported that "Famous anti-gravity researcher, John Hutchison, and his associate, Nancy Lazaryan, have come up with a device that emits a combination of audio and radio frequencies that have the effect of clearing waters polluted by oil and dispersant in less than 24 hours, bringing the native life back."The following is an update we received from Nancy today, November 1, 2010: We have gotten reports from citizens (who work and live on the water) that "something happened"....the water is clearer... and the dolphins are happy. (One of these people is a captain of a boat that charters dolphin sightseeing tours, and logged an entry concerning the change in the water and the dolphins being "happy".) These people had no idea of what we had done in Perdido Bay. Read the rest of the article HERE and watch (mad) Scientist John Hutchison Uses Frequency Healing to Restore The Gulf After BP Oil Spill (EXTREME WEIRDO STUFF!)

Has The Canadian Government Gone Green-Friendly? by George Stromboulopoulos (November 3, 2010)
The conservative canadian government gets a bad rap for a lot of things - transparency, accountability, global-warming ignorance. And rightfully so. They aren't exactly a team of David Suzukis. But... I am going to give them a tip of the hat today. The Tories rejected a proposed plan for an open-pit gold and copper mine near William's Lake, in British Columbia. Environment Minister Jim Prentice said the Taseko Mines Ltd project would do a significant amount of damage to the lake and the areas rivers, grizzly bears, salmon, trout, the list goes on and on. Prentice said the report was the worst he'd ever seen. The province and the lake community argued the project was crucial to the survival of the local economy, but the Tsilhqot'in nation said the project posed a threat to their existence. So, kudos conservative party. It takes a big man to turn down an 800-million-dollar operation that would have meant hundreds of jobs, to protect the region's environment. If the lake was destroyed, jobs couldn't exist anyway. It's the right decision, in my opinion.

Indonesia's Mount Anak Krakatau releases toxic gases (November 3rd, 2010)
JAKARTA, INDONESIA (BNO NEWS) - Indonesian officials on Wednesday warned residents of lethal gases following Mount Anak Krakatau's increased volcanic activity. Monitoring chief of Mount Anak Krakatau in Cinangka, Anton Tripambundi, warned that if the gas is inhaled, it could lead to fatal consequences. For those who inhale, a shortness of breath will be experienced, fainting, and even death. Hot ash was spewed out of the volcano, reaching up to 1.7 kilometers (1 mile) into the sky and releasing toxic gases. Mount Anak Krakatau is located on the Sunda Strait off the west coast of Java, near Krakatau Island and to the southeast of Sumatra. "The poisonous gas of Anak Krakatau is not tasteless, odorless, and does not have form. So the existence of a toxic gas might not be noticed if you are in the area," Tripambundi said, explaining that there are 10 different types of toxic gas contents released during the eruption. CLIP

21 Indonesian Volcanoes Join Rumble (Nov 03, 2010)
MOUNT MERAPI - Indonesia reported yesterday that rumblings were heard at 21 other active volcanos following the eruptions on Mount Merapi - twice the number usually on the government's watch list. The rumblings came even as Merapi showed no sign of tiring yesterday, belching clouds of black smoke as fiery lava lit up its cauldron. Scientists warned that the slow eruption could continue for weeks, like a "marathon, not a sprint". The increased volcanic activity across Indonesia raised questions about what is causing the uptick along some of the world's most volatile fault lines. Geophysicist Pall Einarsson of the University of Iceland said the activity increasingly seems to indicate that the volcanos could be affecting neighbouring ones and that this was a new idea for volcanologists. Mr Brent McInnes, a professor at Australia's Curtin University, said this could indicate "a major plate restructuring" - a shift in the tectonic plates' position, rather than simply the usual jostling. Merapi, one of the world's most active volcanoes, has killed 38 people since springing back to life just over a week ago. There have since been more than 10 large eruptions, including a violent burst on Monday. No casualties were, however, reported in the latest blast.The nearly 70,000 villagers evacuated from the area around Merapi - now blanketed by grey ash - are expected to stay in crowded government camps for at least three more weeks. AP

Another Iceland volcano may be about to erupt (Nov. 1, 2010)
REYKJAVIK - Meltwater is flooding from the Grimsvotn glacial lake in Iceland and could signal the volcano underneath is about to erupt, a spokeswoman at the Icelandic Civil Protection Department told Reuters on Monday.In April, clouds of ash from an eruption under the Eyjafjallajokull glacier grounded flights across Europe for a week, causing billions of dollars in losses for airlines and other industries.Water now pouring from Iceland's biggest glacier, Vatnajokull, which sits on top of a number of volcanic hotspots, could be a sign of fresh geological activity, Civil Protection Department spokeswoman Gudrun Johannesdottir told Reuters. CLIP

Increased volcanic activity seen at Indonesia's Mount Anak Krakatau
JAKARTA, INDONESIA (BNO NEWS) - With Indonesia facing twin disasters from Mount Merapi's eruptions and the Mentawai islands tsunami, Mount Anak Krakatau's activity is increasing and sea temperatures nearby are rising due to its activity, officials said on Tuesday. Mount Anak Krakatau, which is located off the west coast of Java, near Krakatau Island and to the southeast of Sumatra, began spe wing out volcanic material over the past few days. Andi Suhardi, who heads the Anak Krakatau observation, explained that the volcano usually has 90 to 100 small scale eruptions on a daily basis, but currently up to 700 minor eruptions are recorded every day. CLIP (...) In August 1883, Krakatau erupted and killed at least 40,000 people, creating what is considered to have been the loudest sound in world history as it was heard up to 4,828 kilometers (3,000 miles) away. The eruption discharged the energy of 13,000 nuclear bombs similar to the size and strength of Little Boy, which was dropped on Hiroshima during World War II. The eruption destroyed over 70 percent of the island and began the formation of Anak Krakatau, which translates to Krakatau's Child and grows an estimated 5 meters (16.4 feet) each year.

Indonesian volcano explodes in new eruption (Nov 3, 2010)
Indonesia's Mount Merapi volcano exploded in a frightening new eruption of lava and red-hot rocks on Wednesday, sparking panic and forcing the government to order new evacuations. Scientists said the 2,914-metre (9,616-foot) mountain in central Java erupted with more force than last week's blasts that killed 36 people, spewing huge clouds of searing gas into the sky. President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono had visited some of the 75,000 evacuees in shelters near the fuming peak earlier Wednesday, but it was not clear if he was still in the area when the latest full-scale eruption began.Witnesses said a huge grey cloud of ash and hot gas shot high above the mountain and tumbled down its slopes in a deadly avalanche. Locals who have grown used to seeing the volcano belch gas and ash over the past eight days jumped on motorcycles and fled for their lives. CLIP - Could all this volcanic activity be linked to the current weakening of the geomagnetic field which, according to this Wikipedia entry, "would, if it continues, cause the dipole field to temporarily collapse by 3000-4000 CE"?... It last reversal was "approximately 780,000 years ago."

IRIS Seismic Monitor - Lots of "rumbling" lately!

Obesity rates will reach 42 percent: study (Nov 4, 2010)
(Reuters) - Americans will keep growing fatter until 42 percent of the nation is considered obese, and having fat friends is part of the problem, researchers said on Thursday. The prediction by a team of researchers at Harvard University contradicts other experts who say the nation's obesity rate has peaked at 34 percent of the U.S. population. The finding is from the same group, led by Nicholas Christakis, that reported in 2007 that if someone's friend becomes obese, that person's chances of becoming obese increase by more than half.They now think this same phenomenon is driving the obesity epidemic, which will climb slowly but steadily for the next 40 years. Alison Hill, a graduate student at Harvard and the Harvard-Massachusetts Institute of Technology Division of Health Sciences and Technology, said the study is based on the idea that obesity can spread like an infectious disease and people can catch it from their friends. CLIP

Big U.S.
Recent figures confirm that the United States is the most obese country in the world, with 34% of the adult population classified as obese. This follows a trend noted in a report that obesity rates are climbing across the nation, prompting the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to call it "a major public health threat". Photographer Rick Wilking set out to document the story by breaking it down into sub-topics like an obesity research study, youth and teen obesity solutions, the "Biggest Loser" TV show phenomenon, bariatric surgery and a 500 pound proponent of "fat acceptance" who says obesity isn't always a bad thing. NOTE: Among the comments posted there, this one stood out for me: "There's someone at the office who has a belly that extends so far out, it looks like some creature from Aliens is gestating in it. What scares me is this man's belly is slowly but surely growing bigger (extended). Years ago, a man at a company where I worked had such a distended belly that I guessed his wife customized his shirts (by cannibalizing the stomach area on one shirt and adding it to the same shirt, essentially buying two shirts to create a hybridized shirt that covered the stomach in similar fashion to how women's shirts cover the bosom). I guess the point of my rant down memory lane is that I've seen, over the course of three decades, the United States go from chubby to outright sci-fi freaky outrageous when it comes to obese people. I have a growing sense of, how shall I say, 'panic' at this escalating health crisis. I mean, how will that man work if his belly is so big, he can't stand up? Seriously, how can a belly grow out of control when the body looks 'normal' in weight? Is it a mass parasitical infection that health authorities have yet to uncover. These questions are the tip of a freakish iceberg of health and social problems caused by obesity. People don't realize that soft drink and junk food corporations, comprising over 90% of the economic activity in the U.S., are destroying this country from the inside out, quite literally and figuratively."

Bushmeat hunting alters forest structure in Africa (November 04, 2010)
According to the first study of its kind in Africa, bushmeat hunting impacts African rainforests by wiping-out large mammals and birds—such as forest elephants, primates, and hornbills—that are critical for dispersing certain tree species. The study, published in Biotropica, found that heavy bushmeat hunting in the Central African Republic changes the structure of forest species by favoring small-seeded trees over large-seeded, leading to lower tree diversity of trees that have big seeds. "When hunters remove big animals, they remove at the same time the ecological functions of the animals," lead author Hadrien Vanthomme, from the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle in France, explained to "To keep it simple, animals can have two opposite impacts on forest regeneration: they can favor it (mostly by carrying seeds away from the parent plants, phenomenon called dispersal), or they can oppose regeneration (by destroying seeds or young seedlings). So basically, we expect that if a guild of animals implied in seed dispersal of a plant is removed, the regeneration of this plant species will be compromised." CLIP

Finding new species (October 21, 2010)
We are fortunate enough to share our world with an incredible array of wonderful and wild creatures. Yet despite centuries of scientists searching the world over for species and meticulously describing them, we still know surprisingly little about global biodiversity. Currently scientists have described 1.9 million species from Balaenoptera musculus (the blue whale) to Oxysternon festivum (the red dung beetle), yet conservative estimates of the number of species on Earth range anywhere from 10 to 20 million species (some estimates jump to 100 million). If bacteria are added to this list then the number of species on Earth likely jumps another 10 million or so. In other words, at the very best—and not including bacteria—humans have identified only 20 percent of the species with which we share our planet. Whatever the percentage (and it's probably not nearly as high as 20), this means the discovery of new species will be on-going for some time now. In fact, if we take 2008 as an example—when researchers discovered just over 18,000 species—it would take 444 more years to uncover the world's additional 8 million (very conservative estimate) unknown species. If 50 million species inhabit the Earth, it would take researchers 2,500 more years to catalogue the world's species at current levels.The search for species is even more pressing now that scientists believe we are either entering or already in the midst of a mass extinction. Due to a variety of human driven impacts—including deforestation, habitat loss, pollution, climate change, invasive species, and overexploitation such as through bushmeat or the pet trade—species populations are falling worldwide. CLIP

Toxic Hotspots Require Global Superfund (November 11, 2010)
UXBRIDGE, Canada - One of the world's biggest health threats is also one of the least recognised - more than 100 million people who literally breathe and eat toxic pollutants like lead, mercury, chromium every day, according to the first-ever detailed assessment.By contrast, global attention and billions of dollars are focused on AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria, which affect comparable numbers of people. "Toxic pollution has been under the radar screen of most governments for some time," said Stephan Robinson of Green Cross Switzerland, a group focused on environmental health, and co-author of the assessment titled "World's Worst Pollution Problems Report 2010". "These pollution problems can be dealt with affordably and effectively," Robinson told IPS. Past clean-up projects designed by the groups range from the very low-tech, low-cost to more technical engineering projects involving soil removal at playgrounds and groundwater remediation, he said. The health of roughly 100 million people is at risk from pollution in developing countries," said Richard Fuller, president of the Blacksmith Institute, a small U.S. environmental group that worked with Green Cross to conduct the world's first detailed inventory of polluted sites. Their findings are based on data from over 1,000 risk assessments conducted by Blacksmith Institute investigators at polluted sites over the past two years. "These toxic sites are rarely caused by large multinational corporations. It is usually local business, former government industries or the informal, artisanal industry like gold mining or lead battery recycling," Fuller said. In one of the more shocking cases of toxic pollution, doctors from Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) visiting the northwest Nigerian state of Zamfara early this year discovered villages with hardly any children. More than 400 children had died from acute lead poisoning, they later learned. The remaining 2,500 children in the district had toxic levels of lead in the blood and needed emergency treatment called chelation therapy to reduce these levels. CLIP

The GMO Elephant in the Room - from the Trenches of America's Hidden Food War (Nov-01-2010)
Many scientists, farmers, pure food activists and a few brave politicians want you to know that it’s not too late to turn it around and recapture our agricultural heritage before the food ship sinks. (...) Farmers all over the world, and particularly in Iowa, are awakening to the notion that the snake oil salesman got their tongue. They have been bullied into a corner and have discovered that their once fertile soil has become dead of nutrients, polluted and rocky with widespread water contamination. They have to use increasing amounts of pesticides because pests and weeds have built up tolerance and it takes more water to maintain their crops. To make matters worse, the seeds are more expensive and have a built in suicide gene, meaning they can’t be harvested to plant next year’s crop. If crops fail in the meantime, the farmer is out of luck. No crops, no seed, no money and ultimately no land. In the not so distant past, our farmers had generations of seeds developed and saved by their grandfathers, and their grandfather’s grandfather. It is our agricultural history, it is our American legacy, and it is our right. Clean food and water should be a right, not a privilege. The move toward industrialized genetically engineered nutrition is not sound science, but merely tomfoolery. It will not feed the world and it is not common sense. There are many ways that you, as a consumer, can make the difference. You can start by purchasing food from local growers and producers, buy organic when you can, call or write your favorite products and your political servants. Tell them to stop using genetically engineered ingredients. You are paying them, they need you. They are not leaders, they are followers and they will follow your money.

War Over Monsanto Gets Ugly (9 November 2010)
A delegation of politicians and community activists gathered on August 7 in La Leonesa, a small farm town in Argentina, to hear Dr. Andres Carrasco speak about a study linking a popular herbicide to birth defects in Argentina's agricultural areas. But the presentation never happened. A mob of about 100 people attacked the delegation before they could reach the local school where the talk was to be held. Dr. Carrasco and a colleague locked themselves in a car as the mob yelled threats and beat on the vehicle for two hours. One delegate was hit in the spine and has since suffered lower-body paralysis. Another person was treated for blows to the head. A former provincial human rights official was hit in the face and knocked unconscious. Witnesses said the angry crowd had ties to local officials and agribusiness bosses, and police made little effort to stop the violence, according to human rights group Amnesty International. Carrasco is a lead embryologist at the University of Buenos Aires Medical School and the Argentinean national research council. His study, first released in 2009 and published in the United States this past summer, shows that glyphosate-based herbicides like Monsanto's popular Roundup formula caused deformations in chicken embryos that resembled the kind of birth defects being reported in areas like La Leonesa, where big agribusinesses depend on glyphosate to treat genetically engineered crops. The deformations resulted from much lower doses of herbicide than those commonly found on crops, according to the study. CLIP

A landmark policy shift in Israel with regard to non-vaccinating parents - COULD THIS BE A PREVIEW OF SIMILAR FASCIST POLICIES TO BE ADOPTED WORLDWIDE? LET'S HOPE NOT.
What Happened? A new law is imminent in Israel by which monthly child-welfare payments to each family with children will be reduced while any child in the family is not fully vaccinated in conformity with the national recommended vaccination schedule or is in non-recognized education facilities (e.g. home schooling)The cut in child allowances will range between ~$30 to ~$90 per month, depending on the number of children in the family. A typical monthly allowance for a family with three children, is ~$160, and will be ~$100 with this new law in effect. This new law is, for the first time in history, an attempt to use the child-allowance support, embedded in a wide social philosophy very typical of Israel in its first years, to discriminate specific groups based on their choices. It is even more dramatic considering that the immunization schedule in Israel is in par with the U.S, Australia and Germany - the leading programs in terms of number of vaccines given - 30 in a baby's first year. Israel will take the lead in 2012 when the HPV vaccine is also pushed in. In Israel, HepB vaccine in ages 0 (at birth), 1 and 6 months to all babies is also part of the program. CLIP

South Africa illegal kidney deals tied to Israel (November 13, 2010)
The biggest health care provider in South Africa has been involved in illegal kidney transplant operations. Netcare, the biggest health care provider in South Africa, has pleaded guilty to charges of performing illegal kidney transplant operations using Israeli-linked organ trafficking syndicate.In return for charges being dropped against Netcare's Chief Executive Richard Friedland, the firm acknowledged in a plea bargain that, "payments must have been made to the donors for their kidneys, and that certain of the kidney donors were minors at the time that their kidneys were removed." The suit follows a seven-year investigation into the illegal operations at St. Augustine's Hospital in Durban in association with an Israeli-linked organ trafficking syndicate. According to reports, while organs had originally been sourced from Israeli citizens, they were later obtained from poor Romanians and Brazilians at a lower cost. According to prosecutors, the Israelis were paid about USD 20,000 for their kidneys, while the Brazilians and Romanians were paid an average of USD 6,000. Other related reports surfaced regarding 25,000 Ukrainian children who had been brought to Israel over the past two years to be used by Israeli medical centers for their "spare parts."Additionally, the Israeli military was accused of stealing the organs of Palestinian prisoners.The illegal operations in South Africa included the removal of organs from five children.The healthcare firm was also forced to admit that, "certain employees participated in these illegalities, and [the hospital] wrongly benefited from the proceeds," as five notable South African physicians were also indicted in the case. The hospital has agreed to pay nearly 8 million rand (USD 1.1 million) in fines. The charges account for 109 operations carried out at the hospital between 2001 and 2003.

New study warns of risks from emissions, suggests towers be kept away from homes (NOVEMBER 5, 2010)
OTTAWA — Just as Ontario announces that cellphones don't need danger labels, the National Research Council Press publishes research saying we're awash in radiation from cellphone towers and it does have the potential to hurt us. And it says Wi-Fi and Wi-Max transmissions and smart grids are worrisome too, even though all these sources use relatively low power. Cell towers use a few hundred watts, while commercial radio uses tens of thousands. But today's study says it's too late to turn back the clock, and all we can hope for is to keep towers far from people whenever possible. There are about 350 cell towers, or transmitters mounted on tall buildings, in Ottawa and Gatineau. Carriers keep the exact number secret."Radiofrequency radiation is a form of energetic air pollution and it should be controlled as such," says the study in the NRC Press's journal Environmental Reviews. It's published online today. It suggests that cell towers should be kept 450 metres from peoples' homes, and made nearly 50 metres tall. And it says the arrival of wireless technology such as Wi-Max -- which carries Internet signals to a wide area -- increases people's exposure to radiation, and makes precautions more difficult. It says symptoms can include: - Nausea and visual disruptions in people living within 10 metres of a cellphone tower. - Irritability, depression and memory loss between 10 and 100 metres. - Headaches, poor sleep and skin problems between 100 and 200 metres.
(...) Bioengineering professor Henry Lai of the University of Washington and medical writer Blake Levitt went back through 50 years of research for the study published today, and discovered an intriguing fact: Today's radio waves are "remarkably similar" to the steady irradiation of the U.S. Embassy in Moscow prior to 1976 by the Soviets. Effects on Americans stationed there have been studied in the long term.Four main symptoms emerged from the Moscow personnel: eczema, psoriasis, allergic reactions, and inflammatory reactions. As well, there were reports of neurological problems, including mood changes and depression, difficult pregnancies and births, and tumours (malignant in women but benign in men.) "Such reports of adverse effects on well-being are occurring worldwide near cell infrastructure and this does not appear to be related to emotional perception of risk," the study says. Yet "obsolete" government standards protect only against short-term exposure to strong blasts of radiation, not long-term effects from low levels, the researchers conclude."In considering public health, we should concentrate on aggregate exposures from multiple sources" of the radiation they say, and not on each cellphone tower in isolation. As well, health authorities must add in the extra radio waves coming from Wi-Fi and smart grid systems. "Only in that way will low-level electromagnetic energy exposure be understood as the broad environmental factor it is." CLIP

It is now inconceivable that our world could function without the 5 billion cell phones used globally. The new book by Devra Davis "Disconnect" deserves your attention. Indeed, if you use a cell phone a lot it should be mandatory reading. It also seems inconceivable that the trillion dollar cell phone industry and governments worldwide could have pushed this technology without ever having solid research results proving the safety of cell phones. If true that would be deadly frightening. But that is exactly the reality. Is this a bizarre slip up or an intentional conspiracy between corporate and government interests? The more you learn the more you fear. Nightmarishly, cell phone technology has become too big to fail, no matter its deadly risks. Government won't protect you, so you have to protect yourself. (...) Bottom line: Your addiction to cell phone use just might be your downfall. How much risk do you want to take? Smart phones are the rage. Now we need a lot more smart people. Disconnect. The more you use your cell phone, the more trapped you are.

Antennes relais cellulaires: les preuves d'effets biologiques s'accumulent - LA VÉRITÉ SORT ENFIN!
À la lumière de ces études, les auteurs américains croient que les normes devraient interdire la construction d'antennes relais cellulaires à moins de 500 mètres de la population et à une hauteur minimale de 50 mètres. (Québec) De plus en plus d'études font état de problèmes de santé parmi la population vivant à proximité d'antennes relais cellulaires, concluent les auteurs d'un article que vient de publier le Conseil national de recherches Canada (CNRC). (...) Une étude réalisée sur une population de 1000 personnes, de 1994 à 2004, encore en Allemagne, a trouvé une hausse significative de l'incidence de cancers chez les personnes ayant habité plus de cinq ans à moins de 500 mètres d'une antenne. Le risque de cancer dans ce groupe était trois fois plus élevé que ce qu'on observait chez ceux qui étaient plus éloignés des antennes. Des résultats semblables ont aussi été obtenus par une équipe israélienne qui a comparé différents groupes à l'intérieur de la ville de Netanya ainsi que des groupes témoins à la grandeur du pays. Le risque de cancer était quatre fois plus élevé dans la zone la plus rapprochée des antennes cellulaires. À la lumière de ces études, les auteurs américains croient que les normes devraient interdire la construction d'antennes à moins de 500 mètres de la population et à une hauteur minimale de 50 mètres. Présentement, au Canada, aucune norme ne fixe de distance minimale entre une zone habitée et une antenne. On peut d'ailleurs trouver des antennes relais installées sur des façades d'immeubles d'appartements, à quelques mètres seulement des locataires.

EMF-Omega-News 6. November 2010
Influence of Microwave Radiation on the Organism of Man and Animals - Wireless phone use and brain tumour risk - Belgium Scientists warn against hotspots - Evidence Links Cell Phone Use to Brain Tumors - Male Breast Cancer and EMF Exposure - Cell Phones and Brain Cancer: The Real Story - Wi-Fi Alert:Wi-Fi and cardiac arrhythmia (tests) - Biological effects from exposure to electromagnetic radiation emitted by cell tower base stations and other antenna arrays - Warnings on mobile phones - Hundreds of thousands of people who are EHS are in danger, it’s becoming a matter of life and death - Former Corner Brook woman wants a house low in electromagnetic radiation - The Death of Shirley Ferguson - Mobile tower radiation: action planned against companies - Park Ridge panel rejects cell phone antenna pole plan - Protesters blockade Vodafone shops in tax protest - 'Smart' Meter Blockade in West Marin - Proposed cell phone tower at Palo Alto church causes buzz - Outrage at new mobile mast bid - Next-up News - News from Mast Sanity

EMF-Omega-News 13. November 2010
Biological Effects of Power Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields - Timing of Increased Autistic Disorder Cumulative Incidence - Another brain tumour case aired on Australian TV - Why Your Technology Is (Really) Bad for Your Health - Electromagnetic radiation may cause adverse health effects - SwissCom admit health damage from Wi-Fi in patent to reduce exposures - The Dark Side of 'Smart' Meters - Texting after bedtime can make teens even moodier - The Secret History of the WAR on Cancer - Huge implications for the natural world exposed to high microwave radiation - Are Electromagnetic Waves the Culprit? - New Zealand article about Wi Fi in Schools - A brave mayor makes the right call - Vodafone appeals over Poppleton Road mobile phone mast decision - Thanks, OC, for saying no to cell tower - Wangsa Maju residents want illegal tower down - Burnside Community Council hit out at phone mast proposal - A workshop on cell towers in Portland neighborhoods - City residents seek court protection - PG&E executive snoops on SmartMeter critics - PG&E's 'Smart' Meter Director Caught Infiltrating Activist Group - Meter FIRMWARE ERRORS - How Corrupt Science Gets Published



Living Beyond Our Means: 3 Charts That Prove That We Are In The Biggest Debt Bubble In The History Of The World

[Please, go at the URL above to see the 3 charts]

Do you want to see something truly frightening? Just check out the 3 charts posted further down in this article. These charts prove that we are now in the biggest debt bubble in the history of the world. As Americans have enjoyed an incredibly wonderful standard of living over the past three decades, most of them have believed that it was because we are the wealthiest, most prosperous nation on the planet with economic and financial systems that are second to none. But that is not even close to accurate. The reason why we have had an almost unbelievably high standard of living over the past three decades is because we have piled up the biggest mountains of debt in the history of the world. Once upon a time the United States was the wealthiest country on the planet, but all of that prosperity was not good enough for us. So we started borrowing and borrowing and borrowing and we have now been living beyond our means for so long that we consider it to be completely normal.

We have been robbing future generations blind for so long that it doesn't even seem to bother most people anymore. We have become accustomed to living in debt. We go into massive amounts of debt to get an education, we go into massive amounts of debt to buy a home, we go into massive amounts of debt to buy our cars, and we even pile up debt to buy holiday gifts and to purchase groceries.

Just check out the chart posted below. It shows the total credit market debt owed in the United States. In other words, it is a measure of what everyone owes (government, businesses and consumers).

30 years ago, total credit market debt owed was less than 5 trillion dollars. Today, it is over 50 trillion dollars. Total credit market debt is now at a level equivalent to about 360 percent of GDP. This is what has been fueling the great era of "economic prosperity" that we have been experiencing....

So what is the answer to this problem? 

The truth is that there is not an easy answer under our current system. The only way that the U.S. economy continues to "grow" is if the debt bubble continues to "expand". 

If our leaders allowed the debt bubble to "pop" and the U.S. economy went into a deleveraging cycle, it would mean that we would start living far below our means for an extended period of time and it would spawn a deflationary depression that would make the Great Depression look like a Sunday picnic.

Most Americans are in no mood to take that kind of hard medicine.

Do you really think that the American people are going to vote in politicians who tell them that it is time to live below our means and that we are going to have to experience a standard of living far below what our parents experienced in order to pay for all the debt that they racked up?

No, that is clearly a dog that isn't going to hunt. 

The American people want to hear that better times are ahead.

One way to give the American people "better times", for the short-term at least, is to crank the debt spiral back up.

By introducing another huge flood of paper money into the economy, the Federal Reserve and the U.S. government are hoping that banks will start lending again and that U.S. consumers will start going into more debt again. Already, as you can see from the chart below, U.S. household debt has started to sink just a little bit. But considering the fact that approximately 70 percent of our GDP is generated by U.S. consumer spending, that is not good news for "economic growth" statistics.

Three decades of "economic expansion" have been fueled by consumer debt that has spiralled completely out of control. Over the past 30 years, total U.S. household debt has gone from less than 2 trillion dollars to almost 14 trillion dollars....

So where did the housing bubble come from? It came from Americans going into insane amounts of debt that they could not afford. The truth is that only the top 5 percent of all U.S. households have earned enough additional income to match the rise in housing costs since 1975.

Not only that, but Americans are going into staggering amounts of debt in order to pay for their educations. Total student loan debt in the United States is climbing at a rate of approximately $2,853.88 per second, and today Americans owe an all-time record of more than $849 billion on student loans, which is actually more than the total amount that Americans owe on their credit cards.

The truth is that American families are stretched thinner financially than they ever have been in the post-World War 2 era. According to a poll taken last year, 61 percent of Americans "always or usually" live paycheck to paycheck. That was up significantly from 49 percent in 2008 and 43 percent in 2007.

Many Americans have come to the absolute breaking point. 1.41 million Americans filed for personal bankruptcy in 2009 - a 32 percent increase over 2008.

But remember, approximately 70 percent of our GDP is generated by U.S. consumer spending, so without more consumer spending there won't be more economic growth.

So, instead of Obama and the Federal Reserve encouraging Americans to get out of debt and to save money, they are trying to get the American people to spend even more money and to go into even more debt because they desperately need positive "economic growth" figures.

The worst offender of all when it comes to debt, of course, is the U.S. federal government. Over the last 30 years, the U.S. national debt has gone from about 1 trillion dollars to almost 14 trillion dollars....

This is the largest single debt in the history of the world.

So just how big is one trillion dollars?

If right this moment you went out and started spending one dollar every single second, it would take you more than 31,000 years to spend one trillion dollars.

Yet somehow the U.S. government has accumulated a debt that is well over 13 trillion dollars.

Unfortunately, it keeps getting worse month after month after month.

According to the U.S. Treasury Department, the U.S. national debt is rapidly closing in on 14 trillion dollars and and will climb to an estimated $19.6 trillion by 2015.

Should we all throw a big party when it crosses the 20 trillion dollar mark?

I can just hear the theme song now....

"I'm going to party like I'm 19.99 trillion in debt!"

But the cold, hard reality is that we are in far, far more trouble than what the official government numbers tell us.

In a recent article, Boston University economics professor Laurence J. Kotlikoff analyzed the financial condition of the U.S. government, and he summarized the horror we are facing by making the following statement....

"Let's get real. The U.S. is bankrupt."

After carefully going over Congressional Budget Office data, Kotlikoff came to the conclusion that the U.S. government is now facing a "fiscal gap" of $202 trillion dollars.

Now how in the world did that happen?

Well, it turns out that we have made promises to future generations that we cannot possibly even come close to keeping.

Social Security and Medicare are fiscal nightmares that are far more immense than anything that U.S. government has ever faced before.

According to an official U.S. government report, rapidly growing interest costs on the U.S. national debt together with spending on major entitlement programs such as Social Security and Medicare will absorb approximately 92 cents of every dollar of federal revenue by the year 2019. That is before a single penny is spent on anything else.

That is just 9 years away.

When people speak of the financial situation of the U.S. government being "unsustainable", they aren't kidding around.

The truth is that the U.S. government has been running gigantic Ponzi schemes which are about to collapse.

Take the Social Security shell game for example. Back in 1950, each retiree's Social Security benefit was paid for by approximately 16 workers. Today, each retiree's Social Security benefit is paid for by approximately 3.3 workers. By 2025, it is projected that there will be approximately two workers for each retiree.

So exactly how is that supposed to work?

For much more on the coming Social Security nightmare, please see an article that I posted earlier this year: 22 Statistics About America's Coming Pension Crisis That Will Make You Lose Sleep At Night.

Sadly, Professor Kotlikoff is not exaggerating in the least when he proclaims that the U.S. government is bankrupt.

At our current pace, the Congressional Budget Office is projecting that U.S. government public debt will hit 716 percent of GDP by the year 2080.

Public debt at a level of 100 percent of GDP is supposed to be an absolute nightmare scenario.

Needless to say, the whole thing is going to come crashing down long, long before we ever get to 2080.

We have been living far, far beyond our means for decades, and it has been the greatest party in the history of the world.

But it is time to turn out the lights because the party is over.


Related articles:

Asset Inflation/Deflation: The Fed's QE2 vs. $15 Trillion in Losses (November 2, 2010)
Given that the economy faces $15 trillion in writedowns in collateral and credit, the Fed's $2 trillion dollars in new credit/liquidity is insufficient to trigger either inflation or another speculative bubble. (...) I consider each of these estimates to be conservative, and they total $15 trillion. The Fed estimates total assets of households and nonprofits (which is of modest size compared to households) at $67 trillion, and net worth at $53 trillion (that is, liabilities are "only" $14 trillion). A reduction in collateral of $15-$20 trillion (including the $3 trillion in CRE losses) would still leave tens of trillions in assets. But it would certainly impair the economy's ability to leverage up trillions more in new debt. Rather, uncollectible, impaired or defaulted debt would have to be written down or written off. Those holding the debt--the "too big to fail" banks--would be bankrupted by these reductions in collateral. This is an essential function of classic Capitalism--"creative destruction" and the disavowal of uncollectible or impaired debt.So how do you generate the "modest inflation" which is the Fed's stated goal when $15 to $20 trillion in collateral and credit are disappearing from balance sheets? How do you goose credit enough to inflate a new asset bubble? Well, I suppose you could create $15 trillion out of thin air and try to get households and businesses to borrow it, but that still wouldn't create the demand for goods and services which undergirds the real economy. The Fed might make $15 trillion in new credit available and the only people wanting to borrow it are speculators within the Financial Power Elites who can rig the markets in their favor. Gee, that sounds like the present. Did all that previous QE solve any of the economy's structural imbalances? No, it simply bathed balance sheets with the magic of "extend and pretend." Excessive debt and speculative bubbles cannot be "fixed" with additional doses of debt and speculation. The Capitalist reality is this: if the Fed truly wanted to fix the U.S. economy rather than protect its over-extended, debt-ridden Financial System, then it would force the liquidation of trillions in bad debt and force a "marked to market" valuation on every balance sheet, household and corporate alike. Instead, we have the "don't ask, don't tell" method of calculating asset values. Anyone who believes a meager one or two trillion dollars in pump-priming can overcome $15-$20 trillion in overpriced assets and $10 trillion in uncollectible debt may well be disappointed. The Fed's tinny little QE "bazooka" will be rolled over by the M-1 tanks of deleveraging and the recognition of $15-$20 trillion in losses.

The persistent, recurring rumor of "US embassies buying huge amounts of foreign currencies" has raised its head again. Here's another one uncovered by Tom Dennen: Bank Holiday Rumors Swirl Amidst Currency Crisis (November 5, 2010)
With the world on the verge of a currency war as the Federal Reserve follows through on its dollar-killing quantitative easing program, rumors are once again swirling of a "bank holiday," during which US citizens will be prevented from withdrawing money or at least limited in the amount of the withdrawal they can make. The bank holiday is rumored to be set for next week, with Thursday November 11 pinpointed as the likeliest date. According to radio host Steve Quayle, a pastor was told by one of the managers of a prominent east coast bank that banks would close for an undetermined amount of time, and that when they reopened, "all withdrawals by checks would be limited to $500 per week - no matter what the balance in the account is." CLIP

22 Statistics That Prove The Elite Are Becoming Fabulously Wealthy While The Middle Class Is Being Ripped To Shreds (October 28th, 2010)
(...) For decades, our politicians promised us that "free trade" and "globalism" were going to be incredibly beneficial for us. Well, free trade and globalism have been great for the elite, but they have devastated middle America.Middle class Americans were never told that they were being merged into a one-world labor market where they would be forced to directly compete for jobs with the cheapest labor on the globe. If you listen really, really carefully you can hear that "great sucking sound" that Ross Perot once warned us so diligently about. Once great manufacturing cities that were the envy of the world such as Detroit now resemble post-apocalyptic war zones.America is being deindustrialized at a blinding pace, and the wealthy are making a lot of money in the process.So in 2010, the elite are once again bringing in huge bonuses and they are living the high life. Spending on luxury goods is skyrocketing and the privileged few are enjoying all of the wonderful things that this life has to offer. Meanwhile, millions of American families are trying to figure out how they are going to pay for heat this winter. The following are 22 statistics that prove that the rich are getting richer and the poor are getting poorer in America today....
#1 Half of all American workers now earn $505 or less per week.
#2 In 2009, total wages, median wages, and average wages all declined in the United States.
#3 The only group that saw their household incomes increase in 2009 was those making $180,000 or more.
#4 According to one recent study, approximately 21 percent of all children in the United States are living below the poverty line in 2010.
#5 In 2009, the median annual wage for a U.S. worker was just $26,261.
#6 In the United States today, 317,000 waiters and waitresses have college degrees.
#7 In 2009, the 74 Americans that earned over 50 million dollars combined to bring in as much as the 19 million lowest paid Americans combined.
#8 According to Harvard Magazine, 66% of the income growth between 2001 and 2007 went to the top 1% of all Americans.
#9 Total student loan debt in the United States is climbing at a rate of approximately $2,853.88 per second.
#10 1.41 million Americans filed for personal bankruptcy in 2009 a32 percent increase over 2008.
#11 In 1976, the top 1 percent of earners in the United States took in 8.9 percent of all income. By 2007, that number had risen to 23.5 percent.
#12 According to a poll taken in 2009, 61 percent of Americans "always or usually" live paycheck to paycheck. That was up significantly from 49 percent in 2008 and 43 percent in 2007.
#13 New York state Comptroller Thomas DiNapoli says that Wall Street bonuses for 2009 were up 17 percent when compared with 2008.
#14 One out of every six Americans is now enrolled in at least one anti-poverty program run by the federal government.
#15 The number of Americans enrolled in the food stamp program passed the 41 million mark for the first time ever in June.
#16 The number of Americans in the food stamp program increased a staggering 55 percent from December 2007 to June 2010.
#17 Over 50 million Americans are on now Medicaid. That figure is up more than 17 percent since the beginning of the economic downturn.
#18 Only the top 5 percent of all U.S. households have earned enough additional income to match the rise in housing costs since 1975.
#19 According to one recent survey, 28% of all U.S. households have at least one member that is looking for a full-time job.
#20 A recent Pew Research survey found that 55 percent of the U.S. labor force has experienced either unemployment, a pay decrease, a reduction in hours or an involuntary move to part-time work since the economic downturn began.
#21 The number of Americans working part-time jobs "for economic reasons" is now the highest it has been in at least five decades.
#22 The bottom 40 percent of all income earners in the United States now collectively own less than 1 percent of the nation's wealth.

Class War Spurs Violent Clashes in Europe -- Why Are Americans Just Letting the Super Rich Win? By David Rosen (November 2, 2010)
It is time for Americans to reclaim the concept of class war, to actively combat the great squeeze ruining the lives of untold millions of Americans. - The great unspoken two words of American political discourse are class war. The moral and political premise of the modern, post-World War II "American Century" is that the U.S. had overcome class divisions and struggle. Everyone, or nearly everyone save the very poor and the very, very rich, was absorbed into a vast, undifferentiated middle class. [See "The End of the American Century?: Suffering the New Normal," CounterPunch, September 10-11, 2010.] The fiction that America is a nation without class, a lie since its inception a half-century ago, gets more and more untenable as actual class struggle daily intensifies. It's time to accept the simple yet profound fact that America is in the midst of class war - and the super-rich, the American sector of the global oligarchy, is winning.Class struggle is being explicitly fought out in France and Britain. In France, it is expressed as mass and often-violent resistance, with blood on the streets. In the U.K., it's being imposed as a ruling class demand for austerity through huge public-sector layoffs, cuts in public services and little overt resistance. In Germany and the U.S., the mediating lubricants of legal niceties and political parties continue to contain and blunt direct class conflict.The far right throughout the West is the only political tendency engaged in explicit class warfare. Progressive tendencies have been effectively absorbed within the legislative agenda. However, among the far right, politics is seen not merely as an end in itself (i.e., the capture of state power), but as a means to a greater end: the utilization of state power to impose legislative, economic and moral discipline on the body politic.The Tea Party is a popular movement engaged in (mostly) nonviolent class warfare. It is the voice of the vulnerable Christian white lower- and middle-classes. Their world is in crisis, collapsing around them. Their once-enviable race-based social privileges no longer provide protection against the vicissitudes of corporate capitalism. In response, they have retreated into the secure fortress of rage and aligned with the ideological and moral absolutism promoted by factions of the super-rich, the very sector responsible for their immiseration.
(...) Most Americans recognize class struggle in, on the one side, the ceaseless reports of high-levels of unemployment, increasing foreclosures and mounting unpaid bills and, on the other, in the skyrocketing stock market and unspeakable bonuses paid to financial wheeler-dealers. This presents one very powerful representation of class difference, but obfuscates the deeper conflict over the growing polarization of wealth in America. According to NYU economist Edward Wolff, wealth is becoming increasingly concentrated. In the 15 years between 1983 and 2007, the share of wealth owned by the nation's top 1 percent households grew to 34.6 percent from 33.8 percent; and the top 20 percent of U.S. households in 2007 controlled 85 percent of the nation's wealth, up from 81.3 percent in '83. The fate of America's vast "middle class," the remaining 80 percent, has only gotten more dire: in 2007, it controlled 15 percent, down from 18.7 percent in 1983. It is time for Americans to reclaim the concept of class war. This needs to be done for two reasons: first, to actively combat the great squeeze ruining the lives of untold millions of Americans faced with financial catastrophe; and, second, to end the campaign by the super-rich (in league with government tax policies, subsidies and other give-aways) and the media to keep alive the fiction of America is a classless society free of class war. CHECK THE 53 COMMENTS SUCH AS "Everyone is comfortably numb. It will be interesting to see what happens when the narcotic of consumerism wears off and we wake up to....what? All I know is it's going to hurt." "I believe the correct term is "fat hypnotized cows"" -- "Seriously, the problem is that Amerikans think they are the rich everybody talks about. They poor slobs can't tell the difference between their trailer and the rich guy's yacht." -- "Even unemployed Americans are generally totally ignorant of the class struggle. They think a bad economy "just happens" like the weather.They're totally unaware that this has been imposed on them BY DESIGN through BIPARTISAN trade agreements like NAFTA, and that the wealthy are actively working against them.The wealthy have captured the two mainstream parties through funding by their corporations, which is why I vote Green Party. I voted a straight Green Party ticket today. It felt good!" THIS IS JUSY A TINY SAMPLING. MOST OF THEM ARE WORTH READING, ALTHOUGH, SADLY AND PREDICTABLY, SOME ADVOCATE VIOLENCE WHICH WOULD ONLY LEGITIMIZE THE HARSHEST POSSIBLE REACTION FROM THE POWERS THAT BE... AND PLAY RIGHT INTO THEIR HANDS...

HERE IS A LAST ONE: "100,000 people showing up in Washington for a jobs, justice, and education rally vs over 200,000 people showing up in Washington for Jon Stewert is a strong indicator of what the USA shows its concerns for. Unlike European nations, the USA is prepared to not only "accept" but also fight for more corporate/government abuse and shamelessly so thanks to what most Americans are conditioned into accepting. Thank you for yet another great article pointing out the differences between the USA and Europe. The cornfed American electorate will remain starstruck thinking that they will make it to where they can "fly" just like Jon Stewart and Donald Trump. It never gets through to them the fact that they will never come close to making anything close to what they are making. I don't blame Europe for laughing at the USA. Sometimes, I get very angry and upset at the politically dysfunctional nature of the USA that I feel like screaming "I hope the USA fails !"."


"Why, indeed. Much of it has to do with a lack of historicity and, as observed in other comments, an anesthetic culture that submerges politics into just another spectator sport.

1. Except for the a brief period in the last century, there has never really been a mass labour party in the US, just two parties that compete for the essentially clueless 'middle.' (Most truly 'undecided' voters are idiots.) The closest labour got to having actual political influence was in the 1880 to 1928 period when it tried to emulate what was happening in western Europe. It was crushed and co-opted. The relative prosperity that trickled down in the 1950s and 60 sold out the union leadership, followed by the downturn in the 1970s and 80s finished it off.

2. Americans buy into the 'classless-ness' myth because it is beaten into our lizard brains from age 5 on. What do you remember of any discussion of class or labour politics in civics class? Not much, I suspect. A chicken, a pot and a house. Yada yada.

3. The US lacks a concentrated mass of industrial labour or, for that matter, any form of labour that is inclined to organize by location or common interests. We have become a culture of cubicles and part-time temps.

4. The most effective cultural instrument in the hands of the dominant class has been racism - whether directed to African Americans, Chinese, and presently Hispanics. Much simpler and easier to divert blame to the 'other' than to acknowledge faults in the pyramidal class structure. It appeals to self-interest and ingrained American nativism.

5. With the possible exception of England, there are few European countries that have not lost a crushing war in the last 100 years. They understand what the fuzzy end of the lollipop means - we have not. Plenty of hubris to go around. And we cling to social stability - even when a facade - more than most."

"Your post should be required reading for every American from reading age upward. I'm just old enough to remember being told in the 1960's and 1970's that all of us had a responsibility to make government accountable to us. That meant be active and be an activist. That got greatly coopted and repressed from the 1980's onward. Many of the baby boomers and college student protestors, once the Martin Luther King died, the draft was abolished, and the hippies became history, greatfully and willingly became their parents and adopted their values, passing on to their children the racism and that only they and their immediate family members matter, no one else. To this mix of personality defects have been added "me firstism" (no one else matters but me and no one feels any responsibility for their actions or for anyone else, including displaying good manners) and a passivity born of being insulated by gadgetry and a strange development (created by film and tv in the last 15 years) that sees everything as hokey and up for mockery. Everything is mocked to the point of inaction and emotional/political paralysis. These, abetted by ordinary Americans due to their own "lives in a bubble" of their own making, the media, and corporations who control media and all news content, have created the society we have today. Again, corporations and the media have fostered the passivity we Americans face in not declaring class war but it is each of us who perpetuates it every day. As someone once said, "We get the government we deserve!"

Sugar Soars To 30-Year High As Supply Fears Grow,Authorised=false.html
The price of sugar has jumped to a 30-year high as the Brazilian harvest has tailed off sharply, hardening expectations of a shortage. Traders believe that prices could soar over the coming months as the market faces a supply shortfall driven by smaller-than-forecast crops in important growing countries from Brazil to Russia and western Europe.

New Delhi: The White House will, of course, stay in Washington but the heart of the famous building will move to India when President Barack Obama lands in Mumbai on Saturday. Communications set-up and nuclear button and majority of the White House staff will be in India accompanying the President on this three-day visit that will cover Mumbai and Delhi. He will also be protected by a fleet of 34 warships, including an aircraft carrier, which will patrol the sea lanes off the Mumbai coast during his two-day stay there beginning Saturday. The measure has been taken as Mumbai attack in 2008 took place from the sea.Arrangements have been put in place for emergency evacuation, if needed. Obama is expected to fly by a helicopter -- Marine One -- from the city airport to the Indian Navy's helibase INS Shikra at Colaba in south Mumbai. Two jets, armed with advanced communication and security systems, and a fleet of over 40 cars will be part of Obama's convoy. Around 800 rooms have been booked for the President and his entourage in Taj Hotel and Hyatt. The President will have a security ring of American elite Secret Service, which are tasked to guard the President, along with National Security Guards (NSG) and personnel from central paramilitary forces and local police in Mumbai and Delhi. Similar arrangements will be in place in Delhi, with the Air Force One to be kept in all readiness throughout Obama's stay here from Sunday afternoon to Tuesday morning. Maurya Hotel, where the President will stay, has already been swarmed by American security personnel and protective measures have been put in place. Security drills have already been carried out at the hotel as well as Rajghat, where he will visit. Sources said 13 heavy-lift aircraft with high-tech equipment, three helicopters and 500 US security personnel have arrived in India ahead of Obama's visit. The US security has also brought interception and obstruction device, sniffer dogs, rescue gadgets. Apart from Obama's Air Force One, a few private luxury jets carrying top American corporate leaders, who are part of Obama's entourage, are also expected to arrive in India in the next 2-3 days. All high-rise buildings in the vicinity of Mumbai's Taj Mahal hotel and Delhi's Maurya Sheraton hotel, where the US President will stay, are being sanitised and security personnel will be positioned on rooftops to prevent any air-borne attack. The Ridge area - opposite Delhi's Maurya Sheraton hotel - has been illuminated by floodlights as part of the heightened security drill. The Home Ministry has already issued an alert for Mumbai and Delhi asking authorities to take extra precautions during Obama's visit as well as on Diwali on Friday.

Obama, Gates And Clinton In Asia: U.S. Expands Military Build-Up In The East - by Rick Rozoff (November 7, 2010) BARACK OBAMA - THE NEW ARMS' PEDDLER FOR THE US MILITARY INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX! SICKENING!
President Barack Obama arrived in Mumbai, India on November 6 and announced $10 billion in business deals with his host country which he claimed will contribute to 50,000 new American jobs. By some accounts half the transactions will be for India's purchase of U.S. military equipment and half the new jobs will be created in the defense sector. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton is completing a nearly two-week tour of the Asia-Pacific region which will culminate in meeting up with Defense Secretary Robert Gates and Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Admiral Michael Mullen in Australia on November 8 to among other matters secure the use of the country's military bases.Gates will then visit Malaysia, "amid concern in the region over China's growing economic and naval power", to solidify military ties with the Southeast Asian nation as Obama moves to Indonesia, South Korea and Japan after his first visit to India on what will be his longest trip abroad since assuming the presidency. Obama styles himself "America's first Pacific president," having been born in Hawaii and spending part of his childhood in Indonesia, and his administration has targeted Asia for the expansion of U.S. military influence and presence. Several months ago a Chinese report warned that his visit to India was designed in large part to "secure $5 billion worth of arms sales," a deal that "would make the US replace Russia as India's biggest arms supplier" and "help India curb China's rise." What he has accomplished is "a $5 billion sale for 10 of Boeing's C-17 cargo planes" which represents "the sixth biggest arms deal in U.S. history." "This and the pending $60 billion deal with Saudi Arabia will certainly help to jump-start the economy, as they [arms sales] have for the past fifty years." Job creation in the U.S. is an abysmal failure except in the military sector.
(...) The projected purchase of 126 multirole combat aircraft will account for another $10 billion and other contracts for assorted military helicopters are also being pursued by Washington. What is in question is $15 billion in weapons deals. With already concluded and potential contracts, "we are talking about very, very big business. We are talking about the shifting of Indian military hardware, completely. "Shifting from Russian components to American ones is a big shift. In the mid-90s, the Pentagon had assessed that by 2015 [it] would like India to source it's 25 per cent of hardware. They seem to be well on their way in meeting their target. "The profile of Indian military hardware is becoming US-oriented. This will bring definitive change in Indian military doctrine because it's dependent on [imported] equipment." The U.S. is also pressuring the Indian government to sign several military-related agreements, including a Logistics Support Agreement which could prove "dangerous because the use of US ports by Indians will be zero while the US can or may use Indian bases frequently because of their presence in the region. So, technically speaking, if the US should have problem[s] with Iran or Pakistan they, under the agreement, may use our bases. Indian soil can become a lunching pad for refuelling or servicing." CLIP

Hundreds of Survivors of Bhopal Disaster Protest Obama India Visit (With Democracy Now video)
A group of 400 survivors of the Bhopal disaster have been protesting Obama's visit to India. The 1984 Bhopal industrial gas disaster left an estimated 15,000 people dead. The company, Union Carbide, is now a subsidiary of Dow Chemical. Dow has faced calls to clean up the contaminated site, increase compensation for victims, and fund studies to assess damages to the environment and public health. India has also demanded the extradition of former Union Carbide CEO Warren Anderson, who fled India shortly after his arrest in the disaster's aftermath. - See this picture of the protest

The Impotence of Elections: Americans out of work, out of income, out of homes, out of hope... By Dr. Paul Craig Roberts (November 4, 2010)
In his historical novel, The Leopard, Giuseppe di Lampedusa writes that things have to change in order to remain the same. That is what happened in the US congressional elections on November 2. Jobs offshoring, which began on a large scale with the collapse of the Soviet Union, has merged the Democrats and Republicans into one party with two names. The Soviet collapse changed attitudes in socialist India and communist China and opened those countries, with their large excess supplies of labor, to Western capital. Pushed by Wall Street and Wal-Mart, American manufacturers moved production for US markets offshore to boost profits and shareholder earnings by utilizing cheap labor. The decline of the US manufacturing work force reduced the political power of unions and the ability of unions to finance the Democratic Party. The end result was to make the Democrats dependent on the same sources of financing as Republicans.
(..) Obama promised change. He vowed to close Guantanamo prison and to bring the troops home. Instead, he restarted the war in Afghanistan and started new wars in Pakistan and Yemen, while continuing Bush‚s policy of threatening Iran and encircling Russia with military bases. Americans out of work, out of income, out of homes and prospects, and out of hope for their children's careers are angry. But the political system offers them no way of bringing about change. They can change the elected servants of the oligarchs, but they cannot change the policies or the oligarchs. CLIP



Missing: A Vision of Economic Possibility

This election showed us that neither of our two major parties has a credible vision for our economic future. And that's why this is a moment of opportunity.

by David Korten - Nov 03, 2010

It is now the morning after. Republicans, as expected, are celebrating a sweeping victory. Democrats are licking their wounds. Meanwhile, record numbers of people are still contending with the hardships of unemployment and foreclosure with no relief in sight. And the nation braces for deepening political gridlock.

It is a moment of opportunity for America to set a new course and for a young President Barack Obama to establish his place in history as a path-breaking leader.

So how does electoral failure and political gridlock create a moment of opportunity?

We are a nation consumed by short-term thinking and fragmented political contests centered on narrowly defined issues. Neither of our two major parties has a credible vision for the economic future of our nation.

The Republicans offer only their standard prescription of tax cuts for the rich, a rollback of regulations on predatory corporations, and elimination of the social safety net-a proven prescription for further job loss and devastation of the middle class.

The Democrats have no identifiable program for economic recovery, let alone for adapting our economy to the dramatic demographic, environmental, economic, and political changes that rule out any chance of a return to pre-2008 business as usual.

In an insightful interview, Populist historian Lawrence Goodwyn suggests that this creates a historic opportunity. He observes that bankers have been a dominant ruling power throughout much of our national history and a barrier to realizing the democratic ideal on which our nation was founded. It has not been within the power of any American president to break their hold due to lack of an adequate public understanding of the nature of the problem.

We now have 15 million unemployed people who feel deeply betrayed and upwards of two million homeowners whose homes have been foreclosed-all as a direct consequence of the actions of Wall Street bankers. These same interests used conceptual deception backed by massive political spending to swing the election in favor of right wing extremists devoted to policies that will further decimate the middle class without resolving the pain of the unemployed and the foreclosed.

The deception, which can be maintained only so long, sows the seeds of its own self-destruction. In taking control of the House and leaving the Democrats with only a slim majority in the Senate, Republicans now share responsibility for what is certain to be continued economic failure.

The administration, however, remains in the hands of a now seasoned Democratic president who Goodwyn believes has the potential to rise to the occasion, lead his party to a second term victory, break the power of Wall Street, and actualize the democratic ideal that has for so long eluded us.

It requires, however, a vision of a New Economy that is truly democratic, based on sound market principles, rooted in community values, and accountable to community interests. Economists steeped in the economic models that got us into this mess are not going to provide President Obama with such a vision. He will need to look to the people who are working from the bottom up outside the halls of established power to frame and implement a new economic vision aligned with the values of caring and sharing at the core of authentic spiritual teaching and for which scientists tell us our brains are wired.

This vision is being articulated and popularized by alliances such as the New Economy Working Group and the New Economy Network and implemented by groups such as the Business Alliance for Local Living Economies, the American Independent Business Alliance, Transition Towns, local food movements, and many others. The vision is grounded not in some utopian ideology or theory, but rather on the work and experience of millions of people are already engaged in living the New Economy into being through grassroots actions that flow from their deepest values and aspirations.

The emerging vision calls for a fundamental economic restructuring to put life values ahead of financial values, give the creation of sustainable livelihoods for working people priority over bonuses for Wall Street traders, and root the power to create and allocate money in people and community rather than in Wall Street financial institutions. David Brancaccio has documented impressive examples in a PBS television special titled "Fixing the Future" scheduled to be aired on November 18, 2010.

As awareness grows that no adjustments at the margin of the existing Wall Street-dominated economy will resolve the plights of joblessness and the homelessness, so too does potential political support for fundamental economic restructuring in support of the emerging vision. The political party that responds to this rapidly growing economic and political force will gain a decided advantage in 2012 and beyond.

It is President Obama's opportunity to win a second term and establish his place in history not only as the first African-American president, but as well the president who liberated the nation, our democracy, and the market from the grip of Wall Street. I have drafted a framing presidential economic address ready for delivery by the future president who dares to take on the challenge. Imagine a president delivering this speech. Let us make it happen.


David Korten is co-founder and board chair of YES! Magazine, co-chair of the New Economy Working Group, president of the People-Centered Development Forum, and a founding board member of the Business Alliance for Local Living Economies (BALLE). His books include Agenda for a New Economy: From Phantom Wealth to Real Wealth, The Great Turning: From Empire to Earth Community, and the international best seller When Corporations Rule the World.


Related articles:

10 Ways to Solve the Jobs Problem
There are many ways to create jobs while building a better economy. Imagine a no-holds-barred "summit" that comes up with ideas to solve both our job and environmental problems. What might it come up with?

7 Ways to Transform Banking (Nov 11, 2010)
Each of us can help build a resilient financial system that will serve real people in real communities. -- Are you as outraged as I am by the Wall Street bankers with their fat bonuses, shoddy mortgages, and financial shenanigans? With the gridlock in Washington, I wanted to know what “we the people” can do to turn our fury into constructive action. So I turned to my friend Jared Gardner for advice. Jared comes from the financial industry and thinks hard and well about how to change the system. Here are seven things I gleaned from my discussion with Jared about what we can each do to build a resilient financial system that will serve real people in real communities. CLIP

Time for a New Theory of Money (Oct 28, 2010)
By understanding that money is simply credit, we unleash it as a powerful tool for our communities. -- The reason our financial system has routinely gotten into trouble, with periodic waves of depression like the one we’re battling now, may be due to a flawed perception not just of the roles of banking and credit but of the nature of money itself. In our economic adolescence, we have regarded money as a “thing”—something independent of the relationship it facilitates. But today there is no gold or silver backing our money. Instead, it’s created by banks when they make loans (that includes Federal Reserve Notes or dollar bills, which are created by the Federal Reserve, a privately-owned banking corporation, and lent into the economy). Virtually all money today originates as credit, or debt, which is simply a legal agreement to pay in the future.
(...) The flaws in the current scheme are now being exposed in the major media, and it may well be coming down. The question then is what to replace it with. What is the next logical phase in our economic evolution? Credit needs to come first. We as a community can create our own credit, without having to engage in the sort of impossible pyramid scheme in which we’re always borrowing from Peter to pay Paul at compound interest. We can avoid the pitfalls of privately-issued credit with a public credit system, a system banking on the future productivity of its members, guaranteed not by “things” shuffled around furtively in a shell game vulnerable to exposure, but by the community itself. The simplest public credit model is the electronic community currency system. Consider, for example, one called “Friendly Favors.” The participating Internet community does not have to begin with a fund of capital or reserves, as is now required of private banking institutions. Nor do members borrow from a pool of pre-existing money on which they pay interest to the pool’s owners. They create their own credit, simply by debiting their own accounts and crediting someone else’s. If Jane bakes cookies for Sue, Sue credits Jane’s account with 5 “favors” and debits her own with 5. They have “created” money in the same way that banks do, but the result is not inflationary. Jane’s plus-5 is balanced against Sue’s minus-5, and when Sue pays her debt by doing something for someone else, it all nets out. It is a zero-sum game. Community currency systems can be very functional on a small scale, but because they do not trade in the national currency, they tend to be too limited for large-scale businesses and projects. If they were to grow substantially larger, they could run up against the sort of exchange rate problems afflicting small countries. They are basically barter systems, not really designed for advancing credit on a major scale. The functional equivalent of a community currency system can be achieved using the national currency, by forming a publicly owned bank. By turning banking into a public utility operated for the benefit of the community, the virtues of the expandable credit system of the medieval bankers can be retained, while avoiding the parasitic exploitation to which private banking schemes are prone. Profits generated by the community can be returned to the community. CLIP -  Note from Jean: We have had a publicly owned bank here in Quebec since 1900 and it is called the Desjardins Group (Mouvement des caisses Desjardins). It is the largest association of credit unions in North America. It is composed of 536 local caisses populaires, which serve 5.8 million members. The entire system is grouped into 11 regional federations. Total assets at Desjardins Group reached $151.9 billion CAD in 2008, ranking it the sixth-largest financial institution in Canada and the largest in Québec. In 2006, it gave its members $483 million CAD in patronage allocations and $64 million CAD in donations, sponsorships and academic scholarships. Yeah! That's right its gives back a part of its profit to its members who have a deposit there. It costs only 5 bucks to become a local member of this cooperative bank system. They are very competitive and also offers a whole range of other services. They could be a model for publicly owned banks in the US and elsewhere.

Will the Real Voice of Small Business Please Stand Up?
Why small businesses are distancing themselves from the U.S. Chamber of Commerce's politics.

Lawrence Goodwyn: The Great Predicament Facing Obama (October 30, 2010)
An interview with legendary historian Lawrence Goodwyn on Obama, the larger currents in our political life, and the possibility of a rebirth in our democratic culture. (...) While ordinary folks have been put through a lot, do not underestimate the resolve that remains for the long haul. Unanticipated poverty is an enormous energizer -- and most of all for people who understand their own fate to be utterly undeserved. In due course they will see through the sleight of hand and empty content embedded in corporate sound bites. I am talking about millions of Americans, many of whom wavered and many who did not. It will take some more time for this to become clear. But it will happen. Above all, it will become increasingly transparent in the coming year that the politics of the GOP is absolutely incoherent. Much of the Republican tent is simply flapping in the breeze behind a cascade of public lies. As it now presents itself, the so-called party of conservatism has nothing to bring to the economic crisis except demagogy. So long-term despair is unwarranted for Democrats. They need to harness their poise and undertake to be politically creative not just right now but for the next six years. CLIP

It's Not the End of the World -- 7 Things Progressives Need to Keep in Mind About Last Night's GOP 'Wave' (November 3, 2010)
The GOP's gains represent a predictable rebalancing between presidential elections, rather than an ideological shift in the electorate. -- Election 2010 was, by any measure, the "bloodbath" the forecasters predicted. It was a terrible loss for the Democratic Party, but what about the progressive movement? Should liberals hang their heads in the wake of the GOP retaking the House? Was it a repudiation of everything we believe, or are these results merely a bump in the road for the movement -- a setback on the way to a better, more progressive America? The reality is that Congress is going to be even more dysfunctional, and thanks to the incoming Tea Party candidates, Fox News and the rest of the right-wing noise machine, we're going to be subjected to endless investigations into pseudo-scandals involving everyone down to the White House gardener's second cousin. Maybe we'll even be treated to an impeachment hearing or two.The bottom line is that progressives went to bed last night fighting a right wing that's lost its collective mind, in a broken political system, with a centrist, Wall Street-friendly party that can't sell its successes, and we wake up in pretty much the same situation. In other words, yes, we now face the disheartening fact that Rand Paul is a member of the United States Senate, the "greatest deliberative body in the world." But remember, we already had James Inhofe. But despite all of that, the long-term winds that devastated the GOP in two consecutive "wave elections" and propelled a black man with a funny name into the White House are still at our backs.We thought a little perspective was in order, so without further preamble, here are seven things progressives should keep in mind after Tuesday's drubbing: CLIP

Seven Right-Wing Ballot Initiatives That Could Ruin Your Government for Decades to Come (November 1, 2010)
Anti-tax initiatives are dangerous -- it's easy to get people who are hurting economically to vote for lower taxes, but hard to get them to think about long-term effects. -- If you could create a political party that convinced a large number of people that by electing you they could eat all the ice-cream they want, and then sit on their butts watching TV all day and never put on an ounce, you'd have a pretty good chance at gaining power. That's what the conservative movement has done in terms of taxes and spending. The idea of "limited government" is appealing in the abstract, but in the real world, people really like much of what the government does -- they want well-funded schools, safe food, a clean environment, good infrastructure and a whole lot more. Arguably, the conservative movement's greatest achievement has been disconnecting the taxes we pay from the services we expect in the minds of a large chunk of the electorate.Nobel Prize-winning economist Paul Krugman argues that the success of the Right's crusade against taxes has resulted in "a fundamental mismatch between the benefits Americans expect to receive from the government and the revenues government collects." Voters cast ballots for politicians who promise them tax cuts, but those same politicians know that if they propose draconian cuts, they won't be re-elected. Large deficits are a natural and inevitable consequence of that. CLIP

What It's Like to Work in Walmart Hell (October 29, 2010)
Thanks to recent teacher layoffs and the miserable job market, I've gone from substitute high-school teacher to Walmart associate. (...) See, like millions of Americans, I'm underemployed. The government doesn't count people like me in its official unemployment numbers. And those numbers are pretty grim; the national unemployment rate is at 9.6 percent, with 15 million Americans looking for work. I guess working at Walmart is better than nothing. But working for low pay is about as rewarding as stabbing out your own eyeballs with a stale baguette. $14 billion in profits last year bumped Walmart back on top of the Fortune 500 list, and the company keeps up those profits partly by paying associates as little as (legally) possible. Walmart wages are not only well below living wage, we're paid significantly less than comparable jobs at other retailers. (...) As diverse as Walmart associates are, we have at least one thing in common: When it comes to our jobs, we have no voice. Walmart is America's largest private employer, yet the 1 million workers who put on that red, white and blue nametag each week have zero collective bargaining power when it comes to our pay, benefits or working conditions. Walmart corporate policy remains fiercely anti-union. At my employee orientation, we were shown a video titled, Protect Your Signature, a piece meant to frighten us away from even trying to organize a union. A Walmart document distributed to managers describes the types of employees attracted to unions. Among them, the "inefficient, low-productive associate," the "rebellious, anti-establishment associate" and the "something-for-nothing associate."There are two instances, both in Canada, in which Walmart associates successfully joined a union. In both cases, Walmart decided to shut the store or the department where the workers decided to organize themselves.And it's demoralizing knowing that by working for Walmart, I'm sleeping with the enemy. Our clothing section is filled with goods sewn by Third-World sweatshop workers earning pennies per hour. The toy section brims with petroleum-based products that will just end up in landfills a few months from now. There's the in-store McDonald's and its high-sugar, high-fat menu. There's nothing -- not a goddamn thing -- about big-box retailers that makes the world better. (...) Walmart is America: underpaid workers cleaning up after malnourished customers purchasing Chinese sweatshop goods.




Mounting US war threats against Iran

8 November 2010

Leading Republican Senator Lindsey Graham signaled a turn following the midterm elections toward an escalation of US threats against Iran, publicly calling for an all-out war that would "neuter" Tehran and leave it incapable of resistance.

Graham made the statement Saturday at a conference on international security in Halifax, Canada. "Containment is off the table," he declared in relation to Iran's nuclear program.

Washington and its allies have accused Tehran of developing its nuclear program for the purpose of building a weapon. The Iranian government has consistently denied this charge, insisting that its program is solely for peaceful, civilian purposes.

Employing the kind of total-war rhetoric that was heard from Germany in the 1930s, the South Carolina Republican vowed that a US attack would be carried out "not to just neutralize their nuclear program, but to sink their navy, destroy their air force and deliver a decisive blow to the Revolutionary Guard. In other words, neuter that regime. Destroy their ability to fight back."

Graham added that, despite the Democrats' defeat at the polls last week, if President Barack Obama "decides to be tough with Iran beyond sanctions, I think he is going to feel a lot of Republican support for the idea that we cannot let Iran develop a nuclear weapon."

Joining Graham in addressing a forum at the Halifax conference was Senator Mark Udall (Democrat, Colorado), who advocated a continuation of the sanctions regime against Iran but added that "every option is on the table," a euphemism for US military aggression.

Speaking at the same conference, Israeli Defense Minister Ehud Barak described Iran as "a major, major threat to any conceivable world order." He charged that Tehran is "determined to reach military nuclear capability," which he said would be "the end of any conceivable nonproliferation regime."

Israel, which has defied the UN's nonproliferation efforts and is the only nuclear-armed power in the region, has repeatedly threatened military strikes against Iran. Last month, Israeli Finance Minister Yuval Steinitz advocated a naval blockade of Iran-an act of war-if Tehran fails to bow to Washington's demands.

These latest threats come barely a week before the next round of negotiations between Iran and the P5+1, which includes the permanent members of the United Nations Security Council-Britain, China, France, Russia and the US-plus Germany. The talks are slated to take place in Vienna.

The Republican triumph in the midterm elections will drive US foreign policy even further to the right and intensify the threat of a war against Iran. Taking the chairmanship of the House Foreign Affairs Committee in January is Ileana Ros-Lehtinen (Republican, Florida). She has opposed diplomacy with Iran, advocating the kind of economic embargo that she has vociferously supported against Cuba.

Ros-Lehtinen is also a fervent backer of the Mujahedin-e-Khalq (MEK), which has claimed credit for terrorist attacks inside Iran and has been designated by the US State Department as a "foreign terrorist organization."

Nearly a third of House Republicans backed a resolution last July providing explicit support for Israel carrying out military strikes against Iran.

The Obama administration and congressional Democrats have already been ratcheting up threats against Iran. After ramming another round of anti-Iranian sanctions through the United Nations Security Council, the administration last July signed into law a new set of unilateral US sanctions aimed at crippling the Iranian economy and creating increased misery for the country's population so as to destabilize the government.

These sanctions penalize foreign banks and corporations that invest in or trade with Iran, restricting their access to American markets and denying them opportunities for US government contracts. The sanctions particularly target Iran's key energy sector.

According to a New York Times article last week by David Sanger, even if Iran does come to the talks in Vienna next week, Washington will merely go through the motions of negotiating. Its main aim in participating in the talks will be to gauge "whether a new and surprisingly broad set of economic sanctions is changing Iran's nuclear calculus."

The article states that the new proposal from the US is "even more onerous than a deal that the country's supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khameni, rejected last year." It would require that Iran halt nuclear fuel production and give up more than two-thirds more uranium than was stipulated in a tentative agreement reached in talks a year ago.

The Times article states that Washington believes it has "little to show for" the sanctions thus far, "which has prompted a discussion inside the White House about whether it would be helpful, or counterproductive, to have him [Obama] talk more openly about military options."

Dennis Ross, Obama's senior Middle East advisor, sounded a similar note in an October 25 address to a conference of the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, the principal US pro-Israel lobby.

After bragging that US sanctions had produced mounting economic crisis, inflation and unemployment in Iran, Ross raised the implicit threat of war: "Ultimately, we hope that the severe pressure Iran faces today will compel a change in behavior. The door for diplomacy is still open and we certainly seek a peaceful resolution to our conflict with Iran. But should Iran continue its defiance, despite its growing isolation and the damage to its economy, its leaders should listen carefully to President Obama, who has said many times, 'we are determined to prevent Iran from acquiring nuclear weapons.'"

Perhaps the most chilling call for an escalation of the military threat against Iran came in a column entitled "The War Recovery," written on the eve of the midterm elections by Washington Post columnist David Broder, the so-called "dean of the Washington press corps."

Complaining that the deepening economic crisis was creating a "daunting situation" for Obama to win a second term in 2012, Broder, an unabashed supporter of the Democratic president, spelled out two scenarios through which this challenge could be overcome. The first is the vain hope that the economic crisis will be overcome by a turn in the business cycle. Broder concludes that "the market will go where it is going to go" and that such an outcome is unreliable.

He suggests another solution based on the tumultuous history of the 20th century.

"Look back at FDR and the Great Depression," he writes. "What finally resolved that economic crisis? World War II.

"Here is where Obama is likely to prevail. With strong Republican support in Congress for challenging Iran's ambition to become a nuclear power, he can spend much of 2011 and 2012 orchestrating a showdown with the mullahs. This will help him politically because the opposition party will be urging him on. And as tensions rise and we accelerate preparations for war, the economy will improve."

There one has it: a modest proposal for economic revival and a successful reelection campaign prepared through the deaths of hundreds of thousands, if not millions of people.

Underlying such bloodthirsty proposals are not merely the cynical political calculations of one or the other of America's two right-wing, pro-imperialist parties, but rather the historic decline of American capitalism and the deepest crisis of the world capitalist system since the Great Depression of the 1930s.

Militarism is embraced by both parties. This reflects the consensus within the ruling elite that American capitalism can offset its economic decline through the use of military force to establish US hegemony in the energy-rich and geostrategically critical regions of the Middle East and Central Asia.

The words of Broder and the Republicans, together with the actions of the Obama administration, underscore the threat of a new and far bloodier war that would carry with it the danger of a global conflagration.


Related articles:

US-NATO Military Deployment Threatens Iran: US Deploys Fourth Submarine in Persian Gulf (November 2, 2010)
The United States has deployed its fourth submarine in the Persian Gulf region following the deployment of three others near the Bahrain Port. This comes as the USS Abraham Lincoln and French Charles de Gaulle aircraft carriers are heading toward the region. The United States maintains twenty combat vessels, namely the USS Harry Truman aircraft carrier, as well as fifty-three logistical vessels, in the Persian Gulf and the Sea of Oman. A total of thirty combat vessels are currently deployed in the region, including those belonging to Britain and France. The USS Abraham Lincoln aircraft carrier with 5,000 crew members, including sailors and pilots, has entered the territory of the US Fifth Fleet. Abraham Lincoln is accompanied by USS Cape St. George and battle cruisers as well as four destroyers.

The Pentagon Asks NATO to Draw up Plans for Attacking Iran (November 5, 2010)
The White House and the Pentagon last week discreetly asked NATO’s Supreme Allied Commander in Europe, Adm. James G. Stavridis, and NATO Secretary General Anders Fogh Rasmussen to assign teams for drafting operational plans for US and NATO military action against the Iranian nuclear program.This is reported exclusively by DEBKA-Net-Weekly‘ sources in Washington.Those teams would need to work with the heads of the US Armed Forces who would update them on American plans. Our sources add the wording of the request hints that unilateral US action against the Iranian nuclear installations is possible regardless of cooperation with NATO.Our sources also say that the American request stressed three basic premises as guidelines for the NATO teams:- NATO commanders were asked to draw up alternative operational plans for limited actions inside Iran.- These plans must all fall short of precipitating total war with Iran. Any option that might generate all-out war with the Islamic Republic must be taken off the table.- Regular exchanges will take place between US Armed Forces chiefs and the NATO drafting teams to coordinate any military actions against Iran.This is the first time since the Cold War with Russia ended in the early 1990s that the United States is integrating NATO in its preparations for an armed conflict. CLIP

'Bibi can take US into war with Iran' (Nov 8, 2010)
A former CIA member says the Israeli premier can take US into war with Iran but Washington is not prepared for such a confrontation.US Republicans, riding a wave of economic discontent, took over the House of Representatives in mid-term polls, dealing a heavy blow to President Barack Obama. Analysts say control of the House will now give Republicans enough power to slam the brakes on Obama's agenda. "On Iran, there's no difference between Democrats and Republicans. They're very comfortable with the idea that a foreign leader like [Benjamin] Netanyahu can take 300 million Americans to war whenever he wants," said counterterrorism expert Michael Scheuer, who has worked with the Central Intelligence Agency for more than 20 years. "The election was a disaster in terms of increasing the chances of another war that we don't have the resources to fight, and we won't have the will to win," Newsmax quoted Scheuer as saying. He criticized Obama for "saying the country can handle another 9/11 attack," and added, "It's a foolish comment of a man who is only moderately talented in terms of international affairs." "Given the disastrous state of our economy, I'm not so sure we could handle all the effects of an attack." Scheuer expressed doubt that gaining control of the US House by Republicans would improve anti-terrorism efforts, adding that "I don't think there's any real difference between Obama and his party and the Republicans." "They're still fighting an enemy that doesn't exist, an enemy they believe is attacking us because we have elections…" Scheuer said no problem would be resolved "until they [US officials] understand we're being attacked because of our foreign policy and what we do in the Muslim world, we're never going to understand the motivation and size of the enemy." Regarding the Afghan war, Scheuer said the US forces should already have withdrawn from the country. "It's very clear that neither the military nor the president nor the Republicans intend to win in Afghanistan," Scheuer said. The Republicans, whose public support receded significantly during the presidency of George W. Bush, are now capitalizing on voter discontent with the troubled US economy, a nearly 10-percent unemployment rate, a home foreclosure crisis and the direction of the war in Afghanistan. The US congressional elections have taken the character of a referendum on the policies of Obama, whose approval rating has hit a record low of 37 percent.

Preparing for War: US to boost weapons stockpile in Israel (November 12, 2010) THIS MAKES A COMPLETE MOCKERY OF ANY SMOKESCREEN ATTEMPTS AT JUMP-STARTING PEACE TALKS!
JERUSALEM: The United States is to significantly increase the amount of military equipment held in Israel as part of a move to upgrade security ties between the two allies, press reports said on Thursday.The move, which will see an extra 400-million-dollars worth of smart bombs and other precision weaponry and equipment moved to Israel over the next two years, was approved last week by the US Congress, the Israeli correspondent of Defence News reported. The upgrade will see the value of US military equipment stockpiled in Israel rise to one billion dollars in 2011, with another 200 million to be added in 2012, the paper said. In 2007, the stockpile was valued at 800 million dollars. Such equipment can be used by US forces throughout the world but also by the host country, under the terms of the US foreign aid law governing reserve stockpiles for allies.Israel made use of the stockpile during the 2006 war with the Lebanese Hezbollah militia—a conflict which killed 1,200 people in Lebanon, most of them civilians, and around 160 Israelis, most of them soldiers, the Haaretz daily reported.

Fake Anti-war Activism. The "Humanitarian Road" Towards an all out Nuclear War? by Michel Chossudovsky (November 4, 2010)
Some of America's wars are condemned outright, while others are heralded as "humanitarian interventions". A significant segment of the US antiwar movement condemns the war but endorses the campaign against international terrorism, which constitutes the backbone of US military doctrine. The "Just War" theory has served to camouflage the nature of US foreign policy, while providing a human face to the invaders. In both its classical and contemporary versions, the Just War theory upholds war as a "humanitarian operation". It calls for military intervention on ethical and moral grounds against "insurgents", "terrorists", "failed" or "rogue states". Taught in US military academies, a modern-day version of the "Just War" theory has been embodied into US military doctrine. The "war on terrorism" and the notion of "pre-emption" are predicated on the right to "self defense." They define "when it is permissible to wage war": jus ad bellum. Jus ad bellum has served to build a consensus within the Armed Forces command structures. It has also served to convince the troops that they are fighting for a "just cause". More generally, the Just War theory in its modern day version is an integral part of war propaganda and media disinformation, applied to gain public support for a war agenda. Under Obama as Nobel Peace Laureate, the Just War becomes universally accepted, upheld by the so-called international community. The ultimate objective is to subdue the citizens, totally depoliticize social life in America, prevent people from thinking and conceptualizing, from analyzing facts and challenging the legitimacy of the US NATO led war. War becomes peace, a worthwhile "humanitarian undertaking", Peaceful dissent becomes heresy.
(...) Many people in the antiwar movement, while condemning the US administration, also condemn the government of President Ahmadinejad for its bellicose stance with regard to Israel. The Jus ad Bellum reasoning used as a pretext to bomb Yugoslavia on humanitarian grounds is now being applied to Iran.
(...) The alleged "Wiped Off the Map" statement by Iran's president was never made. The rumor was fabricated by the American media with a view to discrediting Iran's head of state and providing a justification for waging an all out war on Iran.
(...) What President Ahmadinjad was essentially calling for in his statement was "regime change" in Tel Aviv. (Compare Ahmadinejad's bland statement on regime change in Israel with that of former Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, who called for "Ending states that sponsor terrorism". This alleged "Wiped off the Map" statement has served not only to justify a pre-emptive attack against Iran but also to subdue and tame the antiwar movement. While the danger of an all out war on Iran is a matter of concern, it is by no means a priority for the US, Canadian and European antiwar movements. In the US, there are very few antiwar events focussing on US-Israeli threats directed against Iran (See Main US antiwar collective: United for Peace & Justice : Index, United for Peace & Justice : Events). On the other hand, there is an ongoing campaign led by United Against Nuclear Iran" (UANI), calling on President Obama and the US Congress to prevent Iran from developing nuclear weapons. (See UANI home page). The UANI collective, founded by Obama appointees Richard Holbrooke and Gary Samore, claims to be integrated by "human rights and humanitarian groups, the labor movement, political advocacy and grassroots organizations" (Coalition | UANI) Notwithstanding Arash Norouzi's disproval, many in the antiwar movement, while condemning the US, continue to believe that Iran constitutes a threat and that the solution is "regime change". The funding of NGOs (which are constituent members of major antiwar collectives) by tax exempt charities and corporate foundations, has also contributed to weakening antiwar activism in relation to Iran. Iran is viewed by many within the antiwar movement as a potential aggressor. Its non-existent nuclear weapons are considered, a threat to global security.A pre-emptive war using US made tactical nuclear weapons against Iran has been on the Pentagon's drawing board since mid 2003. Both president Obama and Secretary of State Hillary Clinton have stated that "all options are on the table" including the use of nuclear weapons against Iran, without realizing that the use of nuclear weapons could lead humanity into a global nuclear war as outlined by Fidel Castro in a recent speech: "Today there is an imminent risk of war with the use of that kind of weapon and I don't harbour the least doubt that an attack by the United States and Israel against the Islamic Republic of Iran would inevitably evolve towards a global nuclear conflict. (Fidel Castro Ruz, VIDEO: Fidel's Message against Nuclear War: "In a Nuclear War the 'Collateral Damage' would be the Life of All Humanity.", Global Research, October 21, 2010) CLIP

The New American Century - PNAC Exposed (Oct 31, 2010)
This film goes in detail through the untold history of The Project for the New American Century with tons of archival footage and connects it right into the present. This film exposes how every major war in US history was based on a complete fraud with video of insiders themselves admitting it. This film shows how the first film theaters in the US were used over a hundred years ago to broadcast propaganda to rile the American people into the Spanish-American War.This film shows the white papers of the oil company Unocal which called for the creation of a pipeline through Afghanistan and how their exact needs were fulfilled through the US invasion of Afghanistan. This film shows how Halliburton under their "cost plus" exclusive contract with the US Government went on a mad dash spending spree akin to something out of the movie Brewster's Millions, yet instead of blowing $30 million they blew through BILLIONS by literally burning millions of dollars worth of hundred thousand dollar cars and trucks if they had so much as a flat tire. While Massimo Mazzucco’s first political documentary, GLOBAL DECEIT (2006), focused on the long list of inconsistencies in the official version of the 9/11 attacks, THE NEW AMERICAN CENTURY explores the historical, philosophical and economic background that suggests a matrix for such events that is much closer to home than the so-called "Islamic terrorism". The film provides solid evidence for the true reasons behind the Afghanistan and Iraq wars, whose unfolding is described in chilling detail in a document called "Project for the New American Century", published in the year 2,000, that seems to have served as the actual blueprint for such dramatic events. - CHECK ALSO The Insane Prelude to the Corporate Takeover of the Planet

Web Bot: World War III linked to War on Terrorism (Nov 10, 2010)
Researcher Clif High has published a prediction expecting a ‘tipping point’ around November 8, 2010 into global nuclear war, triggered by a mistaken Israeli-influenced attack on Iran. Hopefully this is not the case. But, even if Clif High's prediction of a special early November 2010 "tipping point' into World War III does not specifically take place. one thing is apparent. The elites who launched the Iraq War through verifiable propaganda, effectively embrace a war agenda over that of peace. World War III would be against the quality-of-survival interests of humanity, but could be potentially "designed" to complement the same nefarious objectives which inspired the launching the Iraq War (that was based on falsified testimony concerning "Weapons of Mass Destruction"). In the view of a prevailing political-military-industrial-complex, war "makes money" and secures the necessary power and control to "make more money".Peace does not secure either commercial profit or sought power for a political-military-industrial-complex.World War III would be the ultimate "prize" that elites of a political-military-industrial-complex would be able to use to secure "total power" over destroyed populations that are in no position to resist global totalitarianism. The War on Terrorism, provides the "narrative" or "storyline" to legitimate the launching of a World War III. (...) According to Chossudovsky, the "war on terrorism" is a complete fabrication based on the illusion that one man, Osama bin Laden, outwitted the $40 billion-a-year American intelligence apparatus. The "war on terrorism" is a war of conquest. Globalisation is the final march to the "New World Order", dominated by Wall Street and the U.S. military-industrial complex. Dr. David Ray Griffin and numerous other scholars provide detailed evidence that the official representation on 9/11 was war-inspired propaganda.September 11, 2001 provides a justification for waging a war without borders. Washington's agenda consists in extending the frontiers of the American Empire to facilitate complete U.S. corporate control, while installing within America the institutions of the Homeland Security State. Investigative researchers like David Icke suggest that the War on Terrorism was launched to, publicly legitimate the alleged planned outbreak of global nuclear warfare that launches World War III.

Moscow Building 5000 Bomb Shelters By 2012… (July 12, 2010) VIDEO - WHY NOW???
Sometimes you come across information that make you stop and go, Say What! Russia Today just put out a video and news report that Russia is building 5000 more bomb shelters in Moscow. This will be done on a hurried time frame by 2012. I was taken aback by this and the past rolled in like a huge wave. I remembered building homes in America with special areas in the basement that could be used as a bomb shelter. I also remember the many drills at school that had to do with a nuclear attack…

Nuclear Winter: Nuclear War would be an Unprecedented Human Catastrophe by Carl Sagan (November 9, 2010)
"In the light of recent statements by both President Obama and Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, namely that "all options are on the table" with regard to the use of nuclear weapons against Iran and that these weapons are "harmless to civilians", we are publishing excerpts from Carl Sagan's in-depth 1983 investigation on the implications of a nuclear war, including his pathbreaking analysis of Nuclear Winter. In "The Nuclear Winter" (1983), Sagan explored the unforeseen and devastating physical and chemical effects of even a small-scale nuclear war on the earth's biosphere and life on earth. Nuclear war is not front page news, compared to the H1N1 virus or the routine Al Qaeda terror alerts. Be advised that the US-NATO-Israel military alliance plans to use nuclear weapons and the corporate media has been instructed not to discuss the devastating consequences." - Michel Chossudovsky, November 9, 2010

Except for fools and madmen, everyone knows that nuclear war would he an unprecedented human catastrophe. A more or less typical strategic warhead has a yield of 2 megatons, the explosive equivalent of 2 million tons of TNT. But 2 million tons of TNT is about the same as all the bombs exploded in World War II -- a single bomb with the explosive power of the entire Second World War but compressed into a few seconds of time and an area 30 or 40 miles across … In a 2-megaton explosion over a fairly large city, buildings would be vaporized, people reduced to atoms and shadows, outlying structures blown down like matchsticks and raging fires ignited. And if the bomb were exploded on the ground, an enormous crater, like those that can be seen through a telescope on the surface of the Moon, would be all that remained where midtown once had been.

(...) Nobody knows, of course, how many megatons would be exploded in a real nuclear war. There are some who think that a nuclear war can be "contained," bottled up before it runs away to involve much of the world's arsenals. But a number of detailed analyses, war games run by the U.S. Department of Defense, and official Soviet pronouncements all indicate that this containment may be too much to hope for: Once the bombs begin exploding, communications failures, disorganization, fear, the necessity of making in minutes decisions affecting the fates of millions, and the immense psychological burden of knowing that your own loved ones may already have been destroyed are likely to result in a nuclear paroxysm. Many investigations, including a number of studies for the U.S. government, envision the explosion of 5,000 to 10,000 megatons -- the detonation of tens of thousands of nuclear weapons that now sit quietly, inconspicuously, in missile silos, submarines and long-range bombers, faithful servants awaiting orders. The World Health Organization, in a recent detailed study chaired by Sune K. Bergstrom (the 1982 Nobel laureate in physiology and medicine), concludes that 1.1 billion people would be killed outright in such a nuclear war, mainly in the United States, the Soviet Union, Europe, China and Japan. An additional 1.1 billion people would suffer serious injufles and radiation sickness, for which medical help would be unavailable. It thus seems possible that more than 2 billion people-almost half of all the humans on Earth-would be destroyed in the immediate aftermath of a global thermonuclear war. This would represent by far the greatest disaster in the history of the human species and, with no other adverse effects, would probably be enough to reduce at least the Northern Hemisphere to a state of prolonged agony and barbarism. Unfortunately, the real situation would be much worse. In technical studies of the consequences of nuclear weapons explosions, there has been a dangerous tendency to underestimate the results.

(...) We found for the baseline case that roughly 30 percent of the land at northern midlatitudes could receive a radioactive dose greater than 250 rads, and that about 50 percent of northern midlatitudes could receive a dose greater than 100 rads. A 100-rad dose is the equivalent of about 1000 medical X-rays. A 400-rad dose will, more likely than not, kill you. The cold, the dark and the intense radioactivity, together lasting for months, represent a severe assault on our civilization and our species. Civil and sanitary services would be wiped out. Medical facilities, drugs, the most rudimentary means for relieving the vast human suffering, would be unavailable. Any but the most elaborate shelters would be useless, quite apart from the question of what good it might be to emerge a few months later. Synthetics burned in the destruction of the cities would produce a wide variety of toxic gases, including carbon monoxide, cyanides, dioxins and furans. After the dust and soot settled out, the solar ultraviolet flux would be much larger than its present value. Immunity to disease would decline. Epidemics and pandemics would be rampant, especially after the billion or so unburied bodies began to thaw. Moreover, the combined influence of these severe and simultaneous stresses on life are likely to produce even more adverse consequences -- biologists call them synergisms -- that we are not yet wise enough to foresee. So far, we have talked only of the Northern Hemisphere. But it now seems - unlike the case of a single nuclear weapons test -- that in a real nuclear war, the heating of the vast quantities of atmospheric dust and soot in northern midlatitudes will transport these fine particles toward and across the Equator.

...) Many biologists, considering the nuclear winter that these calculations describe, believe they carry somber implications for life on Earth. Many species of plants and animals would become extinct. Vast numbers of surviving humans would starve to death. The delicate ecological relations that bind together organisms on Earth in a fabric of mutual dependency would be torn, perhaps irreparably. There is little question that our global civilization would be destroyed. The human population would be reduced to prehistoric levels, or less. Life for any survivors would be extremely hard. And there seems to be a real possibility of the extinction of the human species. It is now almost 40 years since the invention of nuclear weapons. We have not yet experienced a global thermonuclear war -- although on more than one occasion we have come tremulously close. I do not think our luck can hold forever. Men and machines are fallible, as recent events remind us. Fools and madmen do exist, and sometimes rise to power. Concentrating always on the near future, we have ignored the long-term consequences of our actions. We have placed our civilization and our species in jeopardy. Fortunately, it is not yet too late. We can safeguard the planetary civilization and the human family if we so choose. There is no more important or more urgent issue.

Russian Defense Minister Anatoly Serdyukov and the head of China's Central Military Commission, Guo Boxiong, on Tuesday signed an agreement on developing military cooperation between the two states."First of all, it concerns contracts to supply spare parts for air defense systems, aviation and navy equipment," the minister's spokeswoman said. The document was signed during a meeting of the Russian-Chinese intergovernmental commission on military cooperation in Beijing. The sides noted "good perspectives for bilateral cooperation in spheres related to combat and military transport aviation, naval equipment, air defense systems and post-sale maintenance of Russian-made equipment that the Chinese army has in service," the spokeswoman added. - CHECK ALSO Russia delivers 15 S-300 air-defense batteries to China - Chinese military officials attend Vostok-2010 drills in Russia

Undetected China Sub Startles US Navy! (10 November 2007)
The uninvited guest: Chinese sub pops up in middle of U.S. Navy exercise, leaving military chiefs red-faced. (...) American military chiefs have been left dumbstruck by an undetected Chinese submarine popping up at the heart of a recent Pacific exercise and close to the vast U.S.S. Kitty Hawk - a 1,000ft supercarrier with 4,500 personnel on board.By the time it surfaced the 160ft Song Class diesel-electric attack submarine is understood to have sailed within viable range for launching torpedoes or missiles at the carrier.According to senior Nato officials the incident caused consternation in the U.S. Navy. The Americans had no idea China's fast-growing submarine fleet had reached such a level of sophistication, or that it posed such a threat. One Nato figure said the effect was "as big a shock as the Russians launching Sputnik" - a reference to the Soviet Union's first orbiting satellite in 1957 which marked the start of the space age.The incident, which took place in the ocean between southern Japan and Taiwan, is a major embarrassment for the Pentagon. CLIP

New Chinese subs raise questions (Oct 25, 2010)
Recent media interest about new types of submarines being developed by the People's Liberation Army Navy (PLAN) could provide important clues about China's naval capabilities and intentions, a specialist on China said in a recent article. (...) Early last month, a Hong Kong-based media ran a story based on a photo of a new conventionally powered attack submarine that had been circulating on the Web for several weeks. The SSK submarine was allegedly developed by state-owned China Shipbuilding Industry Corp, China's largest shipbuilder, the report said. The People's Liberation Army (PLA) has yet to officially acknowledge reports that the new submarine has stealth capabilities. "Chinese academic engineering literature cited by a prominent Western defense magazine supports the fact 'that the PLA has also been researching fuel cell AIP engine technology - with the PLA having benefited via Chinese academics from several conferences with German fuel cell technology experts," the report said, citing Jane's Defense Weekly. “The addition of an AIP system could allow a Chinese submarine to operate underwater for up to 30 days on battery power, and would make the Song and Yuan submarines inaudible to existing US surveillance networks-and US subs,” the report said. Reports also claim that China would finish testing and deploy two additional Yuan-class submarines by the end of next year, Hsiao wrote, adding that if reports were true, it would confirm the belief, held by some experts, that the apparent slowdown in the PLAN’s expansion was only a transitory phase and that its submarine fleet appeared set to resume its upward trajectory. These revelations coincide with the recent sighting of a new Type 093 Shang-class nuclear-powered attack submarine docked at a Chinese naval base in Sanya, on Hainan Island. A photograph obtained by Japan-based Kyodo News showed two nuclear-powered submarines docked at a quay on the base. Hsiao wrote that the reports and images showcasing new submarines and deployments underscored Beijing’s growing assertiveness, which has also been accompanied by an increasing incidence of sorties and exercises in waters close to Taiwan, Japan and South Korea.

Iran arms-smuggling case roils Nigeria (Nov 13, 2010)
Nigeria is threatening to report Iran to the UN Security Council if an investigation shows it violated international law and U.N. sanctions in importation of arms to Lagos, Foreign Affairs Minister, Mr. Odein Ajumogobia said yesterday. The artillery rockets and other weapons, loaded in 13 shipping containers that were labeled as building supplies, were seized on October 26 at the Apapa Ports. The State Security Service, SSS, believes the arms were imported by some local politicians to destabilize the country if they lose in upcoming elections that are expected to be hotly contested. An international cargo shipper based in France has said one of its ships picked up the containers from Bandar Abbas, a port in southern Iran. (...) By shipping arms to the country, Iran may be attempting to "tweak" Western powers by showing it can influence affairs in a country vital to U.S. oil supplies, said David Bender, a Washington-based analyst who studies Iran for the Eurasia Group."From their perspective, it doesn't cost anything," Bender said. "But it gives the impression that they are a global player." Nigeria has a predominantly Muslim north and Christian south. Targeted killings allegedly committed by a radical Islamic sect have been shaking the north while militants have launched attacks in the oil-rich southern delta. Presidential elections are scheduled for next year in Africa's most populous country that embraced democracy only a decade ago after a string of military dictatorships and coups.




Unanswered Questions in the Yemen Terror Scare

by Barry Grey - November 2, 2010

In what has become a regular feature of American public life-especially on the eve of major elections-the airwaves were taken over Friday by breathless reports of a new terror threat. It is impossible to determine how much is fact and how much is fiction in the ever-expanding claims being made regarding two packages from Yemen allegedly containing high explosives and addressed to two synagogues in Chicago.

But the very fact that the decision was made, undoubtedly at a very high level, to give such massive media coverage to the alleged plot-before any concrete details were being reported and entirely on the basis of unsubstantiated claims made by, for the most part, anonymous officials-is sufficient reason to adopt a highly skeptical attitude.

The tag line of a popular American television series about a US counterterrorism group-"Not every conspiracy is a theory"-is apt. The hidden purposes behind the current government-media campaign remain unclear, but one thing is certain: no trust should be placed in any of the information being given out.

The suspicious packages, one shipped via UPS and intercepted at an airport in Britain and the other a FedEx package seized at an airport in Dubai, were immediately declared to be part of a major plot hatched by Yemen-based Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula.

Late Friday afternoon, President Obama appeared at the White House to proclaim the terror scare a "credible threat." He was followed by his press spokesman Robert Gibbs and his chief terrorism adviser, John Brennan, who boasted of the government's swift response and promised undefined further actions to counter the alleged threat from Yemen and other countries.

Aside from the unsubstantiated character of the claims, a number of contradictions and anomalies remain unexplained. On Friday, MSNBC was deriding the bombs said to have been concealed within toner cartridges as crude and amateurish. CNN was reporting that no explosives of any kind were found in the packages. By Sunday, the US government and the media were describing the bombs as highly sophisticated-the work of professionals.

The New York Times ominously began its report on Sunday: "The powerful bombs concealed inside cargo packages and destined for the United States were expertly constructed and unusually sophisticated, American officials said Saturday, further evidence that Al Qaeda's affiliate in Yemen is steadily improving its abilities to strike on American soil."

The press is uniformly citing US officials who state that the bomb maker is Ibrahim Hassan al-Asiri, who is named as the chief target of US reprisals, i.e., assassination. Yet in its account, the Times reports, without evidently sensing the contradiction, that this "expert" bomb maker built the "rudimentary" devices used by last year's unsuccessful Christmas Day bomber in Detroit and a Yemeni suicide bomber who tried and failed to assassinate the head of Saudi intelligence, Mohammed bin Nayef, earlier in 2009.

On Sunday, Brennan said he agreed with British Prime Minister David Cameron's claim that the package bombs were meant to explode in the air, not at the designated Chicago synagogues. No one, however, has explained why supposedly expert terrorists would flag their own bombs, designed to blow up airplanes, by sending them from Yemen to Jewish groups in the US!

Then there is the striking coincidence that the terror scare erupted just two days after the Financial Times carried a front-page article headlined "Chairman of BA Attacks US on Airport Security." The article cited British Airways Chairman Martin Broughton angrily denouncing US demands for "completely redundant" airport checks and urging the British authorities to stop "kowtowing" to the Americans.

No doubt with Broughton's statements in mind, US officials are already suggesting that the current threat will be used to continue and even expand the security measures imposed by the US on foreign carriers.

It is impossible to know with any certainty whether there is any basis for the official claims, or, if there is a kernel of truth, where fact ends and exaggeration and lies begin. But as always in such cases, it is appropriate to ask, "Who benefits?"

Apart from US air carriers eager to place ever more onerous requirements on their foreign competitors, there are a number of parties that have much to gain from whipping up public fear in general and animus toward Yemen in particular.

It was the Saudis, in the person of intelligence chief Nayef, who reportedly tipped off Washington Thursday about the explosive packages from Yemen. The Saudi sheikdom considers Yemen, with a weak government and a Shia rebellion in its northern regions bordering Saudi Arabia, to be a mortal threat to the stability of its regime. As the Times reported: "The Saudis consider the Qaeda branch in Yemen its biggest security threat and Saudi intelligence has set up both a web of electronic surveillance and spies to penetrate the organization."

It would therefore be quite possible for Saudi spies to orchestrate the terror scare in order to push Washington to step up its covert operations in Yemen-a country of great strategic interest to the US because it straddles the Red Sea and the Arabian Sea and borders vital oil shipping routes.

As for the US, the sudden emergence of supposed terror threats has become a standard means of disorienting the American people and maintaining social control. In announcing this threat on the eve of an election, Obama is taking a page from the Bush playbook. The Bush White House used terror scares in an attempt to manipulate public opinion on the eve of the elections of 2002, 2004 and 2006.

This year, there is all the more need to distract public attention under conditions of a worsening economic crisis and growing frustration and anger against the entire political establishment. There are, moreover, specific domestic and foreign policy objectives that coincide with the creation of an atmosphere of fear and insecurity.

Abroad, there is the need to further escalate the killing in Iraq and Afghanistan, in the face of growing domestic opposition to the wars, and expand US military aggression to other countries. Under Obama, the US has already intensified its covert operations in Yemen, but it has been forced to halt its missile attacks on suspected insurgents since May, when one of its missiles killed a deputy provincial governor, prompting Yemeni President Ali Abdullah Saleh to demand a halt to the strikes.

The US has been pressing the Yemeni regime to allow it to resume the strikes. As the New York Times noted Sunday, "American officials have been considering sending armed drone aircraft to Yemen to replicate the Pakistan campaign, but such a move would almost certainly require the approval of the mercurial Mr. Saleh."

At home, the terror scares are used to justify the further buildup of the police powers of the state and deeper attacks on democratic rights. One of the most sinister aspects of the current government and media campaign is the singling out, without any evidence, of an American citizen, Anwar al-Awlaki, as the supposed mastermind of the plot.

In its article on Sunday, the Times baldly reported that "American officials said evidence was mounting that the top leadership of Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula, including the radical American-born cleric Anwar al-Awlaki, was behind the attempted attacks." The Times returned to this theme, citing American intelligence officials that the plot "may have been blessed by the highest levels of Al Qaeda's affiliate in Yemen, including Mr. Awlaki."

The newspaper noted that US officials "did not present hard evidence of Mr. Awlaki's involvement," and then went on to report, "This year, the CIA designated Mr. Awlaki-an American citizen-as a high priority for the agency's campaign of targeted killing."

Thus one of the uses to which the current terror scare is being put is to justify the assassination of an American citizen by his own government. The Obama administration is currently seeking to quash a case brought by the American Civil Liberties Union challenging its claim that the president has the legal power to order the murder of anyone, including an American citizen, whom he declares to be a terrorist.

For its part, the Times, the leading organ of the US liberal establishment,published an editorial October 10 supporting the White House position. (See:"The New York Times defends assassinations").


Related articles:

Yemen: New Venue For U.S. Geopolitical Great Game (November 2, 2010)
Why Yemen? Is the West choosing a new target?

Obama Prepares to Expand Military Attacks in Yemen (November 2, 2010)
The Obama administration is preparing to escalate its intervention in Yemen, placing US military units under CIA control to facilitate intensified drone attacks and death squad killings. Citing unnamed government officials, the Wall Street Journal reported Monday that the administration has responded to the alleged airplane mail bomb plot by stepping up its consideration of "military options" inside Yemen. According to the report, these plans would include placing "elite US hunter-killer teams that operate secretly in the country under Central Intelligence Agency authority." The Journal added, "The White House is already considering adding armed CIA drones to the arsenal against militants in Yemen, mirroring the agency's Pakistan campaign." The purpose of placing the US intervention in Yemen (now largely conducted by US military special operations forces) under CIA command, the report states, would be to "streamline US decision-making, giving the White House more direct control over day-to-day operations." What this means in practice is that making the growing intervention in Yemen a CIA operation would allow the Obama administration to cloak in even greater secrecy its escalation in yet another front in the "global war on terrorism." It would be able to operate with less congressional oversight, while concealing its actions from the American people. Equally important, placing the operation under the command of the US spy agency would circumvent the need for explicit approval by Yemen's government. While such approval is required for the deployment of the US military, outside of an outright war, the covert character of CIA's activities would provide both Washington and the corrupt and autocratic regime of President Ali Abdullah Saleh with "deniability." Popular hostility in Yemen to US operations is overwhelming, forcing Saleh to publicly declare his opposition to foreign military intervention and to refuse permission for some US missile strikes. Washington's aim is to create a similar arrangement as the one it forged with the government in Pakistan, which has tacitly accepted drone missile attacks-allowing US forces to operate from Pakistani territory-while publicly condemning them. CLIP

War in Yemen: CIA to Get Control of Special Forces, Drones? (November 1, 2010)
The Wall Street Journal reports today that the White House and the Pentagon are considering stepping up covert action in Yemen, giving the CIA operational control over US military's Special Forces units. They'd operate what the Journal calls "elite US hunter-killer teams" to go after Al Qaeda and others allegedly responsible for terrorist attacks and attempts against the United States.In addition, the plan includes using drone attacks, a la Pakistan, to target Al Qaeda operatives. (...) Yemen is desperately poor. It is on the verge of being the first country in the world literally to run out of water. Its skimpy oil reserves are drying up. All by itself, Saudi Arabia could fix Yemen by spending a few tens of billions of dollars there, and the United States could take the lead in creating an international consortium to rescue Yemen. Some in the Obama administration, such as Susan Rice, supposedly came into office with a plan to rebuild and repair so-called failed states, but now it appears as if the quicker, cheaper answer to send unofficial death squads to deal with the symptom, rather than fix the problem.

US deploys Predator drones in Yemen: report (November 7, 2010)
The administration of President Barack Obama has deployed unmanned Predator drones in Yemen to hunt for Al-Qaeda operatives who are becoming increasingly active in that Arab country, The Washington Post reported Sunday.But citing unnamed senior US officials, the newspaper said US military and intelligence operatives have not fired missiles from these aircraft because they lack solid intelligence on the militants' whereabouts... US officials said the Predators have been patrolling the skies over Yemen for several months in search of leaders and operatives of Al-Qaeda, the report said.But after a series of attacks by Yemeni forces and US cruise missiles earlier this year, Yemeni Al-Qaeda leaders "went to ground," The Post quotes a senior Obama administration official as saying. Yemeni officials said they had deep reservations about weapons they said could prove counterproductive, the paper noted."Why gain enemies right now?" The Post quotes Mohammed Abdulahoum, a senior Yemeni official, as saying. "Americans are not rejected in Yemen; the West is respected. Why waste all this for one or two strikes when you don't know who you're striking?" CLIP

Hellfire from the Sky: Targeting of Innocent Civilians by Unmanned Drones (2010-11-02)
United States President Barack Obama, who is due to visit India in early November, has virtually adhered to almost all the security policies of his predecessor. In fact, he has enhanced some of the most reprehensible policies of the George W. Bush administration, including the targeting of civilians by unmanned drones. Rendition (kidnapping) and indefinite detention of terror suspects have increased under his watch. President Obama has substantially increased defence spending and has expanded the war in Afghanistan. A Federal Court in the U.S. overturned a decision by a lower court granting former prisoners tortured by the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) the right to sue for damages. The Federal judge said he overturned the ruling because he supported the Obama administration's position on the issue. He stated in his judgment that "there is a painful conflict between human rights and national security". The judge concluded that fundamental human rights had to be sacrificed at the altar of national security. Before assuming the presidency, Obama had promised to give up the unlawful practices of the Bush administration such as the rendition of suspects to secret CIA bases in countries such as Romania and Poland, where they were routinely subjected to torture. Such practices may have diminished somewhat, but the Obama administration has wholeheartedly endorsed the Bush administration's policy of eliminating terror suspects using pilotless high-tech drone aircraft. Instead of using the laborious technique of capturing alleged terrorists from their hideouts in crowded cities and remote villages, the drones just bomb the house or village where the suspects are holed up. In the process, there has been huge collateral damage. Innocent civilians killed far outnumber those killed in the fight against the occupation. Ever since he took office two years ago, Obama has made the deadly drones a key instrument in his fight against the militants in Afghanistan and Pakistan. The drones are also being used liberally to target militants in Yemen and Somalia. The German magazine Der Spiegel reported that Obama had, since assuming power, authorised more than 120 drone attacks in Pakistan. During the eight years of the Bush presidency, there were only an estimated 60 such drone attacks. The drone attacks have contributed significantly to the alienation of the Pakistani public from the U.S. and the rise in suicide attacks on American and North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) targets. The CIA had targeted the Pakistani Taliban leader Baitullah Mesud 16 times with drones. It was only in the last attempt that it succeeded in getting him. In the last attack alone, around nine of his relatives and friends were killed. Most of those killed in the continuing drone attacks have been poor civilians living in the tribal areas bordering Afghanistan. More than 700 civilians were killed in 2009. This year the numbers are bound to rise substantially. CLIP

The Yemen Hidden Agenda: Behind the Al-Qaeda Scenarios, A Strategic Oil Transit Chokepoint (January 5, 2010)



Drone Surveillance Program Targeting Americans?

November 9, 2010

A video from a 2007 investigative report by KPRC local news in Houston made a sizable impact on YouTube when it appeared early this year.  The video (below) shows unequivocal proof of the secret testing of unmanned drones by the Houston Police department.  A similar program came to light in Las Vegas, also initiated in 2007.  Is this an indication that police and military are now working jointly in a way that blurs the lines between their stated border control operations and a wider domestic surveillance program?

It is worth remembering that as far back as 2003, FOX News propagandized that unmanned Iraqi Drones May Target U.S. Cities, invoking a potential biological 9/11 carried out by UAV equipped with spray nozzles.  Yet, this fleet of unmanned drones actually has taken flight over America at the behest of Homeland Security, working jointly with select police departments, and is enriching the corporations which produce this technology.

An article by CNET in 2006 quoted Mike Heintz on behalf of the UNITE Alliance, which represents the military-industrial behemoths Northrop Grumman, Lockheed Martin and Boeing, as envisioning that border control and anti-terrorism would be primary applications, but, "Other examples are limited only by your imagination." Given this tacit admission of the openness of direction, the issue of the legality of these all-seeing drones -- which are capable of viewing the general public without probable cause -- should be paramount.  Yet, there has been very little public debate, despite the fact that these vehicles are already in use.  In the wake of recent news about domestic surveillance of peaceful activists by Homeland Security, as well as surveillance by foreign intelligence agencies, Americans should not be comfortable with military-grade surveillance capabilities being used in American skies.

The little attention that unmanned drones over American soil has received continues to be focused on coastlines and border control functions to combat drug trafficking. However, a fairly recent Public Intelligence article discussed information they received about a program in Las Vegas called "Silver Shield." The Silver Shield program appears to be part of "infrastructure protection," but also indicates domestic surveillance capability. The Law Enforcement Sensitive document was dated from 2007, the same year as the report by local station KPRC 2 in Houston about an apparently similar program.

In the case of Houston, the city falls within the 100-mile zone of border control, which the ACLU has called the Constitution-free Zone. However, the Vegas report is even more troubling, since it is a major city that is well away from the coast. Regardless, the fact that the government seems to consider a 100-mile swath around the entire country (where 2/3 of people reside), as a Constitutional no-man's land is cause for much more discussion than has been taking place.

The use of unmanned drones in silent wars abroad has had a terrible impact, and their use is only spreading. More investigation is needed about what the military-industrial complex has in store for Americans.  Please urge your local media to investigate if similar programs are taking place in your area, both inside the 100-mile zone, as well as inland major cities.

Watch this revealing TV news report - EXCELLENT INVESTIGATIVE REPORTING:


The Ultimate Betrayal: Police and Military Working Together to Oppress Americans (August 3, 2010)
I have spoken to retired police officers who remember a world where it was considered a failure to draw a weapon unless under direct attack. Even if such an action was required, the result was nightmare inducing. Today's police seem to have lost such empathy. Police are rarely a welcome sight these days, as they are often black-clad, brandishing military gear and weapons, and applying military force over such non-violent infractions as traffic stops. Police are being equipped and trained as if they are an occupying force, and the results have been predictably disastrous.Additionally, local police are being issued directives encouraging them to see select members of their communities as potential domestic terrorists. This threat assessment language is the exact spur needed to create a feeling of impending attack. This has led to inland checkpoints, where police, military, and the American people are being desensitized to this absolute perversion of American values and laws. The traveling tyranny of the G8/G20 shows us where this road can lead. When the creator of an organization called The Love Police is detained and tortured, journalists threatened with rape, sound cannons deployed, and women are attacked by police dogs . . . anything is possible. Military and police alike are indoctrinated to adopt a stress-induced frame of mind that leads away from peaceful resolution and toward this type non-thinking assault. The U.S Congress has been instrumental in allowing this change of mindset to happen. They have long allowed the Drug War to be the excuse for minimal oversight of the actions of SWAT and the DEA, permitting daily paramilitary-style assault raids that terrorize our citizens. The cases of home invasion (sometimes mistaken identity) have resulted in unconscionable atrocities. The War on Terror makes things exponentially worse, as the "war without end" can come home to roost.The ultimate betrayal has occurred on American soil, just as it has in many other countries throughout history. When the military and police begin to abandon their codes of honor, mass enslavement is the inevitable result. We need to take action now and ask our police and military to remember the oaths they swore not to obey any orders that will lead to our oppression. The real enemies are those who give those orders.




The Democrats Prepare to Move Right

by Shamus Cooke - November 5, 2010

On the eve of the Republican-dominated mid-term election, working people were told to vote Democrat to prevent a "truly dangerous" Republican party from taking power. There is an element of truth in this: the Republican Party has been sprinting to the far right for decades, to the point where they are incapable of speaking sensibly about political issues.

But in a close second place in this rightward scramble are the Democrats, who've spent decades racing into the arms of the corporations that dominate both political parties unchallenged.

This mad dash to the right did not stop at the midterm election; the Democrats are preparing to unleash their hidden second wind, kept from public view until after the elections. 

The first step to the right occurred in the commentary over the lost elections. The Democrat's fake analysis about why they lost will push them to "correct their mistakes." 

Contrary to all evidence or common sense, the Democrats now claim that their agenda was "too progressive" while in power, to be fixed by shifting even further to the right. In effect, the Democrats are now agreeing with the Tea Party's analysis of the Obama Administration.  

Democratic Senator from Indiana Evan Bayh explained this false narrative in The New York Times, in his op-ed entitled Where Do Democrats Go Next? His answer could only be interpreted as to the right:

"It is clear that Democrats over-interpreted our [progressive] mandate. Talk of a 'political realignment' and a 'new progressive era' proved wishful thinking." (November 3, 2010). 

Bayh suggests that the Democrats adopt numerous Republican policies to compensate, such as cuts to both corporate taxes and Social Security.

Obama wasted no time in agreeing with the Tea Party in his concession speech. He had "lost contact" with the American people, meaning, that he had acted too progressively. To compensate, Obama implied a move to the right, by serving corporations even more obediently: 

"I've got to take responsibility in terms of making sure that I make clear to the business community [Wall Street and corporate America], as well as to the country, that the most important thing we can do is to boost and encourage our business sector...,"

Obama also promised to "negotiate" with Republicans over the Bush tax cuts, energy, and education policies.

Social Security is an additional area that Obama has agreed to negotiate with the Republicans. Obama's bipartisan Deficit Reduction Commission purposely waited for the midterm elections to end before it announced its recommendations, which will reportedly include cuts to Social Security and Medicare.  

Both Republicans and Democrats are set to unite in attacking Social Security, in the same way they have united over the Bush/Obama wars; the Bush/Obama bank bailouts; the Bush/Obama destruction of civil liberties; the Bush/Obama education policy; and the Bush/Obama general favoritism of corporations over working people. 

Both parties agree that the U.S. deficit is a more severe problem than creating jobs. They will thus unite to reduce the deficit by cutting or destroying valuable social services to working people, including Social Security, Medicare, public education, and other federally funded programs. This is their only option, since both parties agree that raising taxes on the rich and corporations or cutting military spending are "off the table".

These bi-partisan, anti-worker policies will further expose the Democrats as being extensions of the very wealthy and the corporations. Working people will refuse to vote for this "lesser evil" in the future and demand that their labor and community groups move towards political independence.

Shamus Cooke is a social service worker, trade unionist, and writer for Workers Action ( He can be reached at


Related articles:

Obama, Republicans Prepare for Joint Assault on American Workers (November 4, 2010)
In back-to-back press conferences Wednesday, the day after sweeping Republican gains in the 2010 midterm election, victorious Republican Party leaders and Democratic President Barack Obama took their first tentative steps towards an open political partnership directed against the American working class.
(...) In a clear olive branch to his right-wing opponents, Obama embraced their rhetoric against "big government." He said that in the course of his first two years in office, with crisis interventions in the banking system, the auto industry and health care, "I think people started looking at all this and it felt as if government was getting much more intrusive into people's lives than they were accustomed to." It is notable that neither Obama nor his Republican opponents classify government spying, wiretapping, secret prisons or assassination orders-all the trappings of a police state-as "big government." What the Republicans demonize is the slightest government restriction on the activities of giant corporations, banks and wealthy individuals to plunder and exploit working people. Obama pointed to the bipartisan deficit commission he appointed in March, which is to submit proposals next month for cuts in entitlement programs such as Medicare, Medicaid and Social Security, as well as possible consumption taxes on the working class.He also touted his embrace of accelerated depreciation rules for business, so companies "get a huge tax break next year," citing this as "an idea that business groups and Republicans I think have supported for a very long time." Obama concluded with a paean to the capitalist market that could have been given by newly elected Republican Senator Rand Paul, declaring, "The reason we've got a unparalleled standard of living in the history of the world is because we've got a free market that is dynamic and entrepreneurial, and that free market has to be nurtured and cultivated." What "unparalleled standard of living" is Obama talking about? American workers who are facing levels of poverty, unemployment and social misery unprecedented in three-quarters of a century might respond with an impolite gesture. The president wanted above all to reassure corporate America that he had learned his lesson from the election and would never again speak ill of Wall Street, no matter what crimes are committed by the bankers and CEOs. Citing the financial crash, the scandal of huge executive bonuses, and the BP oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, he said, "I think business took the message that, well, gosh, it seems like we may be always painted as the bad guy." This extraordinary apology to those who have wrecked the US and world economy, despoiled the environment, and destroyed the livelihoods of tens of millions of working people demonstrates the complete subservience of both parties and all of official Washington to the ruling financial aristocracy.

After GOP victory, emboldened Israel declares new building in East Jerusalem (November 8, 2010)
Israel has published plans to build about 1,300 new housing units in East Jerusalem neighborhoods, a move that highlights US-Israeli differences just as Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu arrived in the United States to huddle with Obama administration officials. The Friday publication of the building plans, discovered today, was a surprise redux of Israel's approval of 1,600 new homes that torpedoed Vice President Joe Biden's March visit to Israel, angering the White House. Then, as now, Israel played down its significance. But coupled with Mr. Netanyahu's public call on Sunday for the US to create a "credible'' threat of military force against Iran, the publicized building plans are seen by some analysts as a sign that Israel has been emboldened by last week's Republican victory in the midterm elections. "This gives them more room to maneuver," says Meir Javedanfar, a Middle East analyst in Tel Aviv. "Republicans back the Israeli government's stance on Iran and they are more accepting of Israel's West Bank strategy.'' The visit to the US marks the first round of Middle East diplomacy since the midterms. CLIP

MSNBC's suspension of Keith Olbermann: US media shifts further to the right (8 November 2010)
Keith Olbermann, the host of "Countdown with Keith Olbermann", a news commentary program on US cable channel MSNBC, was suspended November 5 for having donated $2,400 each to three Democratic candidates for Congress on the eve of the recent elections. Phil Griffin, MSNBC president, asserted that Olbermann had violated a company policy that requires obtaining management approval before making political contributions. On the face of it, the suspension that ends Tuesday is absurd. As host of the nightly program, Olbermann has made no secret about his support for the Democratic Party. Indeed, his program, watched by an audience of one million in the most recent period, came to prominence on the wave of hostility to the George W. Bush administration and its criminal activities. The show has been at the center of MSNBC's own gain in popularity in recent years. Olbermann had a number of "good days" mocking and excoriating Bush, Dick Cheney, Karl Rove and company-granted that this crowd was an easy target.In social and political terms, the action taken by MSNBC management against the Countdown host is an expression of a further rightward shift on the part of the media and political establishment in the wake of the midterm elections. Having been granted time to regroup by Barack Obama's election and first two years in office, the US ruling elite will now step up its campaign of reaction. CLIP - NOTE OLBERMANN IS ALREADY BACK AT MSNBC

Bombshell: FEMA Camps Confirmed (November 10, 2010)
Jesse Ventura's Conspiracy Theory Proves FEMA Camps Exist for American Citizens in New Episode that Airs Friday, Nov. 12 10 PM EST / 9 PM CST Only on TruTV -- Former Gov. Jesse Ventura and his crew at Conspiracy Theory have blown the FEMA camp issue wide open in a truly groundbreaking episode from the program's second season on TruTV. The "Police State" episode proves once and for all that the feds have trained to take on American citizens, planned for riots and disasters and made preparations to maintain order at any cost. Tune in this Friday, Nov. 12 at 10 PM Eastern/ 9 PM Central and leave the denial at the door. This powerful episode is the largest and most in-depth investigation into FEMA camps to date- and it is scheduled to air on television. Radio host and filmmaker Alex Jones returns to the series yet again, as the team takes you to confirmed on-the-ground facilities, confronts the legislators who authorized FEMA camps and breaks down the full-scale technologically-integrated police state that includes Fusion Centers, FEMA, the Department of Homeland Security and more.At one of many real and verified FEMA locations, Jesse Ventura and Alex Jones approach a "Residential Center" run by Homeland Security in central Texas where they find locked doors, double-fences and escape warnings around the entire perimeter. Further inside the facility, they witness a playground complex, swings and slides for children. The crew walks up to the front door and attempts to get some answers. But the officials refuse to either confirm or deny the facility's purpose, including whether or not American citizens are being held inside. However, our past investigations into this facility reveal that it has confined both children and adults, including immigrants, refugee seekers and American citizens. Despite hundreds of government documents identifying emergency and contingency plans, including plans to deal with mass fatalities, insurrection, internment and quarantines, Ventura and his team repeatedly encounter outrageous denial and avoidance by officials at every level. The mainstream media have avoided and downplayed these on-the-record plans for FEMA Camps and Homeland Security Emergency Facilities for years. Clearly, it is not meant to be a public relations talking point, and it is no surprise that members of Congress, including those who wrote the bill to create FEMA camps in America, are reluctant to discuss the matter.
(...) The show's producers have told Alex behind the scenes that this episode turned out to be the most exciting from its entire Second Season line-up. It not only confronts the FEMA camp issue head on, but uncovers significant reason to worry about the actions of Homeland Security and other agencies. At location after location, it is clear that its administrators are nervous to discuss what they are preparing, but it is clear from their records and public documents that they are preparing for something big. From TruTv's episode guide:"Police State" - NEW!Premieres Fri, November 12 at 10PIt's been said the government has a plan to declare martial law and round up millions of United State citizens into concentration camps. Jesse may have found a conspiracy in plain sight as he investigates the proliferation of law enforcement Fusion Centers around the country. And they may be connected to hundreds of detention centers ready to accept prisoners at the stroke of a Presidential pen. - Watch also Jesse Ventura - Season two Chat - October 2010




This is the Security State Steve Built

Why the Tories keep whipping up fear of terrorists, criminals and peaceful protestors.

By Murray Dobbin, Today,

For those considering issue triage -- picking five or six issues to focus on -- in the fight to rid the country of the current government, one area that is critical to the outcome is exposing the Harper government's construction of the national security state. 

I am referring here to the commitment of the Harper government to implementing policies that increase the importance of a war-fighting military in Canadian society, its preoccupation with tough-on-crime legislation, its blank cheque to security operations like the one "protecting" the G20 summit, and its continued efforts to convince Canadians that they face the constant risk of terrorist attack.

The flip side of the coin: criminalizing dissent and trashing civil liberties so that opposition to this agenda can be kept to a minimum.

Life in the 'national security state'

The national security state is a term that has been long connected with corporate globalization and the Washington consensus -- the set of policies established in the mid-1970s to replace the old post-war social contract. Its most familiar elements are privatization, deregulation, so called "free trade," tax cuts for the wealthy and corporations and massive cuts to social spending. All of these have been visited upon Canada over the past 20 years.

But the sixth element of that elite consensus was always there in the background, and was in effect the ruling elites' anticipation of a popular reaction to the devastating effects of other five: as conditions worsen, as wages and living standards fall, as personal insecurity increases, and as the social safety net frays, the threat of a radical response becomes real.

The national security state is intended to protect the gains made through free market policies, and at the same time, gradually redefine what government means to the citizenry. We have in Harper a prime minister who virtually never refers to medicare, education, social protection, the environment, poverty reduction or indeed any of the issues that the vast majority of Canadians say they care about.

Both the Liberals and the Conservatives have committed themselves to this broader agenda of diminishing the government's social role. But the Harper government has committed itself to changing the Canadian political culture in such a way that bringing it back to equilibrium could be difficult. Under former armed forces chief Rick Hillier, the military was suddenly everywhere, and our "mission" in Afghanistan seemed to define the country in Harper's political spin. Only when he realized the mission was a disaster did the military hype die down.

But building up the military, at stupendous cost, is still on the agenda. We now spend more on the military in real (inflation-adjusted) dollars than at any time since the Second World War. The F35s (which with inevitable cost overruns could cost us $20-30 billion) are just the latest toys to be ordered for the armed forces. No one honestly thinks they are being sought for any real military purpose. These stealth fighter-bombers are designed for one thing: to slip undetected past an enemy's defences in a first strike, "shock and awe" attack. Which enemy? And then what? We send in our army? This role is only plausible if it is in support of some new U.S. adventure.

Real defence department needs -- such as support/supply ships (critical in humanitarian missions), icebreakers to patrol the Arctic and heavy transport planes are all higher priorities. It demonstrates that the purpose of the F35s is political and cultural, not military.

Ratcheting up fear as crime drops

The law and order agenda of the government is another front in the cultural war being waged by Harper against his own country. The fact that he keeps re-introducing the crime bills suggests that one of his main purposes is just to keep the fear of crime alive.

It's a tough job. Crime has been declining for almost 30 years and everyone in the field knows it. So we are treated to Stockwell Day (he of the 6,000-year-old earth) claiming with a straight face that we need the prisons for the unreported crime. (As I was going up the stair, I met a man who wasn't there...)

The crime rate is down almost 15 per cent since 1994-95. Homicide rates are at the lowest rate in 30 years; firearm homicides have decreased in the past 15 years by 37 per cent. Harper, of course, tried to eliminate one of the major contributors to the decline in gun deaths: the long gun registry. Murders with rifles and shotguns have decreased dramatically, from 107 in 1991 to 32 in 2007 because of the stronger controls on firearms. 

And the cost of this phony war on crime? Just the new law limiting the credit given to prisoners for time served in custody before trials will cost $1 billion to implement and billions more to maintain, according to a study commissioned by parliamentary budget officer Kevin Page. The study had to use estimates because the government refused to hand over specific data.  

The total costs for prisons in 2003-04 was $1 billion for provincial correctional centres and $1.447 billion for federal penitentiaries. The sentencing legislation alone will increase that by a staggering 40 per cent. The law will double the number of inmates by 2015 and more than double the cost of incarceration in federal and provincial facilities from $4.4 billion to $9.5 billion, most of which will be paid for by the provinces.

Blank cheques

The government never lets pass an opportunity to remind people of the war on terror and just how close we are to being attacked. This past weekend, Public Safety Minister Vic Toews told the Halifax International Security Forum that serious intelligence reports about potential terrorist threats to Canada cross his desk "almost daily." A more irresponsible and obviously false declaration is hard to imagine.

When it comes to security operations, it seems it is simply carte blanche from the PMO. The obscene cost of hosting the G8 and G20 summits is a case in point. There seemed to be no budget set at all -- just an open cheque book to spend whatever security agencies wanted. Money was no object. The government recently released what it says is the cost for security: $675 million, far beyond what any other country has ever spent on security for these summits.

Cracking protesters' heads

But it wasn't just the free-flowing cash that revealed the results of a growing security state. The unprecedented behaviour of the police in Toronto demonstrated just how the culture gradually changes when a new normal gets established. Arresting 1,000 people; raiding the sleeping quarters of demonstrators and hauling them all off to jail (all charges later dismissed); corralling hundreds of peaceful demonstrators -- and bystanders -- and refusing to let them out of the ring of riot police while it poured rain for several hours; deliberate and systematic humiliation of those arrested; denial of food and water and legal counsel; and the apparently deliberate abandonment of police cars so the Black Bloc (also police?) could burn them -- in a planned effort to justify the later brutality.

We will probably never know how all of this happened, but if it was not ordered and co-coordinated it might just as well have been. The results were the same. What other objective, except to criminalize dissent, could have been in the minds of the cops who carried out the abuse and in the minds of the prosecutors who validated it?

There are many other examples that could be listed, including the harassment of anti-Olympics activists in Vancouver and the Lower Mainland by special Olympic cops who accosted people at subways stations, at workplaces and on the street. And the cops-with-rocks at the Montebello summit a few years ago.

Each time these outrages go unchallenged by federal opposition politicians, the national security state clicks one notch further forward and normal gets a bit worse. When tough on crime bills sail through almost without comment even when crime is declining, and when we are spending billions and billions on defence when we have no enemies, there is something terribly wrong with the body politic.

The country is changing before our eyes, and federal opposition parties are letting it happen.


Related articles:

YouTube sued for 'derogatory' video (Oct 18, 2010)
TORONTO: Posting online comments or YouTube videos anonymously may soon be over if some recent cases are anything to go by. A Toronto cop, who was mocked after videos of his actions during the G-20 summit here in June were posted on YouTube, is suing Google for $1.2 million in damages and seeking the identity of user 'theforcebewithme' who posted them and 24 others who made derogatory comments against him. Nicknamed 'Officer Bubbles,' Constable Adam Josephs was filmed by someone during the Toronto protests while threatening a young woman with arrest if she blew bubbles in his face. One of the comments on the videos reads: "I love the fact that this Nazi's name is known. I am hoping some unstable Dilaudid addict takes this (expletive) down.'' The cop is seeking legal action against YouTube and those who posted what he calls defamatory comments against him when he was just performing his duty. Read more: YouTube sued for 'derogatory' video - CLIP

"Officer Bubbles"- From Bubbles to Bookings?
More HERE on this and watch here the cartoon video made on this anti-bubbles RamboCop. CHECK also this REALNEWS video

Ottawa releases costs for G20, G8 summits (Nov. 05 2010) LEST WE FORGET...
The federal government opened the books on its G20/G8 spending this summer, revealing at least $860 million in costs, which included bills from Future Shop for microwaves, thousands on pins and trinkets for spouses and millions in hotel bills. Some of the more head-scratching costs include at least $86,000 on zipper-pulls, and $4,400 on $100 pens for world leaders. However, the majority of the costs were for security with the RCMP's bill coming in at $330 million. (...) Still, as it stands, government officials note the preliminary costs are far below the estimated budget of $1.1 billion. But critics say it is still too much and money could have been saved by holding the G8 and G20 summits in the same place. The G8 took place in Huntsville, Ont. and the G20 in Toronto. "I don't understand, why do we have to spend so much money?" Liberal MP Denis Coderre asked. "We can be focused and keep our priority for safety of the people, but at the same time we have to control and have better check and balance. If it's not a boondoggle of a billion dollars, it's gonna be a boondoggle of $857 million."

Canada's F-35 buy could trigger Arctic arms race: Expert (October 31, 2010) LEST WE FORGET...
OTTAWA: A government purchase of F-35 fighter jets could cause "angst in Russia" and trigger an Arctic arms race, Arctic sovereignty expert Michael Byers said Thursday."I don't want my country to be the country that starts an Arctic arms race," Byers said as debate over the government's plan to spend $16 billion on 65 of the F-35s raged on several fronts on Parliament Hill. Byers is chair in global politics and international law at the University of British Columbia. He said there is no need for stealth "shock and awe" military aircraft in the North and senior U.S. military officials have contradicted Canadian government claims of threats from aging Russian bombers near Canadian airspace.What is needed up North, he emphasized, is search-and-rescue planes. CLIP


Recommended by Lance White (


The Gore Report - 06-05-2010

Listen to Rush Limbaugh talk about the top secret NASA report on Mars



RUSH: As I mentioned recently, ladies and gentlemen, after reviewing data from one of the Mars Rovers, NASA, big press conference the other day, concluded that Mars was once drenched with enough water to "support life in a good, habitable environment." I mean, this is incredible discovery and NASA is still had to go out there and say that there's no proof that life existed. All they said was that conditions were there for there to be life. But this is not all NASA said, ladies and gentlemen. There's a lot that is not being discussed here, as a powerful, influential member of the media, I know more than you do. Especially about this.

I have seen a highly classified report that has not been released publicly and it probably won't be unless you consider my talking about it here to be releasing it publicly. It's a top secret report, code name The Gore Report. It was prepared by scientists from Area 52 in New Mexico, and they analyzed the Mars data and there's some findings in this report, and I can understand why they don't want to release this, and I don't know it all, but I want to pass off what some of The Gore Report says.

There was life on Mars, that's what NASA is not being up front, there was life, everybody knows it. We can't be the only people occupying the universe. It's impossible. Who do we think we are? The only people God created - sorry, for those of you who don't believe in God - only people who evolved from apes?

So it's clear that there was life elsewhere and now that NASA has kind of let the cat out of the bag, if there were habitable conditions up there we know there was life there. In fact, they found some DNA evidence up there that compares favorably to members of the Skull and Bones Society here on earth.

These people were highly industrialized, the Martians, they were technologically superior, and they were very arrogant people. And they thought that the power and the force of their existence was all that was needed to sustain them, and they didn't care a whit about conservation; they didn't care a whit about preserving anything; they got rid of everything that was pristine.

In fact, they used the internal combustion engine. They were globalists; they got rid of all the countries on that planet and they had just one giant society, and the powerful, rich, just absorbed everything they needed from the best parts of the planet, used it for themselves and everybody basically suffered until everybody died out because what happened was there were no checks and balances.

Probably, I don't know this, probably wasn't any campaign finance reform to restrict the corruption in their elective circumstances there, and so special interest groups and multinationals who escaped taxes by, you know, forming offshore accounts.

There's no coincidence to the fact that they found water, lots of water where habitable conditions were because it dovetails with what's in the report about some of these multinationals abandoning their own countries and locating offshore for all of the nefarious reasons.

They had rain forests. You don't hear about this. They had ancient rain forests; they had jungles; they had so much oil and gas; they had reserves out the wazoo.

In fact, one of the things they found on Mars is that it's possible that there's still some there, tiny little amounts, but it's clear. You saw the pictures from Mars. I saw the skeletons, at least I saw the fossils of the skeletons. There were people there, or there were beings there, but it looked like Pompeii, looked like these people all died huddled together, and it was just swarmed and in an instant.

You know, they were one day there and then gone. So many people living close together, it has to have been the result of urban sprawl. Nobody had any space, nobody had any room, and I saw it from the pictures that they released.

It's clear, ladies and gentlemen. Mars was once the jewel of the solar system, and it was raped. Mars was raped. This is what NASA knows. This is what The Gore Report says. Mars was raped by robber barons. Capitalism, dependence on combustible engines led to global warming; the ecosystem that sustained everybody was destroyed.

That's why the water they've found is at the equator area, the ice caps melted, exactly what's happening here, folks, exactly what's happening here.

These people were advanced. Not everybody on Mars died. This is what's fascinating about this report. Not everybody on Mars died. Some were able to flee, some were able to get off the planet. This is what they can't afford to release.

UFOs, yep, all these sightings, all of these blinking lights, all these unexplained things, they're real. That's why they're calling this Area 52.

[DW: Supposedly the different 'areas' correspond to nuclear testing grounds in Nevada - but I did have one other black-ops contact who told me that some of these 'areas' are indeed off-planet.]

Those are Martians, escaping the destruction - I think this goes way back before we were alive. UFOs have been happening all over. It may well be that the bright star that guided the three wise men was a UFO.

Tax cuts absolutely were a factor. That's what the offshore thing was all about. Yeah, of course tax cuts were a factor.

[DW: Notice here that Rush still manages to read his own political biases into the story. He may have said too much that was spot-on with the truth, realized it, and suddenly had to change the subject to make it again sound more farcical. Referring back to his earlier statements, it's not difficult to see that the world's most powerful elites would have hidden themselves away on a military-fortified 'offshore' island so they would be much harder to invade or attack. That might explain why we have not found any other areas on Mars that are as highly developed as Cydonia, with its giant pyramids and symmetrical monument in the shape of a human face. It does make sense that if Mars was suffering from climate change, certain regions would stay pristine the longest - like the Los Angeles / coastal area being the only part of Southern California that is not now a desert, or the fact that most of the entire continent of Australia is a bleak, barren desert except for the very edges.]

But the elites got off, the elites were able to travel in space. There weren't very many of them, but they were able to get off. They fled the planet in time.

The stunning thing about the Mars report, The Gore Report, is that they're here. These people that destroyed Mars are here, they are on earth, folks.

They are in America. They work at Halliburton. They worked at Enron. They worked at WorldCom. They're at Boeing.

[DW: Notice that he starts by saying "the Mars report," and then corrects himself to say "The Gore Report," which is obviously a fake name to try to tie this in with former VP Al Gore. That may be one of the only distortions of truth in this entire presentation.]

They came to America, and The Gore Report clearly illustrates they have not learned a thing from their experiences on Mars.

The truth is out there. Far, far out there


Related articles, videos and book:

The Revealing III: The Mars Bloodline? - David Wilcock gives his take on this strange broadcast
(...) Even though the mind of any skeptic automatically leads them to believe Rush was "just being funny," (as otherwise this event makes no sense to a skeptic whatsoever, and they must maintain their "grip" on "reality" at all costs,) there are at least two places where it sounds as if he is in tears as he is telling the story. You can hear distinct stress patterns in his voice as he is "telling the joke". It could be that he was severely warned against talking, but couldn't handle the pressure of having to keep such explosive inside information a secret. He probably figures that everyone in "the herd" is SO clueless that he could drop this amazing disclosure and nothing would happen. Not everyone liked his sense of humor, apparently, as it was quickly struck off the official record... like so many other aspects of secrecy we are all now seeing on a daily basis.We can well assume that he was "visited" after this broadcast, and given healthy threats about what would happen to him, and his family, if he ever mentioned it again. Living with such a secret, and such a threat, may even explain an increase in his drug and alcohol consumption. His staff obviously were not 'in the know' enough to see that he'd made a mistake, and cranked out the transcript before it had time to be buried down the 'memory hole'. CLIP

How much water on Mars? Rover road trip seeks answers (March 4, 2004)
( -- Now that NASA's Opportunity rover has established a locale on Mars where rocks were once drenched in water, it is in a race against time and battery life to learn how widespread and deep the water was. (...) Previous photographic evidence has provided a virtually airtight case for past episodes of running water and strong signs of lakes or oceans. And laboratory studies of a Mars rock found on Earth -- the infamous Allan Hills meteorite -- have shown geochemical evidence for water. (The rock, also called ALH 84001, is most known for its as-yet-unproven signs of Martian life.)"We know an awful lot about the history of water on Mars," Jakosky said. "There was liquid water on Mars. It was present in the crust at least in some places at some times. There's reason to think it was widespread. We know substantial quantities of water have been lost to space" as the planet's climate changed, and owing to its gravity, which is 38 percent that of Earth. CLIP

Life on Mars: NASA. Evidence of Past Life on the Red Planet. Origins of Life part 3
This video details the scientific evidence proving that microbial life lived on Mars from 4 billion to at least 1 million years ago. A documentary film by Rhawn Joseph, Ph.D. This film is the Third chapter (Part 3), from the 55 minute film: God & The Origin of Life. This video and the associated chapters, are founded on considerable scientific evidence and are not based on religion or conceptions of god. Some viewers leap to irrational conclusions about religion or god based on the title. Each chapter may be viewed, on youtube, in any order.
1: God & the Origin of Life: The Myth of the Organic Soup
2: Meteors & the Origins of Life
3: Life on Mars
4: Fossils & Life Found on the Moon
5: Origins: Life is Everywhere. Life in Extreme Environments
The entire video may be viewed at The purpose of these 5 chapters and this film is to create a scientific revolution and paradigm shift in scientific thinking and in our understanding of life on earth and in the universe. (...) Conclusion: Life on Earth (and on Mars) came from other planets. Our ancient ancestors are visitors from the stars.

Martian fossil skull from Gusev Crater Spirit's mission

Mars Has Glass Tunnels, UFO's and The Famous Face

The ruined city on Mars Hale crater investigation

Alien Structures on the Moon. NASA Cover Up
Eyewitness testimony from Ex Airforce Military. There are huge alien structures on the dark side of the moon. Many of the astronauts have seen these and NASA is covering it up, because " We don't need to know ". More Great Free Videos and Info at Website

UFO'S ALIENS MOON NASA COVER UP NEIL ARMSTRONG ASTRONAUT WARNING MESSAGE> The Apollo astronauts found lots of alien artifacts on the moon but were warned not to say anything on threat of execution of themselves and there families. Neil Armstrong first man on the moon gives a speech were he left a cryptic message trying to warn humanity of the great deception taking place.

Moon Pics MUST SEE ufos pyramids stonehenge ruins

Dark Mission: The Secret History of NASA
For most Americans, the word NASA suggests a squeaky-clean image of technological infallibility.Yet the truth is that NASA was born in a lie, and has concealed the truths about its occult origins. Dark Mission documents this seemingly wild assertion. Why is the Bush administration intent on returning to the moon as quickly as possible? What are the reasons for the current “space race” with China, Russia, and India? Remarkable images reproduced within this book provided to author Richard C. Hoagland by disaffected NASA employees provide clues why, including information about suppressed lunar discoveries. Mystical organizations quietly dominate NASA, carrying out their own secret agendas behind the scenes. This is the story of men at the very fringes of rational thought and conventional wisdom, operating at the highest levels of our country. Their policies are far more aligned with ancient religions and secret mystery schools than the facade of rational science NASA has successfully promoted to the world for almost fifty years. Dark Mission is proof of the secret history of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration and the astonishing, seminal discoveries it has repeatedly suppressed for decades.

Top Secret UFO Nasa Tapes


There is a secret war being waged in Space
The video below is literally smoking gun evidence of hostile military action towards advanced extraterrestrial spacecraft, photographed during NASA Space Shuttle mission STS-48. If our governments are engaged in a secret war with another civilization from a distant world, we have some serious questions to ask. Who authorized this ? Why would we attack an extraterrestrial spacecraft, who's technology is hundreds, maybe thousands, perhaps even millions of years ahead of us ? Recently, there has been a growing controversy over what actually happened. NASA claims it is just "ice particles". But as described in this short documentary clip, this explanation is simply not good enough. After watching the sequence, it is clear that the most likely explanation is that an advanced spacecraft was victim to a ground based missile strike. Considering the fact that this object maneuvered from 0 to 3000 MPH within about 1 second, the inertia would have killed any human passengers using traditional earth based propulsion and space technology. Based on this, we can assume that there is indeed a high probability that this spacecraft is of extraterrestrial origin.



Chemist Steve Colbern: Alien implants based on carbon nano-tube technology

by Donna Anderson - November 7th, 2010

Chemist and material scientist Steve Colbern appeared on Coast to Coast AM Radio on Friday night along with Dr. Roger Leir, author of "The Alien and the Scalpel", and experimental nuclear physicist Robert John Koontz to discuss implants they've found in the bodies of people who claim to be alien abductees.

Colbern has analyzed several of Leir's objects and spent extensive time working with objects number 15 and 16. Both objects were found to have some type of chemical coating on them, similar to shell or bone, that he feels may be responsible for a lack of immune response in the human body. This would explain how the object can be inserted and not cause the body to reject it.

Radio signals were picked up from both devices before removal from the subjects and they appeared to be transmitting on satellite and aeronautical communication frequencies.

As to the chemical make-up of the alien implants, Colbern claims they are composed of meteoric iron not found in our solar system because the isotopic ratios are skewed compared to those found on earth or in our own solar neighborhood. When asked, Colbern said it would not be possible for us to duplicate this material without major problems.

Colbern states that these implants are sophisticated nano-technological devices with carbon nano-tube electronics built right in. Carbon nano-tubes are very tiny cylinders of carbon similar to graphite and are the world's strongest known material with advanced conductive properties. While we do have carbon nano-tube technology and are currently using it in some applications, Colbern says our research is in its infancy and clearly not sophisticated enough to produce these types of devices.

Noory asked Colbern, "Based on what you've seen what do you think these objects are?" His response was, "Extremely sophisticated nano-technological devices that are probably for gathering and transmission of information. They seem to transmit sensory information - what the subject is seeing and hearing, physiological information, etc."

Colbern also states that the implants have a sophisticated biological coating that allows our nerve cells to grow into the devices after they're implanted - something that is beyond our technology.

Colbern believes that these devices seem to be at least a minimum of 100 years beyond anything we can do at this point.

For more information about this program:

Read more about Dr. Roger Leir at "Dr. Roger Leir: Are these mysterious implants the result of alien abductions?".

Experimental nuclear physicist Robert John Koontz worked with Leir to analyze the structure of these alien implants and you can read about his results at "Robert John Koontz: Implants in alien abductees are definitely extraterrestrial in origin".

Coast to Coast listeners had the opportunity to question Leir. Read some of their questions at "Coast to Coast listeners question Leir about alien abductees and implants"


Related book, video and various other related UFO news and videos:

The Aliens and the Scalpel
The personal story of a professional physician's work involving one of the greatest breakthroughs of all time -- scientific proof that anomalous bio-electromagnetic implants of extraterrestrial origin have been removed from persons reporting alien abduction experiences. This revised and updated book includes and is supported by new scientific reports and a new photo gallery section. The evidence presented here provides enough evidence to believe that we have cosmic companions and they here with us now. Reader's review: "I rank this book pretty high in importance among UFO literature. Dr. Leir is of course well-known in the field of ufology, having performed many well reported surgeries to remove implants from alledged abductees. These implants, upon analysis at certain topmost university laboratories, reveal certain astounding associated biological and metallurgical characteristics, which cannot be explained by any theories other than that they are from advanced extra-terrestrial civilization. This book tells how Dr. Leir first got involved in this field of endeavor, and traces the history of his involvement and the amazing findings of the research he and his colleagues did."

Dr. Roger Leir Presents New Startling Findings: Alien Implant Research (March 24, 2009)
Dr. Roger K. Leir is one of the worlds most important leaders in physical evidence research involving the field of Ufology. In this special session he will reveal scientific proof that WE ARE NOT ALONE. Dr. Leir is a podiatric surgeon, in private practice for the past 43 years and has written numerous books including The Aliens and the Scalpel, UFO Crash in Brazil, and Casebook Alien Implants. MORE REALTED VIDEOS IN THE RIGHT-HAND COLUMN.

Over four decades ago a meeting of high-ranking military and intelligence officials, academic scholars and senior-level government scientists convened to analyze the nature of the mysterious UFO phenomena. This dynamic mix of professionals hailed from the Air Force, NASA and other esteemed organizations. At the meeting these learned and accomplished men considered that the truth about the visiting extraterrestrial is far more disturbing than we would ever dare to imagine: The aliens walk among us undetected! They have already inserted themselves into our culture and our world. And as you will soon hear for yourself, these stunning statements were taped, leaving no doubt about their intended meaning.And just as our government inserts its intelligence agents into "countries of interest" by having them look and act like the target populus - the extraterrestrials would do the same. Before any open contact is made, they no doubt engage in the standard practice of learning as much about "the natives" as possible by "becoming" them! CLIP

David Sereda Presents Reverse Engineered: How Alien Technology Could Solve World Crisis
The competition for fuel resources worldwide deepens as the economic crisis looms. Are we willing to go to World War III over the fight for oil resources? Reverse Engineered Alien Technology could solve the crisis if we could extract it from deep inside the industrial military complex's secrecy over the issue.

UFO Was Targeted To Be Shot Down By US Airman, Britain's UFO Files Reveal (October 20, 2008)
LONDON - An American fighter pilot flying from an English air base at the height of the Cold War was ordered to open fire on a massive UFO that lit up his radar, according to an account published by Britain's National Archives on Monday.The fighter pilot said he was ordered to fire a full salvo of rockets at the UFO moving erratically over the North Sea - but that at the last minute the object picked up enormous speed and disappeared. The account, first published in Britain's Daily Star newspaper more than 17 years ago and to this day unverified by military authorities, was one of many carried in the 1,500 pages the archives made available online. CLIP

Duncan Roads - Editor of Nexus Updating Details of the Recent Spate of UFO Activity plus a lot more…
Recommended by Jon Locke ( who wrote: "I heard an interview of Duncan Roads, editor of Nexus Magazine, by Barry Eaton. It is on - Interview Program number 305. About half way through Duncan mentioned that China sent several locked brief cases to embassies around the world. They had time locks on them so they could only be opened on October 13, which was the day predicted by the NORAD officer Stan Fulham. Duncan also mentioned China has found something under the Great Wall which is powerful, magical and of ET origins. India is also in contact with ETs. Do you think Obama's visit there is connected? Duncan does not know if it is related but there has been discovered something of ET origin in the Gulf of Mexico under the water. He says it is organic microcosm from outer space. It was set to activate at a certain time. Its purpose is to terraform and mutate. Many nations have submarines in the Gulf watching this. China was invited but refused to go. It is hard to put all of this together. Is it good or bad for humans? What was in the brief cases?

One of the Most Extraordinary UFO Ever Caught On Tape

German UFO

Alien mothership filmed over Russia
This disc hovers then takes-off at high's obviously of an enormous size...

UFO Filmed by Japanese Local, November 4th, 2010 - VERY LARGE Mother ship!

Haunebu Film - Nazi Flying saucers



Excerpts from Alien Experiences - N. Lalich - From Chapter 1


Many current and ancient sources indicate that interaction between extra-terrestrials and humans may have been occurring for thousands of years. In recent times, contacts and abductions have been reported since the late 1940's. According to polls, at least five million Americans have had these experiences, and it is a worldwide phenomenon.

Description of Contact

People appear to be abducted for a variety of reasons of aliens. Physical experiences include medical examinations, reproductive procedures, including sexual relations with aliens, testing of their body fluids, insertion and replacement of implants, relating to their hybrid offspring, testing of emotional reactions, and sometimes being suspended in large tanks of strange liquid.

Astral experiences include being taken by the little whites to a state described as a web of learning, where they learn healing, psychic, ecological, and technological skills, piloting spaceships, how to help surviving humans after massive earth disasters, and other subjects. Perhaps for their own sense of security, these abductees construct in their minds a setting that seems appropriate for this kind of learning: A school, a laboratory, a library, a temple of learning, or some similar setting, although they are actually experiencing a non-physical place and state of being. Any abductee may experience combinations of physical and astral, positive and negative experiences. Abductees may encounter many different kinds of aliens over time, often during one abduction. Some abductees have terrifying experiences at the beginning of an experience but end up feeling thrilled to be face-to-face with enlightened, spiritual beings; some abductees become able to channel meaningful information from these beings. Whether the experience is to be physical or astral, it begins with the abductee being rendered paralyzed and amnesic. Experiencers have told me that this is necessary to prevent their flailing out in fright and anger, and to enable the particles of their bodies to separate enough to move through a solid wall or closed window. Because this part of the experience seems to be intrusive and non-optional, the abductee usually reacts negatively, even if the experience turns out to be a positive one.

(From Chapter 4)

Excerpt from Regression of Marie Conducted by Barbara Lamb on May 28, 2005

Q: We are going to go back to May 20, 2005, when you were in bed at night and we are going back to the unusual dream you had that night and to the unusual sounds you heard in the room on the same night when you had that dream. You have some memories of the dream and we’re going back now to see exactly what occurred on that night, Friday night, May 20, 2005. Tell me, Marie, what’s your first sense that something is happening?

A: There’s someone at the foot of the bed, the right of the bed.

Q: As you are aware of this, does it seems like your eyes are closed?

A: My eyes are closed, but it feels like someone is standing there. Could it be possible that still another type has come along? These are not like before. They just step out of nowhere and appear. It’s as if the atmosphere just opens up and here is this being, looking at me curiously. He has a big head and a skinny body, and he’s tall, white and pasty. He looks like a bug, but he’s not as tall as the extremely tall ones. This one is about five-foot-five and translucent, like you can sort of see through him. His skin is very thin and has a bluish tint to it. Boy, he is really looking at me cu- \riously! I’m wondering why this species just all of a sudden develops some interest when you’ve never been involved with them before?

Q: So, you’re aware of them and you’re wondering about this.

A: I just realized that there are three of them and I think they’re actually physically in the room. They’re pulling the covers back on the bed! Oh, this is scary! Something is very different this time and it’s not at all familiar to me.

Q: Is it just because they’re different that this seems especially scary?

A: Their agenda is different from the others. They want me to do something or they want to program me to do something for them. They’re pulling me out of bed.

Q: How are they pulling you out of bed?

A: I think that they physically moved the covers back and I just floated up out of bed. Whoa! This is just much more dramatic. Is this really happening or could this be my imagination doing this? This has never happened before!

Q: Just keep on letting it happen.

A: Well, I’m floating right up out of the bed and through the walls. Gee, I’ve never had any memory of anything like this ever happening before.

Q: Well, let us just keep on going with this.

A: It feels like - whoa!

Q: So, you’re floating up out of the bed and through the wall. As you are going through the wall, are you going through it alone or does it seem like they’re with you?

A: I don’t think they’re with me.

Q: So, it seems like you’re going through the wall on your own?

A: It feels like I’m going through the wall at an angle, up and out through the apartment to the side. I’m moving towards a very bright light. Oh God!

Q: Well, just keep going. You’re moving through the wall into a very bright light.

A: The bright light is pulling me upward.

Q: Does it seem like you’re outside?

A: Oh, yes. I’m outside. This is a physical experience!

Q: Okay then. Your whole body is really there and doing this.

A: Yes, and I don’t know them. Everybody does it different, but this is very different. I’m cold.

Q: Do you have a sense that you are still rising up?

A: Oh, yes. I’m rising up into a shape. My logical mind doesn’t want to accept this! I must be the one creating this! Their blue skin may not be skin. It might actually be something covering their skin. I think they’re more like humans, not the way we look, but their brain may be more similar to ours than the other beings, in the way it functions.

Q: Okay. Are you seeing them again now?

A: Yes, but I’ve been pulled up into this thing in the air on this beam of light.

Q: What position are you in?

A: I’m standing almost straight up, but it’s as if I’m flying.



Revealing article from the Journal of Abduction Encounter Research

by Nadine Lalich -- February 2009

Five years ago, I came out of the closet regarding my personal encounters with what I believe may be extraterrestrials. For 15 years prior to that time, I had been aware that some form of contact with anomalous beings was taking place, but I shared this secret with only one other person, a trusted, longtime friend. These contacts occurred as a conscious and physical event in several instances, and on other occasions, appear to have happened while I was in an altered state of consciousness, imposed upon me from an outside source. The contacts also occurred during what I might call extremely vivid and aware lucid dreaming of some kind.

Interestingly, since 1991, I have been able to recall ninety percent of the encounters of which I am aware without the aid of hypnosis. In 2004, after a particularly intense period of contact, I had had enough of the secrecy and the loneliness that accompanies such secrecy. The fear of repercussion to my career and personal life became a small price to pay for the freedom to explore the truth. As my quest for answers unfolded, I found my voice through co-authoring the book, Alien Experiences, in which a portion of my personal story is revealed in the chapter Marie.

Now, free from fear and anxiety about these continuing experiences, I have been able to focus more on the details of my encounters, as well as the phenomenon at large. In doing so, I find certain aspects of the alien presence to be of particular interest to me, one of those being the technology and devices extraterrestrials employ for the physical and mental examination and indoctrination of abductees.

Another area of interest to me are the pictures, holograms, or screen projections of images that have been presented to me during abduction, some of which also suggest alien technology.

The Dental Chair

One of the most unusual devices I have seen and experienced, is what I call the “dental chair.” This chair is made of a smooth, solid metal, looking somewhat like brushed stainless steel. It reminds me of a dental chair because the seat sits on a pedestal base about three feet from the floor. The back of the chair tilted slightly backward and narrows at the top.

When I watched a man being placed in the chair, I noted that the top of the chair arose several inches above his head, thus restricting any backward movement of his head. The chair did not have typical armrests. Instead, projecting straight out from the side of the chair back were long, rectangular metal panels, slightly longer than a human arm when fully extended.

From the back, the chair gave the appearance of being somewhat like a cross. From it’ s design, it was obvious the upper body of a human sitting in the chair would be restricted, allowing easy access to the occupant’s head, arms and hands.

In the abduction event where I observed this chair, I recall that as I stood in a line, waiting for my own turn, I watched as a man was placed in the chair, screaming in terror, and then observed three Grays working on his upper torso. Considering that I knew I would also be placed in that chair soon, I was surprised I felt emotionally detached and without fear.

When the time came for me to occupy the metal chair, I believe an implant was placed into one of my back molars, under a crown, and another small, black object was implanted into one of my outstretched hands.

The Access-To-Your-Lower-Back-And-Spine-When-You’re-Not-Looking Chair

Another type of chair into which I have personally been placed is a normal size chair made entirely of an acrylic-type of material in a barrel shape with the back one long piece that extended to the floor, which served as the back leg. There was a slight curve inward of the back piece and the entire chair was see-through. In the center of the chair back was a section cut away, approximately eight inches by 10 inches which allowed for access to the lower back and spine area of the human sitting in the chair. While in this chair, I was completely paralyzed and was made to focus on activities being orchestrated at a table before me. All the while, I was fully aware a Gray being was performing a painful procedure on my low back, which I believed to be another implantation.

The Tiny Comb Nasal Implant

During one of the type of exercises, which I have come to think of as mental preparation, I watched as two round, clear glass cases were placed before me at a table where I sat. One of the cases immediately before me, was approximately two and one-half inches across and about three-quarters deep. The lid of the case appeared to be a magnifying glass that gave the appearance that the object inside, which looked at first like a caterpillar, was about an inch long and a quarter inch wide. I was appalled when I first thought they were going to make me eat this object, which looked to be an insect. As the experience progressed, and the lid came off of the case, I found the object inside was not an insect, and the object was much smaller than it appeared thought the magnified top. In reality, it was approximately an eighth of an inch long and looked like a very tiny comb. This implant, I believe may have been placed into my nasal cavity.

The Mass Pacification Device

One of the most spectacular sights shown to me during one of my ET encounters took place when I was on a ship and in a training session. During this experience, I was shown pictures on a screen by several Tall White entities, who suggested to me that the event they were going to show me was a future probability, and going to come to pass during a time when a mass arrival of extraterrestrials would take place upon the Earth.

At first, I watched a large capsule, in the shape of a badminton birdie, descended from a clear night sky in the desert, some twenty or thirty miles outside of a city that appeared to be Las Vegas, Nevada. As the capsule hit the ground, it began to rapidly spin, while opening up arms, which allowed it to dig down into the earth.

As though looking at a cut-away section of the earth, I watched the capsule dug deeper and deeper, while its extended arms continued to elongate. By the time it was several hundred feet down into the earth, it had transformed itself into what looked like an octopus, with the center being the body of the octopus and fifty feet in diameter and the dozen arms extending outward over one hundred feet.

Fully extended and secured in the ground, the massive object spun rapidly in the cavern it had created, generating some kind of electro-magnetic energy that the ETs implied was capable of physically affecting all of the human beings living in the adjacent city. Thus, I was informed that their ability to control us was not just through telepathy or mind scan practices.

Rather, the extraterrestrials in this experience suggested that they were capable of mechanically affecting the neural processes of a great number of human beings at the same time who were located within proximity of one another, such as in a city. Their intent, I believe, was to render as large a group of humans as possible into a passive, non-aggressive state for easy manipulation during their arrival and integration into our society.

Human Locator Discs

A very interesting device appeared in one of my experiences that I think of as a locator disk. On this particular occasion, I voluntarily left my home in my nightclothes in the middle of the night.

In the front of my home, I noted that a number of other neighbors in my community were standing about the sidewalk and in their front yards in a somewhat hypnotic state. I recall feeling fearful on this occasion and as I existed my onto my front porch, I could see in the distance another group of people in nightclothes making their way up the street toward us.

As I stood there in front of my home, I gazed up into the clear, summer night sky and I saw several triangular crafts hovering at a distance of about a thousand feet. Suddenly, I saw that tiny objects were being released from the crafts, which apparently were flying independently away from the crafts and moving down toward the neighborhood.

A minute or so later, one of these objects literally landed at my feet, and I noted that it was a round, silver and black disk, approximately eight inches across, with a long, one- half inch wide notch cut into the edge of disk toward the center. Strange shapes or writings were etched on the surface of the disk and tiny rectangular indentations appeared throughout.

Immediately, I felt these flying disks were locators, devices that would identify the location of an abductee or a group of abductees, and which also contained information about the individual or group that was being targeted. I believe these disks may have served as a homing beacon to alert crafts in the vicinity regarding the location of a targeted human or group of humans for some purpose other than a typical abduction.

Indoctrination Symbol Box

A familiar device has been presented to me in a number of abductions during what I think of as training exercises, which I call a symbol box. During these sessions, the rectangular box would be placed on a table in front of me and I would be instructed to visually concentrate on the symbols contained on the many sheets within the box.

The box is about twelve inches in length, four or five inches wide and an inch thick, and once opened, it appears to be softly lit from within from an unknown source. Completely transparent, the box looks to be constructed from a clear glass or plastic and contains inside many thin, transparent pages that are attached at the back as if pages in a book.

The symbols themselves are actually cutouts in the sheet and a see-through, iridescent film covers the opening, a film that may contain information and some kind of energy, much as a computer chip. Somehow, by merely concentrating on the film filled symbols, a human being is able to subconsciously absorb information, which I believe certain ETs intend to retrieve or activate within the human at a later time.

Indoctrination Vibration Cylinders

Another device that I have been exposed to that may also be used for indoctrination purposes, involves sounds or vibrations that emanate from tall, glass tubes filled with clear liquid. These tubes have on occasion been set before me on a table, eight to ten in number, a group of varying size cylinders which ranged from six inches to eighteen inches in height with a three to four inch circumference.

The same clear glass or acrylic material is used in construction of the tubes, which, besides a varying amount of clear liquid, also glow with an internal light from an unknown source. There has been an attendant, usually a preying mantis type of being present during these sessions, who has conducted a mind scan on me or some other probing type of telepathic contact simultaneously as I view the cylinders and listen to the vibrations coming from them. Etched upon the side of each cylinder is a large symbol, quite similar to the symbols that are contained in the symbol box referred to earlier.

Author’s Conclusion

When considering the alien technology and devices that I have personally encountered, I note a familiar theme present here that is common in most aspects of abduction: deception, manipulation, and lack of human consent. Certainly, I understand there have been accounts of positive intervention, often in the form of physical healings, but to my knowledge, these events are also cloaked in secrecy, performed without consent and involve rendering the abductee into an altered state of consciousness. Although I appreciate the fact that the human race can be unpredictable and often volatile in nature, I do not believe that that reason alone accounts for the ETs extreme subterfuge.

I believe that discovering the intentions of the extraterrestrial races visiting our planet is vital to the future of the human race, and that many clues to their intent can be found within the abduction scenario, and the devices and technology they employ in such encounters. All of these technologies and devices have a purpose that serves to promote the aliens’ ultimate goals, whatever they may be. Exploring at length those possible uses could unlock many clues as to why they are here and what they truly seek to accomplish. As an abductee who would have preferred to avoid ET contact altogether, no explanations have ever been provided to me by the visitors and nothing in their behavior or technology has convinced me that their actions are for my own good, therefore, I remain cautious and skeptical.


Check also:

New abduction cases generate still more questions

Journal of Abduction Encounter Research
Large forces are operating unseen upon the face of the planet, forces that would write our destiny. The mission of JAR is to be a global platform to debate the significance of the extraterrestrial presence. Let history record that even while the masses of people remained mute, and the governments of the world were silent, our small UFO community opened the debate on behalf of the human race.

Preview of Issue #9 (which is free)

UFO - Encounters in Australia part 1/3 ( 21 October 2010)
Documentary about alien abductions in Australia - Part 2 HERE (memories of abductions dug up through hypnosis) - Part 3 HERE

UFO Close encounters! Abductee (Part 1/3)
About abductees and implants, tracking devices.

The way it is, for the time being
The phone rang at JAR the other day. A woman from Massachusetts called to tell us what happened one evening five years ago. She pulled into her drive- way and was astounded to see an enormous object hovering low above her house. So low, she recalled, she could have hit the underside by throwing a rock. And magnificent! A peculiar, seductive neon blue, and four rings were on the undersurface, spinning rings, she said, which moved toward the center of the object and back out to the periphery. Recognizing the exceptional nature of what she was looking at, the woman raced to get her roommate. When the roommate came on to the porch and saw the object, she said, “I don’t want to look at that. I don’t want anything to do with that.” And she went inside and shut the door. We have in this country—and we have it worldwide—something called “the UFO cover-up.” This cover-up, it is said, is being imposed by a government which knows all about the extraterrestrial nature of UFOs and will not reveal it to the public which— supposedly—is very anxious to know.There’s a problem with this proposition. The problem is, there’s a lot of evidence indicating the public is not anxious to know. According to press accounts, reporters “erupted in laughter” Dec. 18 when a Cabinet Secretary in Japan told a Tokyo press conference, “I definitely believe they exist.” Whitley Strieber got mad about this. He called the reporters “brain-dead” and “phenomenally stupid” for laughing at the Cabinet official. “It illustrated,” Whitley wrote, “that government secrecy and denial is only one obstacle in the way. . .” As Whitley sees it, the first obstacle is government, and the other obstacle is a “willfully ignorant media.” But there’s another obstacle, and it might be the most important one. Us.Not us in the UFO community. Not we re- searchers, experiencers, and fans. We, probably, are anxious to know. It’s the other 300 million of “us.” Arguably, if the President of the United States called a press conference one day and told the people the reality and the extraterrestrial nature of UFOs, parts of the American public would rise in righteous anger and tear him limb from limb. Why is that? Just like the roommate in Massachusetts, the public signals every day of the year, “We don’t want to look at that.” Like the roommate, they go in the house and shut the door.Between the US government and the American people there is a tacit agreement. “You (government), you take care of the UFO problem. Don’t make us see it, don’t make us know it, don’t make us hear about it. You take care of the UFO problem—and we promise never to ask you about it.” Not forever, but for the time being, that is the way it is. — The Editors

John Mack (Alien abduction specialist)
John E. Mack (October 4, 1929 - September 27, 2004) was a Harvard psychiatrist, a Pulitzer-prize winning author, and an anti-nuclear campaigner who became the leading light in the alien abduction research community. The association with such a controversial topic left him to some degree, despite his intelligence and pedigree, an academic outcast. (...) Mack's interest in spiritual consciousness led him to undertake Holotropic Breathwork, a technique for expanding consciousness developed by psychelic therapy pioneer Stanislav Grof. Soon after, his interests in altered consciousness, extra-realities, and personal transformation found full expression in his research into the alien abduction experience, which began in 1990 with a study involving 200 men and women who said they had encountered extraterrestrial beings. For not only did the alien abduction phenomenon seem to exist independently of 'our reality', it also appeared to have an underlying motivation of alerting us to the peril we are in - certainly a theme which piqued Mack's philosophical interests. The main thing, for me, has become 'what does this mean for us?' that people of sound mind, hundreds of thousands if not millions of people from all over the world…are having what seem like authentic, incontrovertible encounters with some sort of beings that apparently enter into our physical world and communicate to us about ourselves, and seem in some way to be connecting with us. His work drew the attention of the mainstream press in 1994 with the publication of his best-selling book, Abduction. Mack followed this book with another on the subject, five years later, titled Passport to the Cosmos. For John Mack, the alien abduction experience was one that had the promise of opening humanity to "a larger sense of self, of identification with others and with a more cosmic level of being", which would "open us to a sense of the divine and a reverence for life, for nature." He believed that such a shift of consciousness was the only thing to arrest what he described as a "downward spiral of destruction." CLIP Check also Human Transformation and Alien Encounters


If you are not yet a subcriber to the Earth Rainbow Network emailing list and would like to subscribe to its automated listserver and regularly receive similar compilations covering a broad range of subjects, including each new Meditation Focus issued on a regular basis, simply send a blank email at from the email account to which you want to receive the material compiled and networked by the Earth Rainbow Network Coordinator. Subscription is FREE!